Return to
LIBRARY OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

WOODS HOLE. MASS.

Loaned by American Museum of Natural History

/\srr

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.
1863.

January Qth.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Fifteen members present.

January loth.
Mr. Jeanes in the Chair.
Eleven members present.

January 20th.
Vice-President Vaux in the Chair.

Eleven members present.

On motion, a vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. P. F. Saurtnan
for a collection of mounted, native birds, presented by him this even-
ing to the Academy.

January 27th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-two members present.

On report of the Committee the following paper, read December 23d,
1862, was ordered to be published :

1863.] 1

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Descriptions of FOSSILS from the Yellow Sandstones lying beneath the
" Burlington Limestone,'' at Burlington, Iowa.

BY ALEXANDER WINCHELL.

With the view of collecting facts bearing upon the determination of the
geological age and equivalents of certain ferruginous sandstones in the lower
peninsula of Michigan, which I have provisionally designated the Marshall
Group,* I visited several of the neighboring States during the past summer,
for the purpose of examining the principal exposures of strata supposed to
occupy nearly the same horizon. At Burlington, Mr. C. A. White accompanied
me in all my examinations, and enabled me to procure nearly a complete suite
of the species of that place described by Shumard and Hall, but more espe-
cially by himself and Mr. R. P. Whitefield.f Besides the recognized species,
I obtained from Mr. White, or by his assistance, several undescribed forms.
Subsequently Mr. White greatly increased the number of unknown species by his
discoveries at exposures hitherto but little explored. The whole collection of
new species, together with his own observations thereon, has been kindly
placed in my hands for investigation ; and the following paper is the result of
this study.

The number of new species herein described is fifty-niae, and the number now
first identified, ten. The number of species previously known from these rocks
was sixty-six, J a total which is now raised to one hundred and thirty-five.

The richness of this locality in fossil species is well worthy of note. To
the one hundred and thirty-five species from the yellow sandstones must
be added three hundred and seven species from the overlying Burlington lime-
stone, making a grand total of four hundred and forty-two species from a single
locality. It ought not to be forgotten, that this wonderful result has been
developed mainly through the industry and skill of a single individual,
Charles A. White, who, during eight years of his residence in the locality,
has collected the types of two hundred new species and six new genera.

A consideration of the general conclusions deducible from the study of the
palaeontology of the rocks of the Western States supposed to occupy the
horizon of the Marshall Group of Michigan will be hereafter presented. Suf-
fice it to say, on the present occasion, that no one can glance over the list of
species described here and elsewhere from these rocks without admitting that
the ensemble bears a very close analogy with that of the " Mountain Limestone"
of the Old World, and raising the inquiry how the equivalent of the old red
sandstone can lie on the top of such an assemblage of strata.

Descriptions of New Species and Genera.
LEPTOPORA, n. gen.

Etymology, As/ttcc, shallow andirs/a, a cell.

Corallum occurring in thin discoidal masses; cells very shallow, crowded,
polygonal, separated by a common cell-wall, which is vertically striated ;
interior of cells filled with a finely vesicular tissue; cups polygonal, con-
cave, elevated in the centre, and displaying numerous radial lamellae.

* See " First Biennial Report" of the Geological Survey of Michigan, 1860. For descriptions of
the fossils of this group, see Silliman's Journal, [2,] vol. xxxiii. p. 3D2, and Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Fhila., Sept., 1S62, p. 405430. , ,.

t For White's descriptions, see Jour. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vn., and Proceedings of same,
vol. ix. p. 28, et sea- For White and Whitefield's descriptions, see "Proceedings, vol. vm.

tin this estimate I omit Chonetes Lngani, Norwood and Pratten, (not Hall,) Cardiomorpha
av.tia, Hall, and Cardiomorpha parvirostris, White, for reasons whirh will appear in the sequel.
Product us Shumardianus, Hall, as recognized at Burlington, appears to be P. concentricus. Hall.
and Avicula circulus, Shumard, as recognized at Burlington, is probably Aviculopectcn limeejormis.
White and Whitefield. _ T

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Leptopora typa, n. sp. Polypary subcircular in outline, and slightly con-
vex on the general surface ; composed (in the specimens examined) of 25-30
rather large cells, of which the internal ones are hexagonal, and the peripheral
rounded exteriorly ; margins of cups strongly elevated ; radial lamellae
about 20.

Diameter of mass '72 -,* diameter of the cells about -14, and their depth
about -07. In a specimen whose diameter is 1-27, tbe diameter of the cells
is -22.

Ranges from the oolitic bed No. 6 into the base of the Burlington lime-
stone.

This singular coral is not as well known as is desirable. Though discoid,
it. does not seem to be encrusting. No diaphragms or communicating pores
have yet been detected.

TREMATOPORA, Hall.

Trematopora? vesiculosa, n. sp. Corrallum delicate, terete, branching,
celluliferous on all sides. Cells arranged in spiral and often longitudinal
series ; cell-mouths oval, slightly elevated on the lower margin, the longitudi-
nal series more or less separated by a straight or flexuous, sharply-raised
carina. Surface between the cell-mouths imperforate, but the substance of the
corallum beneath is irregularly vesicular. No solid axis exists, the cells ap-
pearing to ascend and diverge gradually from an imaginary axis.

Diameter of stem about -05 ; length and breadth of cell-mouth -02 and -01 ;
distance between the cell-mouths in the spiral series -01. In some specimens
the cell-mouths are somewhat more widely separated.

Base of the Burlington limestone and in the fine grained sandstone of Ohio.

Trematopora ? fragilis, n. sp. Corallum delicate.branching.terete or slightly
compressed at the bifurcations, celluliferous on all sides. Cell-mouths minute,
oval, somewhat remote, not disposed in regular series, more approximate in a
transverse than in a longitudinal direction. Intervening surface imperforate ;
the substance immediately beneath minutely cellular.

Least distance between contiguous cell-mouths about equal to their transverse
diameter; greatest distances two or three times as great. The absolute di-
mensions of the cell-mouths are less than in the last species.

Base of the Burlington limestone.

The two species above described are only provisionally referred to Trema-
topora. They belong to a group often ranged under Millepora and Ceriopora,
but apparently without sufficient reason. The assemblage of branching (or
sometimes foliaceous) corals without septa or lamellae, ranging from the lower
Silurian into the Carboniferous limestone, seems to be but imperfectly understood;
and the generic and even more fundamental relations are in a state of very
unsatisfactory vagueness and confusion.

LINGULA, Bruguiere.

Lingula membranacea, n. sp Shell flattened, quadrate-ellipitical, nearly as
broad near the beak as at the same distance from the anterior margin ; length
nearly equal to twice the width ; lateral margins slightly curved ; beak
scarcely elevated, near the posterior margin, but with a narrow belt behind it.
Shell substance membranaceous, marked externally by very delicate, regular
concentric lines.

Length '50 (100); breadth in the middle -32 (64) ; breadth at one-fourth the
shell-length from posterior end -28 (56); breadth at same distance from anterior
end -31 (62).

Differs from L. concentrica, Hall, from the Genesee slate by its subequal

* The measurements in this paper are given in inches. Where one number is followed by
another in parenthesis, the latter is the relative measurement the dimensions which is generally
the greatest being assumed 100

1863.]

4 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

width at the two extremities. A similar undescribed species occurs in the
" fine-grained sandstone" of Ohio.

DISCINA, Lamarck.

Discina patellaris, n. sp. Upper valve circular, elevated, patelliform,
with a subcentral beak, from which the surface slopes in right lines to all
parts of the margin, except a barely perceptible concavity down the posterior
slope. Surface (of cast) with feeble concentric strise.

Diameter -90 (100); height of upper valve -33 (37); The length appears to
be a very little greater than the breadth, but the specimen is slightly defective
posteriorly.

This species recalls D. Alleghania, Hall, of the Chemung Group, but the apex
is more central, and the concentric lines less lamellar and regular, and the
shell, so far as known, is smaller.

PRODUCTA, Sowerby.

Producta ? parvitla, n. sp. Shell very small, semi-elliptic or nearly semi-
circular in outline, with a hinge-line equalling the greatest width, or a little
less. Ventral valve ventricose, with regular, though slightly diminishing
curvature from beak to anterior margin, describing an arc of about 180 ;
beak elevated above the hinge-line and incurved over it; flanks regularly
convex, abruptly flattened and auriculate at the hinge extremities. Dorsal
valve unknown. Surface ornamented with small, rigid, continuous, radiating
ribs, which on the sides increase by implantation.

Length from beak to anterior margin -38 (100); width -31 (82); depth of
ventral valve -23 (61). The prevailing dimensions are less than the above. _

Amongst Products of similar age the miniature size of the present species
renders it at once distinguishable. The specimens look like pygmy examples of
P. cora, arcuata or pilciformis.

Producta Martini, (Sow.) de Kon. (P. sernireticulatus, Martin.) In the wide
range of characters admitted into this species, as defined by de Koninck, there
is little doubt that the Burlington specimens would be embraced. Although
most of the American species of Producta formerly identified with European
types have subsequently been separated, P. Martini (or semireliculatus) is still
admitted to exist in our coal measures ; and it seems probable that its first ap-
pearance dates considerably further back.

Ranges from the bottom of the Yellow sandstones into the Burlington
limestones.

Producta speciosa, Hall, (Tenth Ann. Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 176). Several casts
of this Chemung species present the appearance of being inside views of very
concave dorsal valves ; but no internal structures are visible. The beak is
flattened, and not elevated above the hinge-line, which is somewhat shorter
than the greatest width of the shell. The other characters also agree.

STROPHALOSIA, King.
Strophalosia ? nummularis, n. sp. Shell of medium size, circular, trunca-
ted by the hinge-line. Hinge-line (generally much) shorter than the greatest
width of the shell. Ventral valve comparatively very shallow, regularly arch-
ing from the anterior side to the vicinity of the beak, which is obtuse, not in-
curved and not elevated above the dorsal margin; surface depressed each side
of the beak ; area apparently present, but very narrow. Dorsal valve discoid,
with abroad, shallow umbonal depression, which is bounded on the two sides
by lines diverging from the beak at right angles with each other, or nearly so ;
beak depressed, furnished with a small bifid cardinal process or boss, which
lies in the plane of the valve and projects beyond the hinge-line ; each branch
of the boss continued internally in a low vanishing ridge, which is turned out-
wardly into the position of a socket ridge, but without the socket behind it ;

[Jan..

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

median septum a low ridge appearing a short distance from the beak, and
disappearing toward the middle of the valve; vascular imprints sectoriform
reaching half way to the midvalve, separated from the median septum bj a
faint ridge (occlusor apophysis ?) on each side. External surface of both
valves with numerous concentric lamellar striae and innumerable little pits
which give the impression a finely granular appearance ; pits more scattered
and deeper toward the anterior margin. Internal surface (of dorsal valve)
exhibiting concentric lines and innumerable raised points, apparently corres-
ponding with the pits of the exterior.

Length -82(100); width 1-06(129); length of hinge-line -55(67); length of
cardinal process -04 (5) ; depression of dorsal valve -04 (5). Depth of ventral
valve -15, with a length of -76. Another dorsal valve has a width of 1-46 and a
hinge-line 1-22 long.

Tttis anomalous species has more the form of an Orthis or Strophalosia than
a Producta. But there is no positive proof of the existence of spines, and the
somewhat doubtful existence of an area in either valve furnishes only unsatis-
factory grounds for referring it to either genus. At the same time it is difficult
to understand how the externally projecting cardinal processes of the dorsal
valve could be used without a fissure (and area?) in the ventral valve in which
they could move. In view of all the facts, I venture to refer the species with a
query to Strophalosia. Should the reference prove correct, it will be, so far as
1 know, the first identification of this genu3 in American rocks.

CH0XETE3, Fischer.

Chonetes mdlticosta, n. sp. Shell of medium size or larger, semicircular,
with the greatest width along the hinge-line. Ventral valve depressed-ventri-
cose, more or less flattened toward the hinge extremities ; with a barely per-
ceptible mesial sinus reaching two-thirds the distance to the flattened incon-
spicuous beak; spines two (possibly three) each side of the beak, nearly at
right angles with the hinge-line, of medium length, rather stout, the first mid-
way between the beak and cardiual extremity, the second midway between this
and the same point; area extremely narrow. Dorsal valve shallow, concave,
with a depressed mesial fold extending nearly to the beak ; socket plates very
divergent ; occlusor scars forming a very small elleptic pit near the beak. Ex-
ternal surface of each valve bearing 180-200 fine, subflexuous, radiating stria?,
which increase dichotomously at all distances from the beak, and some:imes
also by implantation. Surface of cast rather remotely punctate.

Length of hinge-line -82 (100) ; length of shell -50 (61); convexity of ven-
tral valve -12 (14). In most specimens the last measure is relatively less.

Ranges from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Burling-
ton limestone. Intermediate in size between C. Logani and C. Fischeri of Nor-
wood and Pratten. It possesses a greater number of radiating striae than C.
lllinoiensis of Worthen .

Chonetes Illinoiensis, Worthen, (Trans. St. Louis Acad. Nat. Sci., i. 571 ;)
C. Logani, Hall, (Iowa Rep. p. 598, pi. xii. fig. 1, a-e and 2,) not C. Logani, Nor-
wood and Pratten, (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., [2] iii., p. 30, pi. ii. fig. 12,
a, b, c.)

Some confusion seems to exist among the species of Chonetes just mentioned.
C. Logani was described "from the middle portion of the mountain limestone
series," at Burlington, Iowa, and characterized as having "about 30 rugose
ribs."/ The figure agrees with the description. Prof. Hall subsequently
described a species from the Burlington limestone, of Burlington and Quincy,
which he referred to C. Logani, Nor. and Prat., though, among the characters, he
assigns to it " 100-120 or more fine rounded dichotomizing striae." Still later,
Mr. Worthen, conceiving this form to be specifically distinct, gave it the name of
C. lllinoiensis, remarking that it " is restricted to the crinoidal beds of the

1863.]

G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

mountain limestone," being abundant at Quincy, 111., and intimating that Nor-
wood and rratten had erroneously assigned their species to the mountain lime-
stone, in consequence of supposing all the Burlington rocks to belong to that
series. The " middle portion of the mountain limestone series," however
even as then understood would be found far above the yellow sandstones at
Burlington. Moreover, in referring C. Fischeri to these sandstones at the same
locality, they place them " at the base of the mountain limestone." It seems
clear, then, that C. Logani belongs to the Burlington limestone, but that never-
theless, the species described by Hall cannot be the same, and has been properly
separated as C. Illinoiensis. The latter species, however, contrary to Mr. Wor-
then's opinion, occurs frequently in all the beds below the Burlington limestone
having a range co-extensive with that of C. multicosta.

SPIRIGERA, (d'Orbigny,) Billings.

Spirigera corpulenta, n. sp. Shell of medium size, extremely ventricose,
varying in outline from oval to orbicular-oval. Ventral valve depressed from
the anterior margin to the summit of the greatest gibbosity, which is two-
thirds the distance to the beak ; anterior margin rather deeply sinuate, or very
slightly so, sinus soon disappearing in a mere flattening of the valve, or trace-
able backwards, in a narrow shallow groove, as far as the middle of the shell ;
umbonal region extremely inflated ; beak abruptly turned toward the opposite
valve, not produced, truncate, circularly foraminated. Dorsal valve extremely
ventricose near the anterior margin, slightly elevated in a mesial fold traceable
to the most gibbous region, which is less than half way to the beak ; surface
depressed between this region and the beak ; beak inconspicuous, covered by
its fellow. External surface of casts strongly marked by numerous lamellose
wrinkles of growth.

Length -80 (100); breadth -70 (81); depth of both valves -58 (72). Breadth
and depth of another specimen -75 and -68.

The aspect of typical specimens is exceedingly unique. The great gibbosity of
the rostral region of the ventral valve and the anterior region of the dorsal,
causes the line of junction of the two valves to pass diagonally from the an-
terior to the posterior region. The lateral edges of the two valves, moreover,
lie in the same plane, so that the sides of th* shell present a regular convexity,
like the dorsal and ventral surfaces, and the lines of growth of the two valves,
diverciDg from the postero-lateral region complete the illusion of a dorsal or
ventral surface radiately ribbed.

SYRIXGOTHYRIS, n. gen.

Etymology, ivpiy?, a tube and BufU, a window.

Shell with an elongated hinge-line. Ventral valve with a mesial sinus, a
very broad area, and a narrow triangular fissure closed toward the apex by an
external e'onvex pseudo-deltidium, beneath which, and diverging from it, is
another transverse plate connecting the vertical dental lamellae, arched above,
and beneath giving off a couple of median parallel lamellae, which are incurved
so as to nearly join their inferior edges thus forming a slit-bearing tube,
which projects beyond the limits of the plate from which it orginates into the
interior of the shell. A low median ridge extends from the beak to the anterior
part of the valve. Dorsal valve depressed, without area, with a distinct mesial
fold. Shell structure fibrous.

The elevated ventral and deficient dorsal area of this genus, not less than its
external pseudo-deltidium, of one piece, ally it to Cyrtia, Dalman, and Skenidium,
Hall. It is not known whether the arms were furnished with calcareous spiral
supports, though the general aspect of the shell is that of a Spirifera. The shell
substance is impunctate in all conditions and under high powers.

Some difficulty exists in deciding on the homology of the transverse plate
and fissured tube which characterize this genus. In the ventral valve of Merista,

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. i

especially of the type of Camarium, Hall, an arching lamella arises from the
basal portion of each dental plate, and the two unite in the mesial line of the
valve, forming a structure which Prof. King, before the separation of this genus,
had styled the shoe-lifter process, arched in front, and attached to the bottom
of the valve behind. In Spirifera granulifera, Hall, a horizontal transverse
plate stretches across the middle of the beak of the ventral valve, connecting
the dental lamellae where nearest approximated by their inward curvatures, a
stucture which probably represents the pseudo-deltidium of certain Spiriferse,
but not of Cyrtia. Beneath this plate, the ventral medium septum assumes the
form of a tapering cone, resting with its base filling the cavity and having the
anterior part of the upper side marked by a longitudinal groove or slit, while
the posterior part sends up a small vertical plate to the transverse plate just
mentioned. In Syringothyris, the transverse plate equally connects the dental
lamellae where most approximated, and is somewhat arched upward, as in Me-
rista, but it does not join the bottom of the valve as in that genus, nor is it
connected with the median septum as in Spirifera granulifera. Nevertheless it
would seem that the three structures are modifications of the same elements.

But what is the element thus modified ? Prof. King suggested that the shoe-lifter
process of Cleiothyris concentrka is a modified form of the ventral median plate;
but the wide separation of its points of origin from the normal position of thisplate
seems incompatible with such a conclusion ; while in Syringothyris and Spiriferse
granulifera the median plate exists independently of the apparent homologue of
the shoe-lifter. Mr. Billings, whose observations are generally marked by ex-
treme sagacity, regards the shoe-lifter "as an abnormal form of the pseudo-
deltidium that occurs in some Spirifers." This is the relationship pointed out
above ; and there seem to exist good morphological reasons for regarding the
fistuliferous arching plate of Syringothyris as a modified pseudo-deltidium. But
to what does the latter structure appertain ? In Merista, Syringothyris and cer-
tain Spiriferse its relation to the dental plates suggests that it may be an out-
growth of those parts. The dental plates are amongst the most heteromorphous
structures of the ventral valve. From a normal erect position, they become ap-
proximated along the ventral margins in many Spiriferse and other genera, while
in Pentamerus, Orthisina and Camarophoria this approximation results in com-
plete union, and in Leptsena in the formation of the saucer-shaped process of
the ventral valve. They also vary excessively in longitudinal development.
In many Spiriferse, moreover, there is an evident indication of a longitudinal fold-
ing of the dental plates, producing on one side or the other a longitudinal lami-
nar process, which, under an extraordinary development, may coalesce with
some neighboring part. While, therefore, the shoe-lifter process of Merista, and
still more the fistuliferous diaphragm of Syringothyris, may be but modifications
of the false inner deltidium of Spirifera granulifera, the three structures acci-
dental among Palliobrancbs may be but mere outgrowths of the essential and
typical parts known as dental plates.

The geological range of the above generic type is, as far as known, only from
the base of the yellow sandstones at Burlington, Iowa, to the Keokuk limestone.
The species from the latter horizon cannot at present be characterized. There
are reasons for believing that Spirifer extenuatus, Hall, from the yellow sand-
stones at Burlington, will yet be found to possess the same peculiarities, if it is
not a variety of one of the following species.

Syeingothyris typa, n. sp. Shell large, thin, externally destitute of radiating
ribs, or showing them but faintly. Ventral valve with a broad, undefined, rather
shallow sinus ; beak extremely elevated ; slope thence nearly straight to all parts
of the margin ; area very large, triangular, flat, forming an angle of about 30
with a line along the bottom of the sinus, and perforated by a rather broad tri-
angular fissure. Dental plates diverging at an angle of 30, continued nearly
to the apex of the beak, and extending anteriorly beyond the middle of the
valve. Attachments of the myary system unknown.

1863.]

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

The external characters of this shell resemble those of Spirif era simplex, Phil.
(Pal. Foss. p. 71, pi. xxix. fig. 124, and pi. lx. fig. 124), but the hinge-line is
more elongate.

This species, so far as is certainly known, is restricted to the base of the
Burlington limestone.

Syringothyris Halli, n. sp Shell of medium size, transversely elongate,
widest aloDg the hinge-line ; greatest depth of the two valves equalling or ex-
ceeding the greatest length. Ventral valve with a deep, defined sinus; beak
very elevated : surface sloping thence with but little convexity, to all parts of
the margin, being sometimes even concave between the apex and the cardinal
extremities ; area large, triangular, transversely striate, flat or slightly arched,
with a more marked incurvation just beneath the beak ; perforated by a narrow,
or moderately wide, triangular fissure, which is grooved along its lateral bor-
ders as if for the reception of a deltidium ; dental plates rather short in a va-
riety, very short diverging at an angle of G6 ; mesial septum a low ridge ex-
tending two-fifths the length of the valve ; line of divaricator scars extending
with a curve from inner end of dental plates to inner end of mesial septum.
Dorsal valve moderately ventricose, with a convex surface, and abrupt well-
defined mesial elevation, and a small beak which overhangs the base of the
fissure in the area of the opposite valve, the area being scarcely perceptible
in the dorsal valve. Surface ornamented by 12 to 16 rounded ribs on each
side of the mesial fold and sinus, becoming obsolete toward the lateral angles.
Mesial fold and sinus destitute of ribs. The whole surface is further marked
by faint, delicate lines of growth.

Length of hinge-line 1-32 (100) ; depth from beak of ventral valve to most
prominent pointof dorsal which is nearly at right angles to the plane of the
valves *70 (53) ; distauce from hinge-line to middle of anterior margin
54 (41) ; elevation of (ventral) area -48 (36) ; width of fissure at base
28 (21).

Ranges through the yellow sandstones. In bed No. 1 is a variety with some-
what convex area, very narrow fissure and very short dental plates. The species
occurs also at Clarksville, Mo., where the beak of the ventral valve is bent
somewhat to the left (this beak being uppermost) in the style of a Streptorhyn-
chus producing a curvature of the mesial sinus and the fissure ; and is further
peculiarly marked by several distinct lamellar wrinkles of growth.

Named in honor of Prof. James Kail, the eminent Palaeontologist of Albany,

N. Y.

AVICULA, (Klein,) Bruguiere.

Avicula Whitei, n. sp. Shell large, transverse, exceedingly oblique, with
neariv terminal beaks. Hinge-line more than three times the greatest dorso-
ventral dimension. Anterior ear pouched, not distinctly divided from the body
of the shell. Left valve ventricose; umbonal ridge somewhat arcuate, or
nearly straight, forming an angle of about 20, with the hinge-line ; slope
thence to the ventral margin very rapid to the dorsal side rather gradual and
symmetrical to the very hinge-line the posterior wing not being divided from
The body of the shell. Ventral margin, in the middle rather straight and near-
ly parallel with the dorsal ; posterior margin sigmoidal by a deep, or rather
shallow sinus, isolating the posterior end of the cartilage plate from the body
of the shell; posterior wing triangular, exceeding the shell. External surface
marked by numerous fine, irregular stria? of growth. Right valve much less
ventricose, marked on the body and anterior slope by numerous sharp, regular
raised concentric strire which become very faint posteriorly. Cardinal line in
each valve with a long, slender, bifid lateral tooth behind the beak.

Length of dorsal side 2-13 (100) ; greatest dorso-ventral dimension -70 (33) :
depth of left valve -22 (10).

Avicula acanthoptera, Hall, (Geol. Rep. 4th Dist. N. Y., p. 263). Shell

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 'J

rather large, very oblique, becoming distinctly arcuate upwards. Left valve
very ventricose, with a tapering, incurved beak, closely approximated to its
fellow ; body of valve regularly arched along the umbonal slope, from which
line it describes a rapid convexity to the anterior margin, sloping more gradu-
ally to the ventral margin and becoming gradually flattened toward the
posterior ventral angle. The upper boundary of the body is an abrupt
descent to the plane of the posterior wing, and sharply divides the two ;
posterior wing sloping to the dorsal and posterior borders of the valve,
produced above into a slender spine, nearly as long as the posterior end
of the shell, with a deep sinuation below. Anterior ear short, saccate, less
distinctly divided from the body of the valve. Hinge-line straight, with a long,
posterior cartilage facet. Surface marked by irregular wrinkles of growth
which become fine striae on the posterior wing, and sharp plications on the an-
terior slope and auriculation. Right valve smoother and considerably less
ventricose, with the posterior wing-surface divided from the body of the valve
only by a slight groove.

Length from beak to extremity of posterior wing -81 ; from beak to extremity
of anterior wing -21 ; from middle of dorsal side to ventral side -70; greatest
width of body of shell -48 ; same width in a larger specimen -93 ; depth of right
valve of same specimen -30.

An occasional specimen of this species, differing from the types of the above
description only in the absence of arcuation of the body, presents a good agree-
ment with Prof. Hall's figure and brief diagnosis, diverging only in the less
forward direction of the beak, in the much larger anterior ear, and deeper
byssal sinus beneath it. The prevailing forms greatly resemble Avicula lunu-
lata, Phil. sp. (Geol. Yorks, ii. pi. vi. fig. 12). It is, however, less oblique, es-
pecially in the earlier stages of its growth, and the beak is narrower and more
depressed. It is also considerably broader on the aatero-ventral side, and has
a larger posterior wing.

AVICULOPECTEN, McCoy.

Aviculopecten Caroli, n. sp. Shell of medium size, subcircular, ventri-
cose. Hinge-line shorter than the shell; anterior ear of right valve shorter
than anterior end of shell, rounded, slightly inflated, with a deep, sharply-
rounded notch below; posterior ear acute, slightly longer than the anterior,
with a broad, shallow notch below ; shell otherwise nearly equilateral. Beak
central, inconspicuous ; greatest convexity of valve a little above the middle.
External surface of the body of the valve marked by about 25 nearly equidis-
tant, narrow, sharply-raised, radiating ribs, with two or three fine, raised striae
in each of the interspaces ; a set of very fine, sharp, close, concentric raised
lines cross the smaller ribs, but are intercepted by the primary ones. The
latter, however, show a tendency, toward the pallia! margin of the valve, to de-
velope nodes, which, on the anterior and posterior slopes, become distinct spines.
The spines sometimes oceur in the spaces between the primary ribs. The
wings are also marked by two sets of raised lines, but on the posterior wing
the radiating set is most prominent, while on the anterior wing the concentric
set is strongest. The left valve is exactly like the right, except that the notch
below the anterior ear is shallower.

Length from beak to ventral margin -66 (100) ; length of hinge-line -55 (83) ;
convexity of right valve -20 (30) ; antero-posterior dimension -6$ (100). Num-
ber of concentric lines in one-tenth of an inch, 16. The adult size of the
species seems to be about one inch in length and breadth.

Ranges from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Barling-
ton limestone.

Aviculopecten occidektalis, n. sp. Shell small, appressed ; hinge-iine
equal to greatest width ; anterior and posterior umbonal ridges at right angles,
and straight to the middle of the shell extremities, between which the pallial

1863.]

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

margin is regularly curved. Wings distinct, the anterior slightly inflated,
rounded at the extremity, and separated from the body of the shell by a rather
acute notch, from which a furrow extends to the beak; posterior win- flat-
tened, acute, subtriangular, with a shallow sinus below. Body of shell smooth
wings with radiating ribs, strongest on the anteiior wing and crossed by
equally strong concentric lines ; posterior wing with fine concentric lines.
In the oolitic limestone ("No. 3" of White.)

Avicclopecten TENOicosTUS, n. sp. Shell small, equilateral ; pallial margin
circularly rounded between anterior and posterior extremities, which lie mid-
way between the beak and opposite side. Beak slightly prominent; body of
shell bounded by a truncation from beak to each lateral margin ; anterior
truncation slightly concave. Anterior wing of left valve moderately inflated.
as long as anterior side of shell, distinctly rounded at extremity, joinins
hinge-line by a rounded angle, and separated from body of shell by a broadly
Y-shaped sinus, rounded at the bottom. Posterior wing only very imperfectly
seen. Surface (of left valve) ornamented by fine, rigid, nearly equidistant ribs,
50 or 60 in number, separated by concave intervals ; similar but finer ribs or
striae marking the anterior ear. Frequently from three to five equidistant cos-
tale elevations appear, each of which bears two or three of the ribs. A few
inequidistant concentric lines are seen. Right valve unknown.

Length from beak to opposite side "47 ; antero-posterior dimension the
same.

It is a little singular that of seven specimens of this species all are left valves,
showing only the anterior ear. The posterior is probably flat and thin.

POSIDONOMYA, Brown.

Posidonomya? ambigda, n. sp. Shell of medium size, rather ventricose,
somewhat oblique. Hinge-line short, straight, not surpassed by the inconspic-
uous beak, abruptly rounded at the extremities ; sides of shell subparallel,
somewhat straight ; ventral margin circularly curved, gaping at the antero-
ventral angle. Cast nearly smooth, but bearing the impression of a few small, ir-
regular wrinkles around the margin.

Greatest dimension (from beak to ventral margin) -G5 (100); antero-poste-
rior dimension -58 (89) ; angle of umbonal slope with hinge-line 70.

Three left valves and one right, of an anomalous fossil are here referred
with great uncertainty. One of the specimens is larger and relatively longer
from beak to venter than the one described, and seems to have been everted
around nearly the entire pallial border, producing an extensively gaping shell.
The right valve is a smaller specimen, with the beak near the anterior extremi-
ty of the hinge-line, and presenting the anomaly of a forward instead of a back-
ward obliquity in this respect resembling Streblqpteria, McCoy, but without
the anterior wing. The three valves could scarcely belong to the same species
of any genus, but it would be folly to attempt a further discrimination at
present.

DEXIOBIA, n. gen.

Etymology, Jtgi6c, on the right side and 0ia., strength, in allusion to the greater
ventricosity of the right valve.

Shell thin, inequivalve, inequilateral ; beaks separated by an undefined area.
Right valve very ventricose, with a very prominent umbo, and a produced,
incurved beak, strongly inclined forward. Left valve much less inflated, with
a less prpminent beak, scarcely elevated above the dorsal margin. Hinge-line
more or less extended, straight, or slightly bent, edentulous (?) furnished with a
thickened cartilage plate bearing a linear posterior groove. Pallial line and
muscular markings unknown.

In his Report on the Geology of Iowa, (p. 522, pi. vii. fig. 10, a, b, c,) Prof.
Hall has described, under the name of Cardiomorpha ovala (not C. ovata, d'Orb.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 11

= }fac(ra ovata, McCoy,) a common species from the yellow sandstones of Bur-
lington. This species Messrs. Meek and Worthen supposed to be congeneric
with their Cardiopsis radiaia, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., June, 1861, p. 144).
From the same beds, Mr. C. A. White has more recently described a similar
species under the name of Cardiomorpha {Cardiopsis?) parvirostris, (Proc. Bos.
Soc. Nat. Hist., Jan., 1862, p. 31), which has the small beak and Luciniform as-
pect of several other species referred by authors to the same genus * It was
some time since remarked, however, by Mr. White, that amongst all his speci-
mens of these two species, the left valves of C. ovata and the right valves of C.
parvirostris, were entirely wanting. It appears also that Prof. Hall's description
was drawn from a right valve. The idea, however, that the two sets of valves
might really belong to one species, would not probably have been entertained
but for the discovery of a specimen with both valves in closely fitting juxtapo-
sition. On one side the specimen is C. ovata, on the other C. parvirostris !
The beaks of the two valves are wanting, but the ventral margins apply to each
other with exactitude, the number of radiating lines in a given distance being
the same on the two sides.

From the same exhaustless deposits of fossil remains, Mr. White's industry
has brought to light some other forms which present similar characteristics.

It is evident that these fossils cannot be referred to any known genus. It is
doubtful whether they fall within the limits of any recognized family assem-
blage. Judging from their analogies, they must have been asiphonal, integro-
pallial Pleuroconchs, though little evidence of the possession of a byssus has
been detected. From the inequivalve family Avieulidse (including Aucella, to
which they are most related,) they are clearly excluded by the greater ventri-
cosity of the right valve, and the absence of an anterior wing and byssal sinus.
From the free inequivalve Osircidie their great gibbosity distinguishes them.
From Dolabra, McCoy, they differ in the greater ventricosity of the right valve
and less transverse shape.

In view of the facts above recited, though some palaeontologists may not re-
gard them as sufficiently conclusive, I have ventured to publish a diagnosis of
the supposed new genus.

Dexiobia Wuitei, Winchell, (= Cardiomorpha ovata, Hall. -(- C. parvirostris,
White.) Shell subrotund, with a slight anterior obliquity caused by a mode-
rate protrusion of the antero-ventral border, from which, in the right valve, a
slight elevation extends to the beak ; anterior margin rather straight above.
Hinge-line short, regularly curved ; beaks nearly central. Surface marked by
fine radiating ribs becoming obsolete toward the umbo and numerous irreg-
ular concentric wrinkles, which are generally mo6t conspicuous in the left
valve.

Height from beak to middle of ventral margin 1-26 (100) ; greatest antero-
posterior dimension, nearly bisecting the first measure, 1-16 (92) ; convexity of
right valve -45 (35). Height of another specimen 1-67. Height and convexity
of a left valve 1-19 (100) and -26 (22).

Dexiobia Halli, n. sp. Shell small, semi-elliptic, subequilateral. Hinge-line
straight, extended ; in some specimens as long as the greatest width of the
shell. Right valve extremely ventricose, flattened and subalate toward the
hinge extremities ; left valve with a very small obtuse beak, and slender poste-
rior cartilage plate bearing a longitudinal median furrow. Surface smooth.

Height from beak of right valve to middle of ventral side -65 (100) ; length
of hinge-line -76 (117) ; ventricosity of right valve -35 (54).

MYTILUS, Linnseus.
Mytilus Whitfieldianus, Win., (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Sept., 1862, p.

* Compare also Lucina ? retusa, Hall, (Geol. Rep. 4th Dist., N. Y., p. 245), and Ungulina suborbi-
culo.ris, (lb. p. 243).

1863.]

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

413.) The small shells thus identified have heretofore been regarded as the
young of M. occidentalism White and Whitfield, a species with which I formerly
identified the Michigan types of M. Whitfieldianus, a close comparison of speci-
mens, however, shows M. occidentalis to be quite destitute of the fine diverging
strife which belong to perfect specimens of the other species. M. occidentalis,
moreover, is more flattened between the umbonal ridge and the hinge-line, and
does not attain more than one-fifth the length of the other. It bears conside-
rable resemblance to Modiola lingualis, Phil., (Geol. Yorks. p. 209, pi. v. fig. 21.)

ORTHONOTA, Conrad.

Okthonota phaselia, n. sp. Shell transversely quadrangular. Beaks in-
conspicuous, nearly terminal, not raised above the slightly-curved hinge-line.
Ventral margin subparallel with dorsal, with a shallow sinuation in the middle.
Posterior end truncately curved, a little the most extended toward the dorsal
side; anterior end slightly produced below, with a deep lunette above. Shell
inflated from the anterior end to near the posterior. Greatest thickness a little
in front of the middle. Anterior muscular pit shallow, ovately pyriform.
Surface with a few remote concentric lines near the border.

Length -35 (100) ; height -20 (57) ; thickness of both valves -13 (37).

EDMONDIA, de Koninck.

Edmondia nitida, n. sp. Shell small, equivalve, suborbicular, ventricose,
slightly oblique, with a subcentral beak. Hinge-line slightly extended poste-
riorly, obtusely rounded at the extremities ; anterior and posterior sides sub-
parallel ; ventral border circularly rounded, but a little produced in the line of
the umbonal ridge. Beak elevated above the hinge, obtuse, slightly incurved ;
umbonal ridge making an angle of 66 with the hinge-line; behind this ridge
the elope is abrupt to the posterior border; middle portion of the shell very
slightly flattened from the beak along the region anterior to the umbonal ridge.
Surface handsomely marked by rigid, regular concentric raised striae, with a
few remote, irregularly-distributed concentric furrows. The striation is pre-
served in all its sharpness to the very hinge-border.

Length -59 (100) ; height -59 (100) ; thickness of both valves -30 (51).

Closely resembles E. unioniformis, de Kon., (Anim. Foss., pi. i. fig. 4,) but
the latter is less finely and elegantly striated, and shows no flattening along the
region between the beaks and the ventral border. It is much less flattened
and less angular than E. binumbonata, Win., from Michigan.

Edmondia nuptialis, n. sp. Shell of moderate size, transversely-suboval ; ia
adult specimens considerably inflated in the vicinity of the pallial border.
Beaks subcentral, small, incurred, somewhat elevated above the moderately
extended, slightly arcuate hinge-line. Ventral margin gently curved or nearly
straight in the middle; more rapidly curved toward the rounded, subequal ex-
tremities. Hinge structure obscure, but apparently consisting of one or more
lateral teeth on each side of the beak. Surface unequally and interruptedly
furrowed. Greatest thickness through the middle of the shell.

Length -79 (100) ; height -62 (78) ; thickness of both valves -50 (63).

This species is relatively larger than E. nitida, and is destitute of the obtuse
angulations descending along the anterior and posterior umbonal slopes of the
latter. An associated, if not identical, species is less ventricose, with less
central beaks, and can scarcely be distinguished from Lucina? retusa, Hall.

Edmondia strigillata, n. sp. Shell rather small, rather gibbous, trans-
versely oval ; beaks subcentral, elevated, obtuse, somewhat strongly turned
forward. Ventral margin gently arcuate in the middle, more rapidly curved
toward the neatly-rounded extremities, of which the posterior is broadest.
Hinge-line curved, furnished with a pair of rather thick lateral teeth ; cardinal
ieetb, apparently none. Surface marked by fine radiating lines, and toward
the margin by a few irregular concentric wrinkles.

[Jan .

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

Length -80 (100) ; height -62 (77) ; thickness of both valves -40 (50).
Resembles E. nuptialis in form, but it is less ventricose around the margin.
and is further distinguished by its radiating strife.

Edmondia ^eqdimarginalis, Win., (=Cardinia xquimarginalis, Win., Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Sept , 18G2, p. 413.) The identification with the Michigan
species is quite conclusive, but the better state of preservation of this fossil
necessitates a correction of the generic reference.

Edmondia (?) bicarinata, n. sp. Shell rather small, transverse, oblong, a
little the widest at the posterior extremity of the straight, lengthened hinge-
line ; dorsal margin erect, not inflected ; ventral margin subparallel with the
dorsal, having a distinct shallow sinus near the middle, which leaves a dimin-
ishing furrow extending to the beaks ; angularly rounded to the extremities, of
which the posterior is truncate by a slightly curved line at right angles with
the hinge-line, and another above this forming an ang'e of about 135 with
the hinge-line. Beaks one-fifth the length of the shell from the anterior end,
somewhat flattened, and incurved over a deep, distinct lunette. Greatest con-
vexity one-third the distance from the dorsal to the ventral sides. A strong
angular ridge extends from the beaks to the posterior ventral angle, and
another, less conspicuous, to the angle connecting the two posterior truncated
margins. Surface marked by fine incremental lines, parallel to the basal and
posterior borders.

Length -59 (100) ; height -27 (41) ; thickness of both valves -12 (20).

Edmondia (?) elliptica, n. sp. Shell rather large, appressed, transverse,
with an elongate-elliptical outline. Beaks flat, inconspicuous, situated one-
fifth the shell-length from the anterior end. Hinge margin elongate, slightly
curved, abruptly elevated ; a flattened area extending from the beaks back-
ward to the posterior hinge angle. Extremities neatly rounded. Surface
marked by numerous distinct unequal lines running parallel with the pallial
margin.

Length 1-36 (100) ; height -65 (48).

SANGUINOLITES, McCoy.

Sanguinolites amygdalinus, n. sp. Shell of medium size, equivalve ; length
equal to two and a half time3 the height ; beak about one-fourth the length
from the anterior end, scarcely elevated above the hinge, somewhat depressed,
incurved ; dorsal margins slightly concave, posteriorly inflected inwards, form-
ing a deep escutcheon ; ventral margin gradually curved along the middle,
more rapidly so toward the extremities ; posterior extremity describing nearly
a semicircle, and joining the dorsal line by a very easy angle ; anterior extrem-
ity abruptly rounded to the deep, broad lunette, which reaches from the beak
to the middle of the shell. Greatest protuberance one-third the distance from
the beak to the venter, rather tumid ; an obtuse angulation extending from the
beak to the postero-basal angle; a strong internal ridge running near to, and
parallel with, the hinge-line. Surface marked by strong concentric wrinkles,
which nearly disappear in the dorsoumbonal region. A shallow sinus in front
of the mid-ventral margin, which can be traced upward toward the beak.

Length -97 (100) ; height -44 (45) ; distance of beak from anterior end -25
(26) ; from posterior -72 (74) ; thickness of both valves -36 (37).

Somewhat resembles Allorisma Hannibalensis, Shum., but differs in the ab-
sence of the "broad concentric ribs" of that species. It less resembles the
Burlington fossil, usually referred to the same species.

Sanguinolites cylindricus, n. sp. Shell small, equivalve ; length equal to
two and a half times its height; beak about one-seventh the length from the
anterior end, elevated above the hinge-line, flattened and enrolled; greatest
height along the perpendicular from beak to base; dorsal margin extended,

1862.]

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

slightly concave upwards and inwards, sharply inflected inwards, forming a
long, deep posterior escutcheon or cartilage base; ventral margin nearly
straight, curving rapidly from a point opposite the beaks to the anterior ex-
tremity, which is abruptly rounded into the deep heart-shaped lunette ; poste-
rior extremity truncated by a line extending from the basal to the dorsal mar-
gin, and making with the latter an angle of 120. Valves very ventricose, the
greatest thickness being behind the central point on the sharp, prominent
umbonal plication, which extends from the beak to the postero-basal angle
the area between this plication and the anterior region being curved subcylin-
drically from a dorsal to a ventral direction, and the area between the plication
and the hinge-liue being a triangular, twisted, somewhat concave surface,
faintly marked by lines diverging from the beak to the posterior boundary.
Entire surface covered with fine irregular striaj parallel with the basal and
anal margins.

Length -63 (100) ; height -29 (46) ; thickness of both valves -24 (38) ; height
of posterior end -20 (32) ; length of anterior end -09 (14); of posterior end
54 (86).

A peculiarity of this fossil is its cylindrical ventricosity and the posterior
position of its greatest distension. (Compare Owen, Geol. Rep. Wis., Min.,
&c, Tab. III. a, fig. 18.)

Sanguinolites Iowensis, n. sp. Shell of medium size, equivalve, transverse ;
height equal to nearly one-half the length ; beaks elevated above the dorsum ;
subappressed, incurved and turned forward over a deep cordate lunette ; dor-
sal line straight, reaching to near the posterior extremity of the shell ; dorsal
margin sharply inflected to form a long cartilage base ; ventral border gently
curved, posteriorly receding toward the dorsum, and forming at the extremity
an angle of 80 with the short, truncate, nearly rectilinear biod margin ; ante-
rior extremity most projecting in the middle, from this point curving regularly
to the ventral border and abruptly into the anterior lunette. Valves ventri-
cose, most inflated in the middle ; a sharp carina running sigmoidally from the
beak to the postero-basal angle; another, still sharper, bounding the (poste-
rior) escutcheon ; the twisted triangular space between these being marked, on
the cast, by three faint depressed lines, radiating also from the beak. External
surface marked by irregular lines of growth, strongest on the anterior portion
and faintest on the dorso-umbonal surface. In some specimens apparently not
separable from this species, a shallow groove runs from the ventral margin
nearly opposite the beak, over the umbo*.

Length 103 (100); height -52 (50); thickness of both valves -38 (37); length
of anterior end -21 (20) ; of posterior end -82 (80).

The forms last mentioned above attain a size fully once and a half as large.

The typical specimens of this species are quite distinct, but the larger ones
approximate to S. amygdalinus in outline and characters of the dorsal region ;
but they differ in being larger, more ventricose, and in having a sharp umbonal
angle and acute posterior extremity.

Sanguinolites sdlciferds, n. sp. Shell very small, transversely obloDg,
' with nearly terminal beaks. Ventral margin broadlj and rather deeply sinuate
in the middle; anterior margin abruptlv rounded below, terminating above in
a deep lunette ; posterior margin somewhat produced below, suddenly rounded
at the basal angle, and very obliquely truncate from thence to the end of the
second third of the dorsal side, from which point the straight hinge-line ex-
tends to the beak. Cardinal margins inflected to form a narrow, elongate
escutcheon. Umbo full ; umbonal ridge arcuate, with the convexity upwards,
and terminating at the posterior basal angle ; space above this somewhat con-
cave, longitudinally marked by seven or eight strong imbricating concentric
ridges.

Length -26 (100) ; height -14 (54); thickness of both valves -09 (35).

'[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 15

Resembles in external form Area pinguis, de Kon., (Anim. Foss., 116, ii. 11).
Compare also Cypricardia parvula, {pi. ii. fig. 3).

The Hamilton group of New York furnishes a fossil similar to the above ;
and the Waverly sandstone of Ohio another similar, perhaps identical, one.

Saxgcinolites (?) jejunus, n. sp. Shell of moderate size, equivalve, trans-
verse ; beaks small, barely elevated above the hinge, slightly inflected,. one-
third the shell-length from the anterior end; height fully half the length;
hinge-line extended ; dorsal slope erect, marked by an internal ridge ; margin
slightly inflected, if at all, though some indication exists of a very narrow
escutcheon; anterior lunette equally inconspicuous; ventral margin symmetri-
cally arcuate between the extremities, with which it connects by similar gradu-
ally increasing curvatures; posterior end truncate for a short space near the
termination of the hinge-line, with which it forms an angle of about 130 s ;
anterior end semi-elliptically rounded. Valves somewhat appressed ; greatest
distension one-fourth the distance from the beak to the venter. Surface of
cast marked by faint lines of growth.

Length -86 (100) ; height -48 (55) ; length of anterior end -31 (36) ; of pos-
terior - 55 (64) ; thickness of both valves "20 (23).

Some specimens associated here are relatively shorter posteriorly, but not
otherwise distinguishable.

McCoy's generic names and distinctions, SanyuinolUcs and Leplodomus,
seem preferable to King's Allorisma, inasmuch as the latter name, besides being
subsequent in time, was originally defined under an erroneous idea, and was
finally left to embrace shells regarded as sinupallial, a character which does
not seem to belong to the so-called Allorismas of the Palasozoic period. San-
guinolites lowensis, and probably some of the others just described, are allied in
form to Cypricardia ; but I agree with Pictet and others in believing that,
while we have no evidence of the existence of the teeth of Cypricardia in any
of the Palaeozoic species generally referred to that genus, it is more natural to
throw them into another association. Moreover, the sharply-inflected dorsal
margin and broad, elongate posterior escutcheon, present in all the species of
Ccelonotidie, would seem to indicate real affinities, and thus withdraw the
Allorisma type entirely from the association in which it has been placed.
Cypricardia? riyida, White and Whitfield, from the same rocks, is &Sanyui?io'<U < '.

CARDIOMORPHA, de Koninck.

Cardiomorpha trigonalis, n. sp. Shell small or of moderate size, triangular,
rather ventricose, with elevated, incurved beaks. Ventral margin slightly con-
vex anteriorly, slightly sinuate near the posterior angle ; anterior angle regu-
larly rounded to the subtruncate anterior side ; posterior angle rather acute,'
formed by the termination of the sharp postumbonal ridge, from which the
surface descends precipitously to the truncate posterior margin. Hinge- line
short, rounded, edentulous. Greatest thickness a little above the middle of the
shell. Surface marked only by faint incremental stria?; younger specimens
smooth.

Length -82 (100) ; height -72 (88); thickness of both valves -50 (61).

This species has been sometimes regarded as C. rhomboidea, Hall, but none
of the numerous specimens of it exhibit the least trace of radiating lines.
The outline, moreover, is subtriangular instead of subrhomboidal. (Compare
with C? trianyulata, Swallow, St. Louis Trans., i. 655.)

ARCA, Linnaeus.

Arca modesta, n. sp. Shell small, very ventricose, quadrate-oval, with a
posterior alate prolongation of the hinge-line. Beaks subterminal, incurved,
separated by a ligamental area; posterior hinge-line straight, nearly as long
as the shell. Umbonal ridge and body of the shell inflated to the ventral mar-

1863.]

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

giL ; alate expansion gradually flattened ; anterior end abruptly rounded, exca-
vated by a lunuliform area in front of the beaks ; posterior end rounded below,
truncate above. Surface covered by fine, rather regular, sharp, concentric
striae ; the alate expansion bears also faint traces of two or three furrows
diverging from behind the beak.

Length -31 (100) ; height -22 (71) ; thickness of right valve -10 (32) ; angle
between hinge-line and umbonal ridge 35.

This little species closely resembles A. arguta, Phill., sp., var. de Kon.,
( Auim. Foss., pi. iii. fig. 1 2.) The beaks, however, are still more terminal than
in that variety, and the lunette is not so sharply bounded. Area arguta, var.,
is from carboniferous limestone Vise. Though the dental characters of the
present species have not been observed, it can scarcely prove to be anything
but an Area or Macrodon.

MACRODON, Lycett.

Macrodon cochlearis, n. sp. Shell of moderate size, rather ventricose,
length equal to twice the height ; beaks subterminal, flattened, incurved.
Ventral border straight, or slightly sinuate in the middle, symmetrically
curved toward the extremities ; posterior extremity truncate from the hinge-
line one- third its width ; anterior extremity most projecting above the mid-
dle, excavated above by a small deep lunette ; dorsal line straight, nearly a?
long as the shell, not inflected ; posterior cardinal extension with feeble in-
dications of one or more lateral teeth. Surface finely striated concen-
trically.

Length -88 (100) ; height -44 (50) ; length of anterior end 46 (19) ; of
posterior end -72 (81) ; thickness of left valve '18 (22).

Resembles M. parvus, White and Whitefield, but, besides its larger size, it
is much less ventricose, especially in the posterior half, and has not the
conspicuous muscular pits of that species.

NtTCULA, Lamarck.

Npcula microdonta, n. sp. Shell small, transversely oblong ; height
equal to two-thirds the length ; beaks small, somewhat incurved, but little
elevated above the hinge-line, about one-third the length from the short end.
Ventral border rapidly curved, and regularly so to the vicinity of the long
end, where it is slightly sinuated, from which point a shallow groove extends
up nearly to the beak. Dental plates but little angulated between the beaks ;
the larger bearing near its oiiter margin 10 or 12 minute transversely tuber-
cular teeth, and the shorter 4 or 5. Teeth not distinguishable to the beaks,
but no cartilage pit seems to be present. Anterior muscular pit oblong, sur-
mounted by a large pedal scar. Shell most ventricose in the middle. No
surface markings discernible.

Length -47 (100) ; height -32 (68) ; length of short end -18 (38) ; of long
end -29 (62) ; thickness of both valves -18 (38).

This little species is readily distinguished from N. Iowensis, and most
others of this age, by its very small teeth and the absence of the usual
nuculoid outline.

Ranges from bed No. 5 into the base of the Burlington limestone.

LEDA, Schumacher.

Leda saccata, n. sp. Shell very small, transversely elongate, rostrate at
the longer extremity ; obtuse, ventricose and saccate at the other. Beak
abruptly, though moderately drawn out, and but slightly incurved. Ventral
side strongly curved, becoming nearly straight toward the rostral extremity.
Dorsal region deeply excavated for an escutcheon on the longer side of the
beak ; hinge plates bearing each six or seven teeth. Greatest thickness of shell
between the beaks and the middle. Pit of adductor of short end very deep

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

on its superior border ; the other pit smaller, deepest on its superior border
Surface with fine, indistinct strife of growth.

Length -32 (100) ; height -16 (50) ; length of short end -13 (41) ; of long
end -19 (59) ; thickness of both valves '13 (41).

ISOCARDIA Lamarck.
Isocardia ? Jesn^, n. sp. Shell of rather large size, triangular, very
ventricose. Beak elevated above the hinge, flattened, incurved and directed
forward, with a deep lunule in front. Hinge-line extended posteriorly ; alate
expansion more or less flattened, posterior border truncated at right angles
with the dorsal line, elongate ; antero-ventral margin nearly straight through-
out the lower two-thirds of its length, forming an angle of 50 with the
posterior border, above gradually curved to the lunette. An elevated sharp
umbonal ridge runs sigmoidally from the beak, arching first backwards, then
forwards, and again backwards to the posterior ventral angle ; the posterior
slope from this ridge becomes more and more steep in approaching the beak,
at and near which it faces dorsally, and is overhung by the umbonal ridge.
A shallow sinus appears in the middle of the antero-ventral margin, from
which a furrow ascends toward the beak. Surface marked with faint incre-
mental lines which, on the antero-ventral slope near the base, become dis-
tinct, and nearer the beak rise in well marked wrinkles converging in the
lunette. Greatest length from beak along the umbonal angle 1-27; length
of hinge-line "81 ; length of shell posterior to the beak *65 ; length of posterior
side -90.

This species, in its essential features well marked, seems, nevertheless, to
be quite variable. In some specimens the posterior alate portion is much
more developed. In others it is less developed, and the umbonal ridge is
more acute, giving the shell the appearance of being truncated through its
thickest part.

There is no direct evidence of the affinities of this species with Isocardia,
except the swollen umbones and enrolled beaks ; and it is so referred,
mainly, in deference to high authorities who have made similar disposition of
such forms. (See Sandberger, Verstein., pi. xxvii. fig. 11). It has the
posterior wing of the Aviculidaz, and also the ventricose left valve and
enrolled beak of Aucella in that family. Yet it differs from Amelia in hav-
ing the right valve equally ventricose, and in being entirely destitute of an
anterior wing and byssal sinus. The sharp, sigmoid umbonal angle is a fea-
ture seen in some species usually referred to Cypricardia (See C. bipartita de
Kon. Anim. Foss., p. 94. pi. fig. 15).

Finally, it is worthy of mention that the peculiar angular form of this species
is but an exaggeration of the characters of Sanguinolites cylindricus. It is
relatively shorter, more ventricose and more flattened on the posterior cardi
nal angle. If external form is to be the basis of family distinctions and alliances,
(See Agassiz, Cont. to Nat. Hist, of N. A.) then Isocardia Jennoz will go with
Sanguinolites cylindricus, Win., S. decipiens, McCoy, Cypricardia rigida,W. and
W., C. bipartita, de Kon., Isocardia coelata, Sandb., &c, &c, into a family
whose circumscription has not yet been marked out.

CARDIOP3IS, Meek and Worthen.

Cardiopsis megambonata, Win. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Sept., 1862, p. 417.)
The specimen here referred is many times larger than the types of the spe-
cies, being of the size of C. crenistriata, Win., from which it differs principally
in the coarser and more rigid ribs and more prominent beak.

The ribs in the Burlington specimens do not increase in number with age,
and scarcely increase in size ; the intercostal spaces are flat, gradually
widening.

Height from beak to ventral margin -91 (100); length -85 (97); thickness
of left valve -55 (60).

1863.] 2

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

SANGUINOLARIA, Lamarck.

Sanguinolaria ? leptogaster, n. sp. Shell small, thin, subquadrangular.
Beaks subcentral, flat, not elevated above the dorsal line. Posterior end ob-
liquely truncated ; anterior gently rounded below, abruptly above, with a
long deep lunette ; ventral side arcuate in the middle, joining the extremities
by a gradually increased curvature. Umbo flattened, a low ridge extending
obliquely to the posterior basal angle. Dorsal line straight behind the beaks,
joining the posterior side at an angle of 125. Surface marked by fine
regular striae parallel with the ventral and posterior margins.

Length -53 (100) ; height -38 (71) ; thickness of valves -09 (17).

BELLEROPHON, Montfort.
Bellerophon cyrtolites, Hall, (Thirteenth Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 107). A
small Bellerophon, laterally appressed, and with an acute periphery, ap-
proaches too closely to B. cyrtolites to justify discrimination. It is known,
however, only by its cast, which is quite smooth. Should the identification
prove correct, this species occurs at Rockford, Ind., Marshall, Michigan, and
Burlington, Iowa.

PORCELLIA, Leveille.

Porcellia rectikoda, n. sp. Shell small, gradually enlarging, marked by
a series of transverse nodes, which are strongest on the dorso-lateral region,
and gradually diminish to the middle of the side ; transverse section between
two nodes subcircular. Dorsum unknown.

Diameter of last whorl about "59 ; dorso-ventral diameter of tube near the
aperture *19.

This species differs from P. crassinoda, White and Whitefield, in its circu-
lar section and transversely elongate nodes from P. obi i qui noda, White, in the
transverse position of the nodes and from P. nodosa, Hall, (Greol. Surv. la.,
Supplem. to vol. i. part 2, p. 92), in its much smaller size and different
geological horizon, the latter being found in the upper bed of the Burlington
limestone, which has thus far furnished no species identifiable with fossils
from the sandstones below.

DENTALIUM, Linnams.

Dentalium GRANDiEVUM, n. sp. Shell rather large, perfectly straight and
terete, or a little compressed ; tapering *09 in one inch near the larger end,
less rapidly near the small end ; surface marked by faint, irregular incremen-
tal stri?e, which run obliquely around the shell, and in flattened specimens
are most advanced along one edge.

Length of largest specimen 2-18 ; diameter at larger end -21 ; at smaller end
about -05.

This species resembles D. venustum, Meek and Worthen, (Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sei., Phila., June, 1861, p. 145), from the St. Louis and Spergen Hill lime-
stones. The latter, however, tapers but - 075 in one inch, and is described as
"nearly" straight and quite smooth, while the present species is rigidly
straight and transversely striated.

PLATYCERAS, Conrad.

Platyceras cornpforme, n. sp. Shell small, describing about half a whorl,
very rapidly enlarging, similarly curved throughout, broadly and obtusely
carinated, when young, along the peripheral line ; transverse section becoming
subsequently nearly circular ; aperture a little oblique to the whorl, with a
somewhat sinuous peristome, the principal sinus being just beneath the mid-
dle of the outer lip. Surface marked only by stria? of growth, which curve
forwards on the sides, and backwards along a belt just beneath the periphery.
The shell is nearly symmetrical and its curvature planorboid. The apex is
blunt and not perceptibly turned to the right or left.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

Height when resting on the aperture *32 ; summit in this position two-
thirds the distance from the aperture to the apes ; width of aperture "33.

Platyceras vomerujm, n. sp. Shell of medium size, describing about half
a direct whorl, very rapidly enlarging ; peripheral (or dorsal) region elevated
and surmounted by a strong, broad, rounded carina, which becomes more ob-
tuse toward the aperture, a shallow groove running along each side of the
carina ; transverse section showing an angle of about 70 toward the beak,
which enlarges to about 110 near the aperture ; surface of cast destitute of
markings.

Distance from front of aperture in a straight line, to most projecting por-
tion of beak *85 (100) ; height of shell when resting on the aperture *47 (55) ;
summit when in this position three-fifths the distance from aperture to apes ;
length of aperture -67 (79) ; width of aperture -58 (68).

This sharp-backed species approaches P. carinatum, Hall, (Fourteenth Rep.
N. Y. Reg., p. 5,) but differs in being equilaterally developed. It belongs to the
Orthomjchia group, which Prof. Hall has welded to the Neritoid forms under
one generic designation.

Believed to range from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the
Burlington limestone.

PLEUROTOMARIA, Defrance.

Pleurotomaria ? rota, n. sp. Shell small ; spire depressed, conves, con-
sisting of four or five flattened whorls ; suture sharply channelled as if by the
rabbet of a joiner. Base of shell unknown, but a solid asis in the cast of the
spire would indicate a deeply perforate umbilicus. No surface markings.
"While the imperfect specimens plainly indicate an undescribed species, it
is as yet impossible to determine the generic position of the shell.
Ranges from bed No. 5 into the base of the Burlington limestone.

Pleurotomaria tectoria, n. sp. Shell small; spire trochoid, consisting of
about four whorls, flattened between the periphery and the suture ; peri-
phery marked by a raised, somewhat bicarinate band ; a raised carina running
along the upper margin of each whorl close to the suture ; base rounded reg-
ularly from the periphery to a small, sunken, perforate umbilicus ; aperture
suboircular, somewhat modified by the body whorl, angulated posteriorly,
rounded in front, the peristome descending into the umbilicus.

MURCHISONIA, d'Archiac.

Mcrchisoxia qitadricincta, n. sp. Shell of medium size, turrited ; whorls
conves, regularly enlarging to the last, with an obsoletely bicarinate band
running along the middle, below which are four small, rigid, thread-like, ap-
proximated carinse, leaving the base of the body whorl smooth or faintly
lined, and regularly curved into the umbilical cavity ; the surface above the
band marked only by very delicate lines of growth, which arch backwards to
the peripheral band, below which they arch far forwards, entering the umbili-
cal cavity half their length in advance of their place of origin at the suture.
Suture deeply impressed.

The only specimen showing the external markings has a defective spire,
but it could not be completed with less than 8 or 9 whorls, giving a length of
1-S (100) ; an apical angle of 19, a sutural angle of 66, while the body whorl
is -25 (14) high.

Some internal casts perhaps of the same species have double the above
dimensions, and exhibit a shallow longitudinal groove on the penultimate
whorl near the suture, which, in the ultimate whorl, becomes a broadly con-
cave flattening of the upper region, and a somewhat sharp angulation at the
suture. In these, the outer lip is rounded, the inner somewhat excavated,
and the aperture is angulated and slightly effuse in front. Still other casts
exhibit a more elevated spire, with the smooth, rounded whorls barely in con-
1863.]

20 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

tact, the body whorl disproportionately enlarged, the aperture effuse and the
general aspect that of Loxonema ; but the condition of the specimens renders
it unsafe to undertake to decide on specific or even generic characters.

The general appearance of this species is like that of M. bilineata, Goldf.
(Petr. Germ. iii. 24, Taf. cixxii. 1,) but the four carina? below the band
render it easily distinguishable. The casts recall Turritella obsoleta, Sow.
from the old red sandstone of Felindre.

Mdecuisonia neglecta, n. sp. Shell of moderate size, turreted, with an
apical angle of 12. Suture impressed, whorls convex, slightly flattened above
the middle, bearing a bilinear band below the middle close to the suture.
Surface marked by faint, transverse, sinuous striae, which, on the outer por-
tion of the body whorl, appear to assume the character of transverse wrinkles.

Described from a defective specimen, but the bicristate band on the lower
side of the whorls is sufficient evidence of its distinctness. It seems to have
consisted of 8 to 10 whorls.

Mcechisonia Shumaediana, n. sp. Shell small, conical, consisting of six or
seven gradually enlarging whorls, somewhat flattened on the base and outer
surface, so as to leave but a shallow suture ; body whorl obtusely angulated
at the junction of the basal and lateral surfaces; aperture broadly cuneate-
ovate, angulated behind, scarcely effuse in front ; plane of aperture parallel
with vertical axis of shell. Surface of cast quite smooth.

Height of shell -57 (100) ; height of last whorl -24 (42) ; diameter of base
of shell -28 (49) ; length of aperture -23 (40) ; greatest width -17 (30) ;
apical angle 34.

Much resembles the young of M. prolixa, W. and W. It differs in more
rapidly enlarging whorls, larger apicial angle and the obtuse angulation limit-
ing the basal surface.

STRAPAEOLLUS, Montfort.

Steapabollus Baeeisi, n. sp. Shell of medium size, depressed-turbinate ;
whorls four or five in number, moderately impressed, rather gradually en-
larging to the last, which enlarges somewhat rapidly ; surface generally con-
vex, with three rounded, barely perceptible angulations. the first near the
somewhat channelled suture, the second along the periphery, and the third at
the brink of the medium-sized umbilical cavity. Base of the body whorl some-
times slightly flattened, giving an increased transverse diameter to the section,
a feature which is associated with a somewhat greater depression of the
spire.

Diameter of one of the largest specimens -96(100) ; height '67 (69) ; height
of body whorl *46 (48) ; transverse diameter of body whorl near aperture
38 (40) ; approximate diameter of umbilicus *29 (30) ; spiral angle 100.

This somewhat resembles a species in the Burlington limestone, but the
spire is somewhat more elevated, the suture deeper and the whorls are less
rapidly enlarged.

Steapaeollus maceomphalus, n. sp. Shell of moderate size ; spire little
elevated ; whorls barely in contact, graduallly enlarging, with a nearly circular
section, and circumscribing a broad dish-like umbilical cavity, open to the
apex of the spire. Surface of the whorls marked by distinct regular striae of
growth, which arch slightly backward in descending the umbilical cavity, and
terminate with a slight forward curvature.

Diameter of shell *84 (100) ; transverse diameter of body whorl near aper-
ture -25 (30).

A close analogue of some forms of Euornphalus lavis, d'Arch. and Vern., and

can only be distinguished by its wider umbilicus and slightly sigmoid stria? on

the base of the body whorl. Straparollus costellatus, McCoy, (Pal. Foss., 538,

pi. 3 H. fig. 3,) is a closely-related form, but differs in some of its surface

. markings and its larger number of whorls.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

PHANEROTINUS, J. Sowerby.

Phanerotinus paradoxus, n. sp. Shell of medium size, discoid ; whorls
four, widely disjoined, rather rapidly enlarging, nearly terete ; spire de-
pressed below the level of the outer whorl, causing a slightly deeper concavity
above than below the shell ; upper side of last whorl with a scarcely percepti-
ble undulation in the middle, and another on the slope of the umbilical de-
pression ; under side regularly curved ; faint incremental lines running di-
rectly around the whorl.

Diameter of shell l'O (100) ; diameter of aperture at right angles with peri-
pheral line *33 (33) ; same dimension one revolution back from the aperture
14 (14).

The faint appearance of angulations on the upper side may be deceptive :
in which case, the greater depression of the spire on that side would indicate
it as the base of the shell, and the whorls would be sinistral.

The only specimen of this unique species so far as I know, the first of the
genus noticed in America is in the form of a gutta-percha cast, taken from
natural moulis in friable sandstone, of the spiral and basal sides of the same
individual. The moulds themselves it was impossible to preserve. The near-
est American analogue of this species is Euomphalus laxus, Hall, (Fifteenth
Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 54, pi. vi., fig. 2).

HOLOPEA, Hall.

Holopea conica, n. sp. Shell very small; spire elevated, consisting of about
three or four rounded whorls, of which the last forms about four-fifths of the
entire length ; suture distinct ; aperture lying nearly in the plane of the axis
of the spire, ovate, acutely angulated behind, neatly rounded in front ; outer
lip thin, regularly convex ; inner lip almost equally convex, slightly thickened
by the nearly continuous peristome. Surface not satisfactorily known, but
apparently smooth.

Length -27 (100) ; length of body whorl -20 (74) ; width of body whorl
18 (67) ; length of aperture *12 (44); width of aperture "08 (29); spiral angle
44.

This little species generally resembles Holopella mira, but the apical angle
is greater, the body whorl more developed and the aperture more angulated
behind, with a less continuous peristome.

Holopea subconica, n. sp. Shell small, breadth equal to its height; spire
turbinate, consisting of two or three rounded, rapidly enlarging volutions,
bounded by a distinct suture ; aperture subcircular, with a slightly inter-
rupted peristome ; outer lip thin ; base gracefully rounded into the minutely-
perforated umbilicus, which is closely bordered by the free columellar lip.
Surface apparently smooth.

Height about -15 (100) ; width of last whorl -16 (94) ; height of last whorl
09 (56) ; apical angle about 80.

Associated with Holopea conica and Holopella mira in the calcareous bed
"No. 3."

MACROCKILUS, Phillips.

Macrochilds pinguis, n. sp. Shell globoid ; spire short, rapidly tapering :
volutions not more than five, largely overlapping ; suture moderately im-
pressed ; body whorl ventricose, broadest in the middle, somewhat flattened
above ; aperture ovate, its longer axis forming an angle of 27 with the axis
of the shelJ, acute posteriorly, abruptly rounded anteriorly; inner lip flattened,
with indications of a columellar fold. Surface marked by faint directly trans-
verse striae of growth.

Height of shell 1-93 (100) ; height of body whorl 1-41 (73) ; height of spire
52 (27) ; length of aperture 1-44 (74) ; width of aperture '93 (43) ; spiral
angle 85.

This species is related to some of the globose forms from the Coal Measures.

1863.]

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Its closest analogue is 21. primigenius, Hall, (Io. Rep. p. 720, pi. xxix. 11.)
M. ponderosus, Swallow, (Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis, i. p. 202). The aper-
ture, however, is broader, the spire less elevated and the columellar fold ap-
parently much less pronounced.

From the lower bed of the yellow sandstones being, until the recent de-
scription of some specimens from the Hamilton Group of New York, (See Fif-
teenth Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 48), the lowest known position of this section of
the genus.

LOXONEMA, Phillips.

Loxonema oligospira, n. sp. Shell small; whorls about six, rather rapidly
enlarging, convex exteriorly, with traces (on the cast) of vertical ridges, which
become most observable in the vicinity of the aperture ; suture deep ; body
whorl three-fifths the length of the shell, more rapidly enlarging than the
spire, gently convex on the outer side, more rapidly curved toward the base
which is somewhat umbilicately indented rapidly increasing in diameter
toward the aperture, which is thus rendered somewhat effuse in front.

Height of shell -41 (100) ; height of body whorl -25 (61) ; diameter of body
whorl -29 (71) ; diameter of penultimate whorl - 16 (39).

HOLOPELLA, McCoy.

Holopella mira, ii. sp. Shell small, turrited ; whorls gradually and regu-
larly enlarging, seven or eight in number, of which four or five are generally
preserved, the apical ones, in numerous specimens, uniformly wanting ;
whorls sometimes slightly flattened on the exterior ; suture distinctly but not
deeply impressed ; body whorl regularly rounded beneath into a minute um-
bilicus ; aperture nearly circular, obtusely angulated behind, regularly rounded
in front ; peristome complete or slightly interrupted ; columellar lip without
a fold, very slightly excavated by the aperture.

Height of shell about -24 (100) ; height of body whorl -11 (4G) ; diameter
of body whorl *14 (58) ; apical angle 35.

This little shell occurs gregariously in calcareous layers of bed No. 3, and
also occasionally in sandstone No. 5. The exterior seems to be destitute of
natural ornaments, but the specimens in bed No. 3 are universally marked by
lines like cleavage cracks, running very obliquely across the several whorls,
their lower extremities being nearest the aperture.

This fossil bears a close resemblance to Turritella (Holopella) gregaria and
conica, Sow., (Murch. Sil. Syst., pi. iii. fig. 1, f. and 8) from the old Red Sand-
stone, but it differs from both (See McCoy, Pal. Foss., p. 303,) in apparently
having no natural surface markings.

NATICOPSIS, McCoy.

Naticopsis depresscs, n. sp. Shell small ; spire of about four volutions,
scarcely elevated above the body whorl ; last whorl rapidly enlarging, espe-
cially in an obliquely transverse direction ; suture very shallow, giving the
upper side of the shell a general convexity ; width of last whorl at the aper-
ture three-fifths the transverse diameter of the shell ; aperture oval, rounded
anteriorly and posteriorly ; within, somewhat contracted on the inner side by
the broad, flattened columella ; surface marked by delicate lines of growth,
which, toward the suture, become, on the last whorl, fine, regular, elongated
nodes. Highest point of shell, when resting on its base, is on the last whorl,
near the junction of the outer lip with the penultimate whorl.

Height of shell from antero-lateral margin of aperture obliquely to summit
of spire *50 (100) ; greatest transverse diameter -59 (118) ; width of body
whorl measured in the same direction *36 (72) ; altitude of shell when resting
on its base, in a direction nearly at right angles with the last measure *30
(60) ; length of aperture -37 (74) ; width '32 (64).

ORTHOCERAS, Breynius.

Orteoceras Whitei, n. sp. Shell annulated, very gradually tapering, with

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 23

very deep concave septa, and a somewhat elliptic section. Major angle of di-
vergence 5 in a specimen about four inches long, giving a taper of '09 in the
space of one inch ; ratio of axes of transverse section *9S : 1*32 = 1'34 ; ratio of
concavity of septa to greater diameter "38 : 1*2 = 3*16 ; annulations, ten in the
space of three inches, where the mean transverse axis is 1"27, making their
distance a little less than one-fourth this axis, the plane of the annulations
forming an angle of 74 with the longitudinal axis of the shell, the opening
generally toward the extremity of the shorter diameter ; the annulations hav-
ing a broad, shallow, retral sinuosity, which in some specimens is distinctly
marked, and in others obscure ; position of the sinuosity somewhat variable ;
space between the annulations regularly concave ; a peculiar obsolescence of
the annuli sometimes occurs along the side marked by the sinuosity, and not
unfrequently a partial or nearly complete obsolescence of entire annuli takes
place along a portion of the shell. Siphon large, situated on the longer di-
ameter two-sevenths of the distance from the centre to the periphery. Sur-
face (of cast) marked by feeble, rounded, encircling striae, which generally run
parallel with the annulations, but sometimes cross them at a small angle.

The deep concavity of the septa is a strong distinctive mark of this, amongst
annulated species. In many specimens this is much deeper than in the large
specimen from which the measurements have been taken. The occasional
obsolescence of the annulations may also be noted.

Orthocekas heterocixctum, n. sp. Shell unequally annulated. rather
rapidly tapering, with a nearly circular section and a subcentral siphon. Angle
of divergence 11 ; annulations inequidistant, strong, rounded, separated by
concave intervals, somewhat oblique and slightly sinuated retrally on one
of the sides, very often becoming more or less obsolete, and sometimes en-
tirely disappearing ; septa slightly oblique ; siphon on the longer diameter
less than its own diameter distant from the longitudinal axis of the shell.
Surface marked by unequal striae running parallel with the rings.

Resembles 0. Whitei in the occasional obsolescence of the rings ; and casual
observation would not distinguish the two. The present species, however,
tapers more rapidly, is less compressed, has a less excentric siphon and exhibits
a much more frequent disappearance of the annuli.

Ranges from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Burling-
ton limestone.

Orthoceras Indianense, Hall, (Twelfth Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 10.) Numerous
specimens of an Orthoceras having a circular or slightly eccentric section, a
central or subcentral siphon and an angle of divergence of about 8 fail to
furnish any characters for distinction from the above species. If such identi-
fication is correct, this species enjoyed considerable geographical range.

Ranges from the bottom of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Bur-
lington limestone, in company with crinoids regarded as characteristic of the
latter formation.

PHRAGMOCERAS, Broderip.

Pheagmocebas expansum, n. sp. Shell slightly arcuate in the earlier stages
of growth, becoming nearly straight at a later period ; somewhat gradually
enlarging at first, but afterwards expanding with great rapidity, finally under-
going a gradually reduced rate of expansion, which, at the aperture of the
adult, amounts to a slight constriction ; transverse section very slightly com-
pressed laterally ; position of siphon unknown ; septa transverse, moderately
concave. Surface of cast smooth.

In a specimen which is -7 1 - 1 in diameter at the small (imperfect) end, the
same diameter increases to 2-1 in the space of 1-37 inches, showing an angle,
of divergence of about 68 c .

CYRTOCERAS, Goldfuss.
Cyrtoceeas ujticobne, n. sp. Shell arcuate ; angle of divergence when young
1863.]

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

about 11, rapidly increasing with the growth of the shell to 35 or 40 ;
transverse section laterally compressed, with the dorsum a little more acute
than the venter ; last chamber fully half the length of the shell. Septa
transverse, regularly concave. Siphon rather large, terete, somewhat close to
the dorsal margin. Surface apparently without ornaments ; incremental lines
forming a variable angle with the septa.

A specimen which is 223 long is -38 in dorso-ventral diameter at the small
(imperfect) end, and 1*60 at the larger end, being septate the whole length.
Another specimen mast have been about 2-3 in dorso-ventral diameter at "the
larger end.

PHILLIPSIA, Portlock.

Phillipsia insignis, n. sp. Head paraboloid ; border wide, broadly and
deeply furrowed, with the margin reflected upward, and the lateral angles
continued posteriorly in acuminate prolongations, reaching twice the length of
the glabella from the anterior end ; the margin and reflected portion of the
test marked by fine longitudinal strife. Glabella elongate-paraboloid, tuber-
culated. In the middle of the posterior border of the glabella is a pair of tu-
bercles, and in front of these a second and third pair, the last resting on the
middle of the glabella the whole so arranged as to form two longitudinal
rows ; opposite the first pair are the two small complementary lobes, with
four pustules on the summit of each ; opposite the second pair, on each side,
a transversely elongate tubercle with a trifid crest ; opposite the first pair, a
similar tubercle with a bifid crest ; the ornaments on the posterior half of the
glabella being consequently arranged in three transverse series, in the posterior
of which are ten elevations, in the middle eight, and in the anterior six ; the
anterior half of the glabella is covered by pustules somewhat promiscuously
arranged, and varying in different specimens. Eyes large, globoid, slightly
excavated by the palpebral lobe of the fixed cheek, situated opposite the pos-
terior third of the glabella. Occipital ring broad, with its posterior margin
elevated nearly as high as the posterior extremity of the glabella, and orna-
mented with a row of small, raised points turned backwards. Pygidium very
convex, semielliptic, the axis very prominent and forming about one-third
the width at the anterior margin ; consisting of twelve to fourteen rings, each
bearing six small tubercles, the whole of which are arranged in six longitudi-
nal rows ; the tubercles often worn down on the exterior of the test, but
always well defined in the cast ; lateral lobes bent rather abruptly downwards,
having ten ribs, which become indistinct and disappear toward the margin,
and are entirely wanting over the narrow space behind the axis ; the anterior
ribs showing a faint median groove toward their vanishing extremities, and a
a few of the posterior ones bearing feeble tuberculations toward their axial
extremities.

The pygidium of this species nearly resembles that of P. trancatiilus, Phil-
lips, sp. (Geol. Yorks, ii. p. 240. pi. xxii. fig. 13.) but the head is widely dif-
ferent.

From the base of the Burlington limestone.

Phillipsia Maramecensis ? Shumard. Border of head of medium width,
regularly convex, separated from the glabella by a narrow, distinct furrow.
Glabella oblong, slightly quadrangular, a little broader behind than before,
convex, highest in the middle ; complementary lobes obliquely oval, protrud-
ing a little beyond the lateral boundaries of the glabella, from which they
are separated by shallow depressions ; a diminishing series of three feeble
lobes in front of each complementary lobe ; surface of glabella smooth to the
naked eye, but under a lens finely granulated. Eyes opposite the last quarter
of the glabella.

The fragment above described is associated with the pygidium described by
Dr. Shumard, (Mo. Rep. Part ii. p. 199, PL B. fig. 9,) simply in consequence

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

25

of the granulated surface of the two, and the impossibility of proving them
distinct. The original specimen, however, was obtained from the "Archimedes
limestone" of St. Louis County, which, according to Prof. Hall, is the equiva-
lent of the "Keokuk limestone."

Of the foregoing species, four are not positively known to occur below the
base of the Burlington limestone ; but they are confidently embraced in the
fauna of the yellow sandstones, for the reason that they ascend no higher,
and that of the 131 remaining species constituting that fauna, not less than
40 are known to range upwards to the same horizon.

University of Michigan, Dec. 6th, 1S62.

Pursuant to the By-Laws, an election of members of the Standing
Committees for 1863 was held, as follows :

ETHNOLOGY.
J. A. Meigs,
S S. Haldeman,
I. I. Hayes.

CO MP. AN AT. AND GEN. ZOOLOGY.
Joseph Leidy,
J. M. Corse,
J. H. Slack.

MAMMALOGY.
J. H. Slack,
John Cassin,
J. L. Le Conte.

ORNLTLIOLOGY.
John Cassin,
S. W. Woodhouse,
J. H. Slack.

HERPETOLOGY ICHTHYOLOGY.
E. D. Cope,
B. Bridges,
J. C. Morris.

CONCHOLOGY.
T. A. Conrad,

W. G. BlNNEY,

a. W. Tryon, Jr.

ENTOMOLOGY AND CRUSTACEA.
B. Bridges,
Samuel Lewis,
E. T. Cresson.

1863.]

BOTANY.
E. DURAND,

Joseph Carson,
Aubrey H. Smith.

GEOLOGY.
Isaac Lea,
Charles E. Smith,
J. P. Lesley.

MINERALOGY.

Wm. S. Vaux,
J. C. Trautwine,
T. D. Band.

PALAEONTOLOGY.
Joseph Leidy,
T. A. Conrad,
J. L. Le Conte.

PHYSICS.
B. Howard Band,
Wm. M. Uhler,
B. E. Bogers.

LIBRARY.
Wm. S. Vaux,
Joseph Leidy,
Joseph Jeanes.

PROCEEDINGS.
Bobert Bridges,
Joseph Leidy,
Wm. S. Vaux,
John Cassin,
Thomas Stewardson,

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

February Zd.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Nineteen members present.

The following were presented for publication :

Systematic arrangement of the Mollusks of the Family Viviparidae
and others inhabiting the United States. By Theodore Gill.

Enumeration of the Arctic Plants collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes,
in his Exploration of Smith's Sound, etc. By E. Durand, T. P. James
and S. Ashmead.

Mr. Cope mentioned the occurrence in the males of certain species of tree-
toads of the genus Trachycephalus, of a corneous thickening of the epidermis
of the interior metatarsus during the breeding season, similar to that in the
genus Discoglossus. Also, that in certain South American Bufones the manu-
brium sterni is present, although, up to the present time, it has been denied
that such is the case.

February 10th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-nine members present.

Tbe following was presented for publication :

Remarks on the North American iEgiothi. By Elliott Coues,

Mr. Lea read part of a letter from Dr. Lewis, of Mohawk, New York, in
which he said that he was gratified with one thing which was not apparent to
him at first. In his notes on Melania subularis, Lea, and M. exilis, Hald.,
two species of his neighborhood, he finds an evident confirmation of Mr. Lea's
views about Trypanosoma and Goniobasis, to which two sections of Melanidoz
the two species belong. The soft parts affirm the correctness of Mr. Lea's
generalizations from the shells. Dr. Lewis thinks the sinus in the sides of
subularis is peculiar, and will be found in the whole group of Trypanostoma
and the granular sides of exilis in the whole group of Goniobasis. It becomes
now a curious speculation what may be the characters of Anculosa, Schizos-
toma, Lithasia, Io, &c.

Dr. Wilcocks read an extract from M. Arago's " Astronomie Populaire,"
vol. i. p. 459 : " I have been anxious to ascertain who first noticed the ex-
istence of blue stars. The ancients only spoke of white and red ones. In the
latter class they placed Arcturus, Aldeboran, Pollux, Antares and Orionis,
which are still red. To this list (and the circumstance is worthy of remark)
they added Sirius, whose whiteness strikes all eyes. It seems, then, that
with time certain stars change color. The first observation (known to me)
made of a blue star, occurs in the Treatise on Colors, by Mariotte, published
in 16S6."

Dr. Wilcocks stated that he had read the extract from M. Arago's work as
a preface to an observation of his own, viz.: that the star Sirius is no longer
white ; its present color is violet.

If the star, instead of undergoing a single change of color in the lapse of
ages, should take in succession all the hues of the spectrum, it adds much to
the interest of the subject, and will certainly give an impetus to inquiry con-
cerning the cause of these remarkable changes.

Mr. Ennis remarked that this announcement by Dr. Wilcocks appeared to
him deeply interesting, from the fact that for the past year he had made the
colored, the variable, the periodic, the lost, and the temporary stars a special

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 27

study. Catalogues have been made of some of these classes of stars, but no
catalogue has yet been made of stars which have changed their color. In-
deed, Humboldt, in writing about the red color ascribed to Sirius by the an-
cient Greeks, says, "Sirius, therefore, affords the only example of an histori-
cally proved change of color, for it has at present (1S50 ?) a perfectly white
light." And yet, in apparent contradiction to this, he, in other pages of the
third volume of his Cosmos, mentions other fixed stars whose colors in modern
times have been known to change.

This change of color is one of the greatest physical events. Think of our
own intensely-lighted sun, 2,770,000 miles in circumference, as beiug deeply
red, then turning to be perfectly white, then changing to purple, aud then
again to green ! What mighty causes must be in operation to produce such
grand results. This should be made a distinct section of astronomical study,
and allied to that of the other classes of stars just mentioned ; and I therefore
offer the following as an enumeration of stars whose colors have changed.

Catalogue.

1. The temporary star described by Tycho Brahe in 1572. " For the first two
or more months it was white ; then it passed through yellow into red. At
last, when very small, it again became white, but of a dull whiteness. These
changes of color were attendant upon changes in amount of light. While
this star was so large as to be seen with keen eyes by day, and even through
the clouds by night, when all other stars were hidden, yet it scintillated more
strongly than stars of the first magnitude," thus indicating a constitutional as
well as an atmospheric cause for this scintillation.

2. Eta of Argus. This star, so wonderfully variable in the amount of its
light, is also variable in its color. In 1843, Mr. Mackay, at Calcutta, observed
that it was similar in color to Arcturus, and was therefore reddish-yellow.
In Feb., 1850, Lieut. Gilliss, at Santiago, in Chili, writes of it as being " of a
darker color than Mars," and therefore deeply red.

3. Beta of Ursa Minor. Heis, one of the most eminent German observers,
writing to Humboldt in May, 1850, says that " this star is not always equally
red ; at times it is more or less yellow, at others most decidedly red."

4. Alpha Crucis. Humboldt, in Cosmos, vol. 3d, says, "My old friend,
Captain Berard, who is an admirable observer, wrote from Madagascar in
1847, that he had for some years seen this star growing red."

5. Capella. In the tenth century this star was described by an Arabian
astronomer as red. In 1850, Humboldt, in the third volume of his Cosmos,
says, "it is now yellow, with scarce a tinge of red." In Sept., 1859, Rev.
J. B. Kearney, in a letter to Sir J. Herschell, printed in the 20th volume,
number one, of the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, says,
" By the way, the color of Capella seems much less blue than it used to be."
To myself, at present its color appears to be a delicate pale blue.

6. Sirius. In the times of the old Greek astronomers Sirius was red. In
the Middle Ages the Arabian astronomers did not name Sirius among the red
stars, neither did the earlier astronomers of the west of Europe. Therefore,
it seems probable that its color changed from red to white between the times
of the Greek and those of the Arabian observers. Humboldt, as I have said,
writes in 1850 of this star as being " perfectly white." Two years ago, when
another change was observed by Dr. Wilcox, a friend of his, who was accus-
tomed to distinguish nice shades of color, pronounced the light of Sirius to be
purple, in which opinion he concurred. Four months ago, when he made the
announcement to me, I regarded it as blue with a decided tinge of green. At
present it seems to myself and some friends as the most deeply-colored star
in the sky, but as more green than blue.*

* A "th star, Procyon, is to be added to the above catalogue, its change of color having been
ascertained a night or two after the presentation of the others.

1863.]

28 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

This is, indeed, a very short catalogue, but I hope it will prove worthy of pre-
sentation if it shall serve for the beginning of one more extended ; for. "on theo-
retical grounds, I am strongly of the opinion that many more changes of color
occur among the stars than have been observed and recorded.

February Y~tth.

Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Eighteen members present.
The following was presented for publication :
Catalogue of the N. American Scirenoids. By Theo. Grill.
The Committee on Proceedings laid on the table the published Num-
ber for October, November and December, 1862.

February 2-ith.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.
Seventeen members present.

On Report of the respective Committees, the following were ordered
to be published :

Catalogue of the North American SCIJENOID Fishes.

BY THEODORE GILL.

Since the publication of the several articles on the Scisenoids of the Eastern
Coast of the United States,* the additional facilities which I have enjoyed
have enabled me to detect some errors, adopted from previous laborers, in the
nomenclature of those species, and I have been also led to propose some
modifications in the arrangement of the family itself. t

A. Lower jaw received within the upper (vertebra 10 | 14
-14 + X.)
B. Teeth of both jaws developed ; upper pharyngeal
bones three.

C. Lower pharyngeal bones completely separated Solemn-^:.

* Chin smooth,
t Caudal lanceolate ; head above very broad,
nearly flat between eyes ; preoperculum

behind crest cavernous and multipartite Stelliferus.

ff Caudal entire or sinuated ; head narrow, trans-
versely convex ; preoperculum behind crest
flat.

1. Body and head oblong, compressed ; anal

under posterior half of second dorsal Bairdiella.

2. Body and head elongated ; anal under middle

of second dorsal Scisenops.

** Chin with a single moderate barbel Menticirrhus.

*** Chin with minute filaments Micropogon.

* Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America, pp. 32, 33. (Feb. 14, 1861.)
Revision of the Genera of North American Scioeninae in " Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philada.,"
1S61, pp. 79 89.
On the LioBtominse, op. cit., 1861, pp. 89 93.
On the Haploidonotinse, op. cit., 1801, pp. 100 105.
f Note on the Scisenoids of California, op. cit., 1S62, pp. 16 18.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

CC. Lower pharyngeals firmly united in adult, with

two oblique inferior processes beneath Haploidonotin-S.

* Chin bearded ; caudal subtruncated Pogonias.

BB. Teeth of upper jaw only persistent Liostomin^.

Body compressed, ovate Liostomus.

AA. Lower jaw even with upper or projecting

B. Vertebra 14 | 10 Otolithic.

A. Canine teeth in lower jaw ; pseudobranchise Cynoseion.

BB. Vertebra 1011 | 1415 Larimin.e.

D. X. I. 2430 Larimus.

Subfamily SCIJENINJE (Bon.) Gill.
Genus STELLIFERUS (Stark ex Cuv.)

Les Stelliferes Cuv., R. A., 1817, 283.
Stelliferus Stark, El. N. H., i. 459.*
Homoprion Holb., Ich. S. C.

Stelliferps lanceolatus Gill ex Holbrook.

Homoprion lanceolatus Holb., 168.
Scifena lanceolata Gunther, ii. 289.

Hab. South Carolina.

The poor description and figure of Holbrook did not enable me to re-
cognize the generic identity of Homoprion lanceolatus with Stelliferus trispi-
nosus, of which the examination of specimens has almost convinced me. H.
lanceolatus has, however, pseudobranchias.

Genus BAIRDIELLA Gill.

Bairdiella punctata Gill ex Linn.

Perca punctatus L., Syst; Nat., ed. 10, i. 482, (No. 4.)

Bodianus argyroleucos Mitchill, Trans. L. and P. Soc. N. Y., i. 417.

" pallidus Mitchill, op. cit., p. 420 ; necMorone pallida Mitchill, Rep.,

p. 18 ; nee Labrax pallidus Dekay, Storer.
Corvina argyroleuca Cuv. et Vol., v. 105.
Homoprion xanthurus Holb., 170, pi. 24, (desc. and fig. 1, (nee 2) ; nee diag.

brev.) ; nee Leiostomus xanthurus Lac, C. et V.
Corvina argyroleuca Giintker, ii. 299.
Scifena xanthurus Gthr., pt. (nee desc.) ii. 288.
Bairdiella argyroleuca Gill, Cat. 33.
Homoprion subtruncatus Gill, (quasi ex Holb.,) Cat. 33.

The principal confusion in the nomenclature of this species is due to Dr.
Holbrook, who considered it as " certainly the fish for which Lacepide esta-
blished his genus Leiostomus " and never perceived its identity with the Cor-
vina argyroleuca of the Hist. Nat. des Poissons.

Mitchill described it in his memoir on the Fishes of New York," in the
" Transactions of the Philosophical Society of New York," as Bodianus pal-
lidum, as well as Bodianus argyroleucos. The first name has been referred
by all subsequent naturalists to the genus Morone on the authority of
Mitchill himself ; it is, however, evident that a diagnosis which describes the
" tail even Lateral line extending through it" " Four or five holes under the
chin " "D. 9 23. A. 12," cannot be intended for a Morone, if the slightest
confidence is reposed in the description ; on the other hand, it agrees in these
respects, as well as others, with the Bairdiella, and is unquestionably referrible
to that genus, Mitchill himself, to the contrary notwithstanding ; Dekay has

* The proper orthography of this name is Stellifer. Although the genus of Cuvier is the result of
an error #riginating with Bloch as to the number of branchiostegal rays (4 instead of 1), it will
doubtless be adopted, as the other generic characters are appropriate and peculiar.

1863.]

BO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OE

remarked that he " had the authority of Dr. Mitchill himself for the identity
of the species" with the Labrax pallidus (= Morone americana), and adds,
that "there are, however, several grave errors in his description, some of
which he assured me were typographical." The Bodianus argyroleucos is also
undoubtedly the same species, and was characteristically figured by Mitchill.

Holbrook next made the nomenclature still more complicated. He has de-
scribed and figured it under the name of Homoprion xanthurus, strangely con-
founding it with the Leiostomus xanthurus, and affirming that it was "certainly
the fish for which Lacepede established his genus Leiostomus.' 1 '' He has in his
" specific characters " reproduced the diagnosis and radial formula of Leiosto-
mus xanthurus from Cuvier and Valenciennes,* while in the full " description "
he correctly describes the fins of Bairdiella argyroleuca.] Misled by his " spe-
cific characters," and neglecting to read his description of the fins, which I had
supposed to be, like most of his others, merely a repetition in words of the
radial formula of the diagnosis, I did not recognize its specific identity with
Bairdiella argyroleuca, although especially alluding to its great resemblance
to that fish iu an article on the Scisenoids. Shortly after the publication of
that paper, the second editionj of Holbrook's "Ichthyology of South Carolina."
having been received at the Academy during a visit there, I immediately recog-
nized the Bairdiella in the figure of Homoprion xanthurus, the rays being more
distinctly represented than in the figure of the first edition, and consequently
the small number at once arresting the attention. It was only then that I was
led to examine the extended description of the fins. I have previously de-
monstrated that Lacepede's Leiostomus xanthurus is a true Liostomus as under-
stood by Holbrook, who retains that generic name for a type which he be-
lieved was entirely unknown to Lacepede, referring the only species of that
author to a new genus !

Genus SCIiENOPS Gill.

According to Giinther, the Corvina ocellata or Johnius ocellatus of American
naturalists, belongs to a different genus from the type of Johnius. As it is
equally distinct from Scieena, to which it has been referred by Giinther, a dis-
tinct generic name is requisite : that of Scianops is therefore proposed ; the only
generic character recognized by Giinther, is the weakness of the anal spine in
comparison with that of Johnius carutta, the Corvina carutta of Giinther. The
diagnosis of Johnius in the " Revision of the Genera of North American Sci-
noids " is chiefly applicable to the present genus.

ScijEnops ocellatus Gill ex Linn.

Perca ocellata Linn., Syst. N., 4S3.
Lutjanus triangulum Lac, iv. 181, 217.
Centropomus ocellatus Lac, iv. 257, 279.
Scirena imberbis Mit., Trans., i. 411.
Corvina ocellata C. and V. } 134, pi. 108.
Johnius ocellatus Girard.
Scirena ocellata Gtlir., ii. 289.

Hob. Caribbean Sea, Gulf of Mexico and Eastern Coast northwards to New
York ; not found in fresh waters, (contra Gthr., ii. 289.)

*" Body above palest golden-brown; below silvery-white, without spots or bars; tail yellow.
D. 11.1 32. P-21. V.l-5. A. 2 13. C.17."

t D. XI. 1. 21. P. 14. V- I. 5. A. II. 9. C. 17.

+ Dr. Holbrook, influenced by the hope of reclaiming the first edition of his work, has
rendered the prrcurement of the second edition almost impossible by his order to his publishers,
to only exchange the one for the other.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

Genus MENTICIRRHUS Gill.

I. Body with oblique bands.

* Oblique bauds only ; six procurrent downwards under

dorsals. Third dorsal spine shorter than head... M. alburnns.

** V-shaped band pointed downwards under first dorsal,
and three oblique procurrent ones under second.
Third dorsal spine equalling or exceeding length
of head M. nebulosus-

II. Body silvery-white and immaculate M. littoralis.

1. Menticirrhus alburnus Gill ex Linn.

Alburnus americairas, &c, Catesby.

Leuciscus (12) Klein, Fasc, ii. p. 67.

Perca alburnus L., Syst. Nat., 482.

Centropomns alburnus Lac, iv. 249, 257, 264.

rjmbrina alburnus Cuv., (1817,) Holb. Nee U. alburnus C. et V., Dekay,

Storer, pp.
Scifena alburnus Gronov.

Hab. Eastern Coast northwards to New Jersey.

2. Menticirrhus nebulosus Gill ex Mitch.

Scisena nebulosa Mitch., Trans., i. 408, pi. 3, f. 5.
Umbrina alburnus pp. C. et V., v. 180.
Hab. Eastern Coast between Capes Cod and Hatteras.

3. Menticirrhus littoralis Gill ex Holb.

Umbrina littoralis Holb., Ich. S. C, 142, pi. 20, f. 1.
Hab. South Carolina.

Genus MICROPOGON Cuv.

MlCROPOGON UNDULATUS C. et V.

Perca undulata Linn., Syst. Nat., 483.

Sciseua croker Lac, iv. 309, 314, 316.

Bodianus costatus, Mitch., Trans. N. S., i. 417.

Micropogon undulatus, C. et V., v. 219.

Mieropogoii costatus Del-ay, 83. t

Hab. Eastern Coast south of New York.

In my uncertainty respecting the application of Cuvier and Valenciennes'
names, I will not venture further on the synonymy. I am acquainted autop-
tically with only a single species as an inhabitant of the Eastern Coast, but
there are, from the Gulf of Mexico, South America, &c, in the Smithsonian
Institution's Collection, several differing in the form and size of the head,
squamation, anal fin, &c.

Subfamily HAPLOID ONOTIN^E Gill.
Genus POGONIAS Lac.
Pogonathus Lac

1. Pogoxias fasciatus Lac, iii. 137.

Labrns grunniens Mitch., Trans. N. Y., i. 405, pi. 3, f. 3.
Hab. Rhode Island southwards.

2. Pogonias chromis C. and V. ex L.

Labrus cromis L., Syst. N., 479.

Scisena chiomis BL, Schn., 82 ; Lac, iv. 314.

Pogonathus courbina Lac., v. 121.

Scisena eigas Mitch., Trans. N. Y., i. 412, pi. 5, f. 10.

" fusca Mitch., 1. c, 409.
Pogonias chromis.

Hab. New York southwards.

1863.]

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Subfamily LIOSTOMINjE Gill.
Gen ns LIOSTOMUS Lac.

LlOSTOMUS XANTHURUS LaC.

Leiostomus xanthurus Lac, iv. 439, pi. 10, f . 1 ; C. et V., (Gthr., in Syn. pt.)
Homoprion xanthurus Holb., 170, (syn. et sp. ch. ; nee desc. et fie;.;) nee
pi. 24, f. 2.*

D. XL 1, 3234. A.II . 13.

Color uniform.

Hab. South Carolina to New York.

Liostomus obliquus Dekay ex Mit.
Mugil obliquus il/j'cL, Trans. N. Y., i. 405.
Scisena multifasciata Les., Journ. Ac. N. S. Pa., ii. 225.
Leiostomu3 humeralis C. and V., v. 141, pi. 110.

obliquus Dekay, 69, pi. 60, f. 195 ; Holb., 164, pi. 24, f. 2, (nee f. 1.)
D. X. I. 30. A. II. 13.
Obliquely multifasciate ; humeral spot.
Hab. Eastern Coast northwards to Massachusetts.

Subfamily LARIMIN.E Gill.

Genus LARIMUS Cuv. et Val.

Larimus fasciatus Holbrook.
Larimus fasciatus Holb., 153, pi. 22, fig. 1.

Hab South Carolina, in salt water, (not fresh.)

Subfamily OTOLITH1NJE Gill.

Genus CYNOSCION Gill.
Cestreus Gronov., nee Cuv. et Val.

I. Body slender, spotted above as well as on the fins C. carolinensis.

II. Body slender, with faint, oblique straight on back

* Belly white C. regalis

** Belly yellow C. thalassinus.

III. Body robust, immaculate C. nothus.

1. Cynoscion carolinensis Gill ex C. V.
Otolithus carolinensis C. V., ix., 475.
Cestreus carolinensis Gronov., ed. Gray, 49.
Hab. Northwards to New York.

2. Cynoscion regalis Gill ex Bl.
Johnius regalis Block, Schu., 75.

Roccus comes Mitch.. Rep.
Labrus squeteagne, Mitch., Trans. N. Y., t. 396.
Otolithus regalis C. V., v. 67.
Hab. Northwards to Maine.

3. Cynoscion thalassinus Gill ex Holb.
Otolithus thalassinus Holb., 132, pi. 18, p. 2.

Hab. South Carolina.

4. Cynoscion nothus Gill ex Holb.

Otolithus nothus Holb., 134, pi. 19, f. 1.
Hab. South Carolina.

*The pi. 24, f. 2, referred to for this species by Holbrook, who has thus led Guenther into
error, is the L. obliquus ; the fig. meant to be referred to represents Bairdiella pallida.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

Systematic Arrangement of the Mollusks of the Family VIVIPARIDJE, and
others, inhabiting the United States.

BY THEODORE GILL.

My attention having been recently again attracted to the classification of
the family of Viviparidae by the printing of the " Descriptive Catalogue" of my
friend, Mr. Binney, I propose to offer the following revision of the arrangement
of the species of North America. There are four distiact group3 of species op.
the continent which some will call genera, and others subgenera. These have been
formerly comprehended under the generic name of Paludina, or Viviparus ; the
four were first recognized as distinct by Mr. G. W. Tryon, Jr., in " Notes on
American Fresh-Water Shells."* The characters which appear to be the prin-
cipal distinctive ones have, however, remained unnoticed by Mr. Tryon and all
his predecessors, while those assigned to the respective groups have been rather
vague and uncertain. A species closely related to, if not identical with, the
type of Viviparus V. georgianus ex Lea has been referred by the Adams and
CQenu to the subgenus Mclantho, while, on the other hand, a trae 3felantho M.
cy do stoma tiformis is placed in Viviparus; the distinctive characters of the two
groups, as given by those gentlemen, are by no means obvious.

It has recently been customary to consider the structure of the operculum
as having a paramount value and indicating family distinction. On such
grounds, the genus Amnicola has been separated from the family to which
Bythinia was referred, and has by some been considered as the type of
an independent one ;f while others have referred it to the Melaniidse, % Rissoidse,
or Littorinidae,|| Moquin-Tandon, to whom we are indebted for the most perfect
account extant of the extra-marine mollusks of any country, has considered those
differences to which others have assigned a family value as only subgeneric. That
learned malacologist, in his precious work on the land and fresh-water mollusks of
France, has combined in the genus Bythinia, the A'mnicolse and BytMnix of
American and most other naturalists, giving to the former the sectional name
of Bythinella, and to the latter, that of Elona. There can be little or no doubt
that those groups differ generically, but they should apparently be approxima-
ted to form a family distinct from the true Viviparidx.

I would then distinguish the two families as follows, my knowledge of the
anatomical characters being chiefly due to M. Moquin-Tandon. But, in
the first place, the following analytical synopsis of the families of Pectini-
branchiates, represented in the fresh- water streams of North America, is offered .
Ii this table, only the most striking and not always the most important char-
acters are given.

I. Teeth of lingual membrane 3 | 1 | 3 T/Enioglossa.

A. Gills concealed.

1. Rostrum moderately produced and entire or simply

notched.

a. Foot not produced beyond head: branchia uniserial.

^Lateral jaws present. (Aperture of shell acuminate

behind; generally chanelled at front; size

moderate) Melaniid.e.

**Lateral jaws obsolete. (Aperture of shell sub-
circular, broadly rounded at front ; size very

small) Amnicolid.e.

/?. Foot produced considerably beyond the head ;

branchifetriserial Viviparidx.

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1862. p. 451. f Tryon. op. cit., supra, 1S62, p. 451

t Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, of Philadelphia. 1862.

' H. & A. Adams, Chenu, Binney. || Gray.

1863.]

34 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

II. Rostrum produced, extending into two much elon-
gated, subulate lobes Ampcllariid^:.

AA. Gills pinnate, plumose and exsertile forwards Valvatid^.

II. Teeth of lingual membrane x | 4.1.4 | x; central very

unequal: lateral slender, hooked and very numerous... Rhipidoglossa.
Shell with a straight, flattened columella Neritid^:.

Size, in the several families above enumerated, is, as a rule, correlative with
structure. The Ampullariidx are comparatively large ; the Viviparidm moder-
ate ; the Melaniidze smaller, and the Valvatidse and Amnicolidse generally may be
almost said to be minute.

The family of MelaniiDjE is here restricted to exclude Faunus Montfort,
( =Pircna Lam.), Melanatria Bowdich, Melatoma Sw., (= Clionella Gray,)
Melanopsis Lam., Vibez Oken and Hemisinus Sw. These appear to belong
to a distinct family equally distinguished by the projecting foot of the
animal and the notch of the aperture of its shell. The family may be named
Melanopid.. The other genera or subgenera that have been proposed scarcely
appear to exist in nature. There is, however, one form which has received no
name ; it embraces the species figured by Chenu, under the names of Melanopsis
princeps (Lea) and M. acicularis Ferussac. This genus is most nearly allied to
Faunus, with which it agrees in physiognomy, but is distinguished by the ab-
sence of a posterior sinus of the outer lip ; it may be named Faunopsis.* The
American Melaniidse form a peculiar subfamily, Ceraphasiinse.

The Amnicolims of North America may be distributed among two subfami-
lies, Amnicoliw-e and Bythinin^e. The Amnicolinse represent, apparently,
three genera, Amnicola ; Chilocyclusf (Gill), with the circular lip reflected,
and with a shell like Amnicola, and Somatogyrus ; (n. g.) J with the body
whorl globose, and the aperture obliquely semicircular. The validity of Ponia-
tiopsis, as defined by Tryon, is for me very doubtful.

The Ampullariidse are represented by the genus Ampullaria Lam.

The Valvatidse are divisible among two genera Valvata, from which Tropidina
is apparently not separable, and Lyogyrus, (n. g.) in which the last whorl is
separated from the preceding and revolves within the normal spiral of in-
crease.

The families of Viviparidse and Amnicolidse may be further distinguished by
the following characters, which are essentially the same as those used by M.
Moquin-Tandon to distinguish the so-called "genera" Faludina and Bythinia.
The contrast is made simply because the genera have been confounded under
one family, for they are really less related to each other than Bythinia is to the
Melanians, or some other families.

Family VIVIPARIDSE (Gray,) Gill.

Animal oval, entirely retractile within the shell. Foot oval, much dilated,
passing beyond the muzzle, and provided with an anterior groove. Jaws two,

t

Faunopsis (Faunus, mythological name and O-^i;,) Melanopince. Testa elongata,
subulata, apertura parva, rhombo-ovata,postice acuta, antice bene sinuata, labro externo
acuto, nee sinuata.

Type. Melanopsis princeps Lea.

tChilocyclus (Xmxoc, lip, and Kc/xaoc, circle.) Testa conica,anfractibus con vexir,
apertura modica, circulari, labro reflexo.

Type. Cyclostoma cincinnatensis Lea.

I Somatogyrus (Sa^a-roc, body and Tupo;, whorl.) Testa anfr. primo globoso, spira
parva, apertura obliquiter semi-circulari, labro externo acuto.

Type. Amnicola depressa Tryon.

(j Lyogryrus (m/o> to loose and yvpos, whorl.) Testa, oblonga, anfr. convexis. anfr.
ultimo disjuncto, apertura circulari.

Type. Valvata pupoidea Gould.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

lateral, narrow and convex. Tentacles cylindrical, subulate, obtuse, with the
eyes on very short peduncles towards their external inferior third. Bran-
chiae in three rows, in the form of flattened filaments, slightly subulate, and
scarcely dilated towards the inferior third.

Generative organs on the right side ; verge internal, simple and contained in
the tentacle ; female orifice under the border of the mantle on the same side.

The genus Viviparus, or the Viviparidasofthis synopsis, are the only mollusks
which appear to undoubtedly belong together ; of the^ other genera that have
been referred by the Adams, Gray and Chenu to the family, Tanalia and Palu-
domus are apparently rather related to the Melaniidae, and nearly agree in form
of the shell, with Leptoxis of Raf. or Ancylotus of Say, while the structure of
the animal, as far as described, is essentially similar to that of the true Melani-
ans* and they agree with Viviparus only in possessing an operculum whose
elements are concentric, but which is in other respects quite different. The
genera Laguncula of Benson, and Rivulina of Lea, are unknown to me.

All the known types of Vivipari are represented in the United States.

Tulotoma Hald.

Viviparus Lam.

Melantho Bowd.

Lioplax Trosch. = Haldemania Tryon.

Family AMNICOLIDJE (Tryon,) Gill.

Animal oval or elongated, completely retractile within its shell. Foot oval
or rounded, generally narrow, and not continued in front of the rostrum. Jaws
obsolete. Tentacles cylindrical setaceous, pointed, with the eyes sessile at
their postero-external bases. Branchiae in a single row, in the form of trans-
verse folds, somewhat dilated at the middle. Generative organs on the right
side; verge external, behind the tentacle, bifid and with unequal branches ;
female orifice under the margin of the mantle, on the same side.

The following types belong to this family :

Amnicola Gld. and Hald. ; Chilocyclus Gill ; Somatogyrus Gill.

Bythinia Leach.

The subgenus Bythinella of Moquin-Tandon corresponds to the genus
Amnicola of Gould and Haldeman, and consequently should be so treated, al-
though its first species apparently belong to the subgenus Pomatiopsis of Tryon ;f
the materials now in my possession, or in the Smithsonian Collection, do not
enable me to form a satisfactory opinion concerning that group : at present, I
am disposed to doubt its distinction from Amnicola.

In the present paper it is proposed to classify only the Viviparidse.

The family of Amnicolidae has been recently proposed by Mr. Tryon for the
genus Amnicola, but that gentleman has given no diagnosis. It is more nearly
allied to the Melaniidae than to the Viviparidas, and the genus Amnicola has
been referred to that family by Mr. Lea.

The material of the Smithsonian Institution, &c, being now in the hands of
Mr. Binney, I am unable to arrive at a satisfactory conclusion regarding the limits
of our species, and, while expressing my opinions on the classification of our
species by reference to those admitted by Binney, except in a single case, I feel
somewhat disposed to dissent from him in several instances. As such a differ-
ence of opinion would not necessitate any modification of the distribution
among groups here proposed, I do not feel at liberty to dissent from him at the
present time. J I have seen specimens of almost all the species enumerated.

* The American Melaniidae, so far as I know, have not a fringed mantle and consequent-
ly belong to a different group.

t The subgenus, as defined by Tryon, is alluded to , the type of that group (A. lapi-
daria) may, however, be quite different, and a representative of the family Aciculida;.

fThe identification of Paludina Elliotti Lea, with P. cyclostomatiformis, is most doubt-
ful. I am disposed to believe that, while the latter is a true Melantho, the former ie a

1863.]

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

The forthcoming work of Mr. Binney, some time since issued as " proof,'' how-
ever naturalists may be disposed to differ from him, will be of considerable
value, as the full descriptions and figures of all real, as well as nominal species,
are copied, and the labor and time of referring to many separate volumes, some
of great rarity, will be thus saved.

Family VIVIPARID^E (Gray,) Gill.

Animal elongated, semicylindrical, with the spiral visceral sack contained
in a turbinate shell, into which the rest of the body is also perfectly con-
tractile. Mantle encircling the neck with a very thin fold, simple in front.
Foot, distinct from the neck, moderate, extending beyond the head, arched in
front, and obtusely extended towards its angles, rounded behind ; adapted only
for crawling. Head moderate, with the rostrum produced, entire or nearly so
in front above. Jaws two, lateral. Tentacles two, contractile, with the eyes on
short tubercles on the outer sides of their bases. Lingual ribbon strong, slender
and elongate. Teeth in seven longitudinal rows, (3 | 1 | 3) laminar, with re-
curved apices ; lateral convergent.

Branchiae internal, and along an oblique line down the left side of the branchial
cavity, in three regular rows, composed of flattened, slightly subulate filaments,
scarcely dilated towards the posterior third (in types). Respiratory orifice
under the collar, at the upper and hinder part of the neck. Generative organs,
unisexual, on the right side ; verge at the end of the tentacle, in which the de-
ferent canal is contained. Female orifice on the same side, under the margin
of the mantle.

Shell turbinate, conoid, covered with a thin, transparent, or rather thick,
greenish, or olive periostraca; with the septa persistent; the aperture subovate,
and with a continuous peritreme.

Operculum annular.

The shells of the groups and genera of the family represented by American
species are distinguished as follows :
a. Shell subconic ; lips continuous on a uniform plane Vivipari.

1. Shell with revolving nodulous carinte. Aperture slightly

effuse at base Tulotoma.

2. Shell with the whorls smooth. Aperture broadly rounded

at base Viviparus.

/?. Shell turreted. Outer lip subangulated, sinuous or incurved

at base Lioplaces.

1. Operculum with concentric elements Melantho.

2. Operculum with a spiral nucleus Lioplax.

The groups of Vivipari and Lioplaces, among which the American Viviparidas
may be thus distributed, are decidedly distinguished by differences of den-
tition, which are coincident with the well marked conchological characters.
The dentition of Viviparus, Melantho and Lioplax has been examined ; although
that of Tulotoma is still unknown, it is not probable that it will be found to ex-
hibit any important difference when compared with the dentition of Viviparus.

Group VIVIPARI.

The rachidian teeth are broad, rather wider and more or less angulated to-
wards the base ; recurved at their superior margins, which are also denticulated

Lioplax ; and in this opinion I am supported by Mr. Tryon. Although autoptically unac-
quainted with P. Elliotti, I judge from the figure that the form of the aperture and the
carination of the whorls are alike in both ; the operculum of P. Elliotti is unknown ; a
knowledge of its structure will decide the doubts concerning the affinity of the species.
I am not acquainted with the reasons influencing Mr. Binney in his union of the two
species. The arguments in favor of a union of so dissimilar 6pecies might not be unde-
sirable, for an examination of the figures alone would scarcely * convince one of the iden-
tity" of the two, but rather produce a contrary belief.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

on each side of a central lobe or tooth. The inner teeth of the pleura are also broad,
oblong, often narrowed near the base, and with the upper margins denticula-
ted ; the median and outer rachidian teeth are narrow, with the upper margins
subtruncated and denticulated.

TULOTOMA Haldeman.

Tulotoma Haldeman, Supplement to No. 1, of a " Monograph of the Limniades,"
&c, ofN. A., p. 2. "Oct., 1840."

Shell imperforate, conic, rather thin, becoming more elongated and conic in
its progress to maturity, with the whorls little convex ; whorls in adult with
two nodulous revolving carinse, the lower of which is covered by, but produces a
ridge beneath the suture of the succeeding whorl. Aperture obliquely semi-
cordate, slightly effuse at base; lips continuous in a uniform plane ; outer lip
thin ; columellar lip straight or little concave and obtusely connected behind
with the outer.

Operculum corneous, with its elements entirely concentric.

Tulotoma is represented by only one species inhabiting the streams of Georgia
and Alabama. It is readily distinguished from the typical Vivipari, to which
it appears to be most nearly allied, by the form of the aperture, the nodulous
carinae of the adult shell, and also by the form of the adult shell itself. The
adult has been described as " heavy," but it does not appear to be really much
more so than that of Viviparus.

Tulotoma magnificum Tryon ex Conrad. = Vivipara magnifica B. ex Conrad.

VIVIPARUS Montfort ex^Cuv.
Vivipare Cuv., 1808, Lam., 1809.
Viviparus, Montfort.

Shell imperforate or rimate, conic or subconic, thin, with the whorls convex
or rather flattened, smooth or carinated. Aperture obliquely oval and rather
wide, broadly rounded at base. Lips continuous on a uniform plane; outer
lip thin, columellar lip concave, closely appressed behind to the body whorl
and forming nearly a right angle with the outer.

Operculum corneous, with its elements wholly concentric.

Viviparus, as here restricted, is a very natural and widely-distributed group.
Its chief distinctive character is the form of the aperture and outer lip. The
American species of the genus or subgenus are divisible among three sections,
distinguished by a difference of form.

2 I-

Shell ventricose, with very convex, smooth whorls.

Viviparus lineatus ex Vol. = V. vivipara Binney, pp.

Viviparus Wareanus ex Shutt., Binney.

Viviparus Troostianus ex Lea, B.

Viviparus intertextus ex Say, B.

Viviparus coosaensis ex Lea, B.

The V. subglobosa (Binney ex Say) is known to me only through descriptions.
Mr. Binney is inclined to doubt its pertinence to this genus, but wouldrather
refer it to the same group as Leptoxis isogona, L. pallida, and L. altilis.

I II.
Shell with the whorls more or less flattened obliquely, or in the direction of
the spire, smooth or carinated.

Viviparus subpurpureus (Ad.) ex Say.

Hi-
Shell with the whorls ornamented by revolving carinae, two of which are
visible on each covered whorl.

1863.]

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Viviparus multicarinatus (5.) ex Hald.

The third section of Viviparus, or another closely related to it, perhaps in-
cludes V. bengalensis (Ad.) ex Lam., V. borroughianus Gill ex Lea, V. bilineatus
Gill, and other Indian species ; the suspicions that might be entertained as
to the strict affinity of species so widely separated geographically, can only be
relieved by an examination of the mollusks themselves ; the shells are very
similar.

The genus Viviparus is represented by a number of species in the lignite
beds of Fort Union which have been referred by Messrs. Meek and Hayden to
the Eocene epoch. My friends, Messrs. Meek and Hayden, have adopted the same
conclusions as myself regarding the distinction of Viviparus and Melantho, and
have now referred, with myself, six of the species formerly described by them, to
Viviparus, accepting that name, and two others to Melantho. Five of those
species are distributable among the three groups above indicated, while the
sixth is the representative of a distinct one. The following list shows their
affinities :

\ I-

Viviparus Leaii M. and H.

retusus M. and H.
" Conradi M. and H.

I II.

\ HI.

" trochiformis M. and H.
" Leidyi M. and H.

I IV.
Shell rather thick, with numerous revolving lines, sometimes obsolescent.
Viviparus Raynoldsianus M. and H.

These species will be illustrated and fully described in the forthcoming work
of Meek and Hayden on the Fossils of the Upper Missouri country.

In the beds at Fort Washington on the banks of the Potomac River, which
probably belong to the Post Pliocence epoch, a species of Viviparus is found in
great numbers, which appears to be referrible to the V. subpurpureus ; the latter
is now only known to exist in Florida and the Western States. Mr. L. E. Chit-
tenden first obtained specimens from Fort Washington ; Mr. Binney also con-
siders the specimens to be referrible to the V. subpurpureus.

Group LIOPLACES.

The rachidian teeth are broadest and angulated at the base ; narrowed above,
and recurved, ivith the margins entire. The inner teeth of the pleura are ob-
lique, oblong, recurved and entire ; the median and outer pleural teeth are also
entire, obliquely recurved, narrowed and terminating each in a point, or claw-
shaped.

MELANTHO Bowdich.

Shell imperforate or rimate, turreted, thick and of very compact structure,
never provided with colored bands, with the whorls more or less compressed
longitudinally, smooth or rarely carinated. Aperture obliquely semi-cordi-
form, rather narrow, broadly rounded and sinuous or retreating backwards
at the base, the outer lip trenchant, and produced near the base ; columellar
lip nearly straight, closely appressed to the body whorl and forming nearly a
right angle with the outer.

Operculum corneous, with its elements wholly concentric.

Melantho is a type peculiar to America, I believe. It is readily recognizable
by the peculiar physiognomy of the shell, produced by the compression of the
whorls in a longitudinal direction, so that the sides of each are nearly parallel,
and a turreted form is thus obtained. It may be therefore likened, as to form,

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

to the genus Latrunculus of Gray, or Eburna of others.* The shell structure
appears to be more compact than in the typical Vivipari, and the species gen-
erally are more ponderous. The angulation of the outer lip and the sinus at
the base are characteristic, and contrast strongly with the uniform plane of
thp aperture of Viviparus.

The figure of a <; deformed" V. decisa (36) published by Binney, gives an ex-
aggerated idea of this peculiarity of form.

The soft parts of Melantho appear to also differ from those of Viviparus, the
rostrum being smaller and less protractile, and the auricles behind the tenta-
cles are likewise much smaller.

The earliest known American species of Melantho were contemporaneous
with the Vivipari, three species having been discovered by Dr. Hayden in the
lignite beds of Fort Union and described by Meek and Hayden as Vivipara mul-
tilineala {=V. nebrascensis M. and H.), V. vetusta and Melania orLymnxa multi-
striata. These have now been referred to the genus Melantho in the manuscript
work of Meek and Hayden.

Melantho multilineatus.
" vetustus.
" multistriatus.

The following are referrible to the same genus, 3Ielantho:

Melantho ponderosa Ad. ex Say = V. ponderosa B.

" decisa Ad. ex Say = V. decisa B.

" coarctata Gill ex Lea = V. coarctata B.

" cyclostomatiformis Gill ex Lea = V. cyclostomatiformis B.

" incrassata Ad. ex Lea = V. incrassata B.

" decapitata Gill ex Anth. = V. decapitata B.

" regularis Gill ex Lea = V. regularis B.

LIOPLAX Troschel.

Lioplax Troschel, Gebiss der Schnecken, p. 100, 1857.

Haldemania Tryon, Proc. Acad, of Nat. Sciences, 1862, p. 451.

Paludina sp. auct.

Vivipara sp. auct.

Shell imperforate or rimate, turreted, rather thick ; of very compact struc-
ture ; unprovided with colored bands ; whorls carinated and longitudinally flat-
tened, with the sides nearly parallel. Aperture little oblique, oblong-oval,
broadly rounded at the base, and sinuous or retreating backwards, the sharp
outer Up being subangulated near the front; columellar lip concave appressed
to the body whorl, forming an obtuse angle with the outer.

Operculum corneous, with a large spiral nucleus, but with the subsequent
accretions concentric.

This type is evidently most nearly related to Melantho, but differs especially
in the spiral nucleus of the operculum, as well as in the form of the aperture
A single species is found, which has been ascertained to inhabit some of the
streams of Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. We are
indebted for its subgeneric distinction to Prof. Troschel and Mr. Tryon.

Lioplax snbcarinata = Haldemania subcarinata = Vivipara subcarinata B.
ex Say.

Note. I regret that I have not been able to avail myself more fully of the
invaluable " Gebiss der Schnecken" of Dr. Troschel. The four parts were only
received at the Smithsonian Institution, through the kindness of Prof. Agassiz,

* The name of Latrunculus has been recently applied by Dr. Gunther to a genus of
Gobioid fishes, but, if no other reasons, cannot be retained on account of preoccupation
of the name. The genus had. however, previously received the name of Apkya from
Risso.

1863.]

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the day before the reception of the proof of the foregoing paper, and conse-
quently too late to compare my views with those of the distinguished author.
I am happy to find that the validity of the groups of Viviparida% which have
been above denned, is confirmed by the researches of Dr. Troschel, who has
examined the dentition of several species of true Viviparus, besides that of the
Pahidina subcarinata of Say, for which he has proposed the name Lioplax. The
latter name is now substituted for Haldemania of Tryon, and is modified to form
the name of a group containing that genus and Melantho.

Additional Remarks on the North America iEGIOTHI.
BY ELLIOTT COUES, A. M., M. D.

Since the publication in the Proceedings of the Academy for November,
1861, of rny Monograph of the genus, the Smithsonian has been constantly in
the receipt of additional specimens from all parts of North America. These
were mostly the A. linarius ; but collections from the North have usually
contained a number of well -characterized examples of A. exilipes. Nothing,
however, of special importance has been elucidated, until the reception of a
series collected in winter in the vicinity of Quebec. These specimens, as they
throw much light on the variations of the typical species of the genus,
A. linarius, will merit a brief notice. If the deductions I have drawn from
these specimens are warrantable, we have in North America the forms long
recognized in Europe as A. HolbSlli and A. rufescens ; and these are both rather
races than distinct species.

Selecting from the series two or three skins which differ most markedly from
the usual style of linarius, and comparing them with a typical specimen of the
latter from Philadelphia, I find the following differences :

The bird is very decidedly larger. The difference in total length is nearly
one inch, as near as I can judge from the dried skins. The wings and tail are
each about a fourth of an inch longer. The tarsus and middle toe with its
claw are together about two-tenths of an inch longer.* The bill and feet are
decidedly larger and stouter, though perhaps not disproportionately so. The
former is somewhat elongated ; its lateral outlines straight instead of a little
concave ; its culmen slightly curved. The bill is of a bright chrome-yellow,
except just along the culmen and at the extreme tip. The gular spot seems
rather large. In other respects, the two birds are quite identical, for, with
these differences in size, there is an exactly proportionate increase in the bill,
feet, wings and tail ; and the colors of the two do not differ appreciably, ex-
cept in the bill, and perhaps the larger gular spot. The specimens give the
idea, in fact, of overgrown individuals of the common linarius.

But now, on examining in detail the rest of the series, I find that, from
the one extreme, the characters of which have just been given, there is a com-
plete and gradual transition, a diminution in size, down to specimens which
cannot possibly be distinguished from typical linarius. There is no break in the
series ; no dividing point where we can stop calling the specimens " linarius"
to give them another name ; in spite of the discrepancy which is so evident
between the two extremes.

The point of interest which attaches to these specimens, is the bearing they
may have on the mooted question of the claims of sEgiothus Holbolli to full
specific rank. As was the case at the time of the preparation of my Mono-
graph, I have never examined a specimen which professed, upon good Euro-
pean authority, to be that species. Careful examination, however, of the

*The tarsus, middle toe and claw together, of the specimen sunder consideration, measure
absolutely 1*20 inches ; the same parts in linarius are about one inch : in exilipes -80 of au
inch.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 41

figures and diagnoses of the various authors who have treated of this
bird has shown that there are assigned to sEgiothus Holbolli, as dis-
tinctive characters, exactly those differences from the linarius which exist in
the specimens under consideration, viz. : larger size, larger, more elongated
and bright yellow bill, and larger gular spot. I think there can be no reason-
able doubt that these specimens represent in North America the form long
recognized in Europe under the name of JEgiothus Holbolli.

If this be the case, next comes the question, what rank are we to accord to
this form. Is it to be looked upon as an accidental variation from the type,
as a well marked variety, or as a distinct species ? Brehm was the first to
proclaim it as distinct, and give it a name. Temminck, Sthlegel, Bonaparte,
and other authors, who are rather more orthodox in their ideas of a species
than is Brehm, have always inclined, more or less decidedly, to the opinion
that it is rather a race or subspecies of A. linarius. The fact of there being a
complete gradation towards the linarius, has not escaped attention, and has
been a powerful argument against according to it full specific rank. For my
own part, though unable to demonstrate the point incontrovertibly, I am in-
clined to reiterate still more strongly the doubts expressed in my Monograph,
as to the propriety of separating it from the linarius.

Pursuing this question of the variations which A. linarius presents, we find
another species, A. rufescens, which has never been able to fully vindicate its
claims to specific distinction. First introduced by Vieillot, its existence was
strenuously denied by Temminck, doubtfully regarded by Bonaparte and
Schlegel, and admitted by Cabani-> and others. I have always entertained
strong doubts as to its validity. The characters assigned are slight enough ;
and that they exhibit a gradation towards A. linarius, is admitted even by
those who contend for its separation from that species. In examining two
hundred or more specimens, I find many individuals, fully as small, in fact,
and with as much of a reddish tinge, as specimens from Europe labelled li ru-
fescens " by good authority.

The existence, then, in North America of these two races, or species, which-
ever they may be, the one larger and the other smaller than the typical lina-
rius, m ay be considered as exceedingly probable, if the fact be not actually
demonstrable. As a sort of negative argument, I may remark, that one
might naturally look for their occurrence in this country, as tbe typical lina-
rius from Europe is absolutely identical with our own.

JEgiothus rufescens and A. Holbolli, compared with A. exilipes, afford a good
illustration of the limits between which a species may vary from its normal
type ; while another species, looking at first glance more like this type than
do either of its extremes, is permanently distinct.

I have no reason to change any of the views expressed with regard to three
new species I have introduced. Additional specimens confirm the position as-
sumed, especially regarding A. exilipes. I may here, however, correct a
typographical error, which gives the date of the first introduction of A. fusees-
census "Aug., 1860," instead of "Aug., IStil."

March 3d.

Mr. Jos. Jeanes in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

Tbe following paper was presented for publication :
Enumeration of the plants collected by Dr. Parry, and Messrs. Hall
and Harbour, in Colorado Territory. By Asa Gray.

1863.] 4

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

March lQih.
Vice-President Vaux in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

On Trachycephalus, Scaphiopus, &c. By E. D. Cope.

Mr. Cope mentioned that a fish obtained by Jesse Burke, in the
cedar swamps of New Jersey, he had determined to be a new species,
for which he proposed the name of Hololepis simus.

March Vlth.
Vice-President Bridges, in the Chair.
Twenty-five members present.

The Publication Committee laid on the table Part 3 of Volume V.
of the Journal, just published.

March 2,1th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-five members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :
Catalogue of the Fishes of California, Part 4. By Theodore Gill.
Descriptions of new species of Pediculati, &c. By Theodore Gill.
Additions to the Catalogue of Stars which have changed their colors.
By Jacob Ennis.

Tetraolagophus, "White Grouse, &c. By James A. Grant, M. D.

Dr. Leidy directed attention to some portions of the aorta of a horse, con-
taining parasitic worms, presented this evening by Dr. R. Jennings, veterinary
surgeon. The worms belong to the species Sclerostomum armatum. A letter
from the donor, giving an account of the case, observes :

"The horse appeared generally in good condition, and was a yearling colt.
It was taken with symptoms of prostration, and slightly hurried respiration,
and died four hours after the attack was noticed. Patches of inflammation
were observed in various parts of the intestines, aud several of the mesenteric
.glands were of a dark bloody appearance, and contained clusters of small
worms. Parasites of the same character were noticed in the liver, and on the
exterior of the kidneys. ' A clot of blood, the size of a goose egg, was found
between the coats of the left iliac vein, and contained a large number of the
worms. They appeared to have perforated the internal coat of the vein, and
thus caused the extravasation of blood. The worms were also observed in
small clusters contained in the coats of the thoracic aorta."

Dr. Leidy also exhibited a specimen of sheep wool, striped alternately black
and white, which was presented this evening by Mr. Joseph P. Hazard. In a
note the donor observes, that his brother, Mr. Rowland G. Hazard, of Peace
Dale, R. I., who gave him the specimen, stated mat in an experience of forty
years' connection with the manufacture of the article, he had never before seen
anything of the kind.

Mr. Vaux exhibited an Indian axe, of native copper, from a mound near Ham-
ilton, Ohio.

The Committee on Proceedings, laid on the table the published number for
January and February.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

March 31st.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.
Twenty members present.

On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

Oa TRACHYCEPHALTTS, SCAPHIOPUS and other American BATRACHIA.

BY E. D. COPE.

Trachycephalus, Tsch.

In the most recent enumeration of the species of this genus (by Dr. Gunther,
1858,) four are recognized: one, T. geographicus, from Brazil, and
three from the Antilles. I am enabled to add four to the latter, which have
been sent from those regions by 'Messrs. Wright and Weinland, and Professors
Poey and Adams, all well known as most efficient laborers in advancing our
knowledge of zoology in that field.

It does not appear to have been stated that the males of certain species of this
genus, T. inarmoratus, insulsus, o v a t u s, possess, during the
breeding season, a corneous sheath upon the tuberiferous metacarpus of the
inner anterior digit, as occurs in Discoglossus and Scaphiopus. Specimens of
males in which the generative organs are not enlarged, are destitute of thi3
pellicle ; it is, however, readily lost after saturation in fluid. Its object here,
as elsewhere, is to assist the powers of prehension of the male.
The following table contrasts the peculiarities of the West Indian species :
A. Posterior margin of area of cephalic dennoossification
continuous with the skin of the nape ;
a. Without distinct cordiform outline.

p. Its length from end of muzzle equal to breadth of
jaws opposite middle of orbits.
Muzzle acuminate; tongue entire; fingers scarcely webbed i n s ul s u s.

Muzzle rounded ; tongue cordate ; fingers well webbed o v a t u s.

PP. Length of casque from end of muzzle less than
breadth of jaws opposite middle of orbits.
Skin tuberculous; heel scarcely reaching muzzle; casque

concave in posterior outline >. marmoratus.

Skin nearly smooth ; heel reaching beyond muzzle; casque

straight in posterior outline w r i g h t i i.

a*. Casque with posterior cordate outline complete from
orbits ;
Canthus rostralis nearly straight ..... scutigeras.

AA. Posterior margin of casque elevated, crest-like.
Length from muzzle to border of casque much less than

breadth of jaws at middle of orbit Iichenatus.

Length from muzzle to border of casque equal or greater than

breadth of jaws at middle of orbit anochlorus.

T. insulsus Cope, sp. nov.

Head elongate, outlines converging toward end of muzzle. Length from that
point to posterior border of casque equal to distance across mouth at orbits.
Top of cranium plano-concave, end of muzzle prominent, rounded in profile.
Posterior outline of casque straight or slightly emarginate, extending nearly to
tympanum. Canthus rostralis strongly marked, with a slight point or ridge
one-third distant from orbit. Loreal region concave. Eyes very prominent, twice
extent of tympanum. Vomerine teeth in transverse series. Internal nares
equal ostia pharyngea. Tongue ast emarginate. Skin of upper surfaces

1863.]

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

sparsely tuberculous. Three external digits one-fourth webbed. Heel reaching
a little beyond orbit. When the markings of the upper surfaces are not obso-
lete, there is a brown band converging from the supercilium towards one upon
the other side, then diverging, and becoming broken up on the iliac region.
Lateral and posterior femoral regions marbled ; extremities banded.

Length from muzzle to posterior margin of casque 16"';* least breadth
between orbits 8"'. From casque to vent 4" 5'"; anterior extremity 3" 5"';
posterior extremity 8 r/ 8 fff .

Habitat. Cuba. From Prof. Poey. Mus. Smithsonian, Nos. 6265-6. Academy
Natural Sciences.

T. o v a t u s Cope, sp. nov.

Length from extremity of muzzle to posterior border of casque equal to
breadth from one os maxillare to the other at orbits. Head depressed, espe-
cially anteriorly ; maxillary outlines much rounded, not acuminate. Muzzle
rounded in profile. Canthus rostralis strong, but little concave, far within
maxillary border ; loreal region grooved. Posterior border of casque extend-
ing nearly from tympanum to tympanum, slightly doubly-convex. Eyes very
prominent, more than twice the extent of the tympanum. Internal nares larger
than ostia pharvngea. Tongue emarginate. Vomerine teeth between nares, in
two postero-externally divergent series. Digits of anterior extremity nearly
half-webbed. Heel reaching nearly to end of muzzle. Skin of upper surfaces
nearly smooth.

Length from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque 1 // 7 /// . Least
width between orbits 7 /// . Length from casque to vent 4 // 5 //V ; of anterior
extremities 3" 6'" ; of posterior extremities 8" 5'".

Above deep brown, beneath immaculate ; upper faces of extremities indis-
tinctly barred; lateral and posterior femoral regions spotted, and marbled with
brown.

Habitat. Hayti, near Jeremie. Dr. Weinland's Collection in Mus. Compara-
tive Zoology, Cambridge.

Perhaps this is the T. dotninicensis Gthr., which does not appear to be the
species so named by Dumuril and Bibron.

T. marmoratus Hum., Bibr.

Head short; maxillary outline broadly oval. Length from end of muzzle to
posterior border of casque less than from one alveolar margin to the other at
orbit. Frontal region concave, especially in old individuals. End of muzzle
nearly vertical in profile. Casque extending from tympanum to tympanim in
fully developed individuals; the posterior outline openly emarginate or con-
cave. Canthus rostralis convergent, concave, but little elevated, with a more
or less obsolete furcation or process, one-third of its length anterior to the
orbit. Loreal region very oblique, concave. Orbits twice the extent of tym-
panum. Series of vomerine teeth either transverse, arcuate or oblique con-
verging anteriorly. Posterior nares moderate. Tongue not or scarcely emar-
ginate. Skin of upper surfaces coarsely, usually closely, tuberculous. Two
external digits of anterior extremity very slightly palmate. Heel of extended
extremity reaching from anterior to the orbit to near end of muzzle.

Length from end of muzzle to middle of posterior margin of casque (in 9
from New Providence) 22 /// . Breadth between orbits 12 /// ; length from casque
to vent 5 7/ 6 /// ; of posterior extremity ll" 5 /// . Length of bead and body
in (^ (from New Providence) 4 // G /// .

Specimens of this species in alcohol are either rufous brown, varied with
dark brown, blackish brown, ashy, with confluent brown spots, or olivaceous,
with close brown or black reticulations.

Habitat. Cuba. De La Sagra, Poey. New Providence, Wood, Bryant. Hayti,
Weinland, Cuming, ?Ricord. Jamaica, Gosse, Adams. Mus. Academy Nat.

* The centimetre and millimetre are used in this paper.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 45

Sciences, Pbilada.; Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. ; Compar. Zoology, Cambridge;
Smithsonian, Washington.

The palmation of the ringers in this species varies between bare existence
and an extent equal to one-fourth the length of the digits. The series of
vomerine teeth are either arched or straight. As the peculiarities of the Hyp-
siboas dominicensis of Tschudi, as defined by Dumeril and Bibron, are exhibited
within this range, I am induced to believe that it is but a nominal species. The
dominicensis of Gunther, possessing a more extensive palmation of the anterior
digits, is so far similar to the o vat us from the same island. I agree with
that author in assigning the same name to the Jamaican animal, which is,
according to him, the frog called Hyla brunnea by Mr. Gosse. The specimens
labelled erroneously in Mus. Paris as having been brought from Cape North, in
Norway, under the name Hyla septentrionalis, belong to the present species
according to the " Erpetologie Generale." It is the oldest name, but, being but
a museum label, must be passed over.

Specimens from New Providence are of large size and with golden and oliva-
ceous shades.

T. w r i g h t i i Cope, sp. no v.

Head short, broadly rounded ; length from end of muzzle to posterior border
of casque less than breadth of mouth opposite middle of orbits. This poste-
rior border extends from tympanum to tympanum, and i3 not emarginate. Fron-
tal region very broad, concave ; muzzle oblique in profile. Canthus rostralis
much within maxillary border, well marked, slightly concave, angle of conver-
gence nearly right, with a weak descending ridge nearer orbit than nares.
Eyes not very prominent, twice extent of tympanum, which equals discs of
anterior digits. Loreal region concave. Vomerine series not short, transverse;
inner nares not much larger than ostia pharyngea. Tongue very broad, slightly
emarginate. Anterior digits scarcely palmate. Heel reaching beyond end of
muzzle ; tibia measures a little more than twice from nostril to posterior bor-
der of casque. Skin of upper surfaces very sparsely tuberculous.

Length in a 9 , from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque, 2 // 5 /// .
Least breadth of frontal region \" 2 /// . Length from posterior border of
casque to vent 5" V" ; of anterior extremity 5" 5'"; of posterior extremity
13" V".

Above purplish brown, beneath yellowish ; gular region brown-shaded ;
sides and interior faces of femur and tibia marbled, and external faces of limbs
banded with brown.

Habitat. District of Guantanamo, Southeastern Cuba. Discovered by Chas.
Wright, to whom it is dedicated. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5174.)

T. scutigerus Cope, sp. nov.

Head more elongate ; maxillary outline regularly rounded or slightly trun-
cate. Length from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque less than dis-
tance across the mouth opposite middle of orbits. Profile from occiput to
muzzle gently arched, the latter not depressed, vertical (truncate) in profile.
Canthus rostralis elevated, straight or convex just interior to orbit, converging
at an acute angle, without branch-ridge. Loreal region nearly vertical, with a
delicate groove between two patches of ossification. Cephalic dermo-ossifica-
tion with a distinctly-defined cordate outline posteriorly ; separable more or
less distinctly into two parietals, a pentagonal frontal and two elongate conver-
gent nasal plates; where the latter are in contact with the parietals (on the
superciliary margin) there is often an emargination. Eyes not prominent ver-
tically, twice the extent of tympanum. Internal nares very large. Vomerine*
teeth in two short, widely-separated, straight or slightly curved series, which
converge anteriorly between the posterior margin of nares. Tongue scarcely
emarginate. Anterior digits one-fourth to one-third webbed. Heel scarcely
reaching beyond orbit. Skin very sparsely tuberculous or smooth.

1863.]

4G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Dimensions of a female. From end of muzzle to posterior border of casque
2" 4'"; least width of frontal region 1"5'"; greatest width of casque poste-
riorly 2"; from casque to vent 5 // 8 /// ; anterior extremity 4" 6"'; posterior
extremity 10" 8"'. Length of head and body of a ^ 5" 6""'.

In spirits, brown ; a blackish band or spot behind tympanum, one across
casque behind interorbital space, one on anterior dorsal, and some transverse
blackish lines on scapular region. Extremital bands with pale borders ; sides
brown-spotted ; a large brown, pale-bordered anal spot.

Habitat. Jamaica, Prof. C. B. Adams. Mus. Smithsonian, (62G8.) Academy
Nat. Sciences.

T. lichenatus Gosse.

Head short, broadly rounded in outline ; length from end of muzzle to most
distant point of posterior margin of casque much less than breadth of mouth at
middle of orbits; about equal to distance from one supratympanic ridge to the
other. Frontal region very concave ; profile of muzzle nearly vertical. Can-
thus rostralis short, very concave, forming a sharp elevated ridge posteriorly,
with a short descending branch nearer the orbit; almost obsolete near the ex-
ternal nares ; shorter than interorbital breadth. Casque with an elevated,
crenulate, doubly-convex posterior margin ; rugose, especially upon the super-
ciliary region. Eyes very large and prominent, three times the extent of the
tympanum ; the latter is obliquely elliptic, contracted antero-superiorly, and
bounded above by a crenulate arched ridge. Tongue broad, not emarginate.
Vomerine teeth in two short, curved, well-separated series, between the poste-
rior parts of the very large internal nares. Ostia pharyngea relatively small.
Exterior anterior digits one-third palmate; palettes as large as tympanum.
Heel reaching anterior border of orbit. Skin of upper surfaces roughly, medi-
ally sparsely, tuberculous ; some prominent elevations near vent, two on the
heel, and several on the tarsus and antebrachium.

Dimensions of (-J 1 . Length from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque
o" ; from latter point to vent 7" 4'"; breadth of interorbital space 1" 7"';
length of anterior extremity C" 2"'; of posterior, 14" 4"'.

Color in spirits yellowish brown, with deep brown variations, most distinctly
on the occipital, interscapular and the superior lateral regions ; sides and gular
region coarsely brown-spotted. Extremities, including tarsus and foot, cross-
banded. Under surfaces yellowish.

Habitat. Jamaica, Gosse, Adams. Mus. Smithsonian ; Amherst, Mass.

Mr. Gosse has given an interesting account of this very singular tree-frog in
his " Naturalist's Sojourn in Jamaica," a work which is ever recurred to with
pleasure. He has also described the colors as they appear during life, which
are brilliant : they scarcely assist the student in separating the species when
rendered unnatural by preservation in alcohol.

T. anochlorus Gosse.

Head elongate, maxillary outlines more accuminate than in the preceding
species. Length from end of muzzle to most distant point of posterior margin
of casque equal to or greater than distance from alveolar ridge to ridge at middle of
orbits, greater than distance from one supratympanic ridge to the other. Fron-
tal region very concave ; profile of muzzle vertical. Canthus rostralis as long
as interorbital breadth ; it forms an acute elevated ridge, which has its median
portion nearly transverse, and making nearly right angles with the anterior and
posterior portions. Posterior outline of casque much elevated, cordiform,
with radiating ridges. A supratympanic serrate ridge. Eyes less prominent,
twice the extent of the oval tympanum. Internal nares very large ; vomerine
teeth in short convex series between them. Tongue a little broader than long,
entire. External anterior digits nearly half-webbed. Heel extending to an-
terior margin of orbit. Skin of upper surfaces sparsely tuberculous, promi-

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

nent tubercles on antebrachium, heel and tarsus. Abdominal areolations rigid,
prominent.

Dimensions of a $. From end of muzzle to convexity of posterior border of
casque 2" 9"'. Breadth of frontal region 1" 4'". Length from casque to vent
6" 5"'; of anterior extremity 5"; of posterior do. 12" 7"'.

Color in spirits, above uniform olivaceous ; lateral and internal femoral re-
gions marbled; extremities above banded with brown; mandibular region deli-
cately brown-marbled. A dark anal spo'.

Habitat. Jamaica. Drs. Gosse, Betton, Adams. Mus. Academy Natural
Sciences ; Amherst College, Mass.

It is altogether probable that this is the species described by Mr. Gosse, in
his work previously mentioned, under the name adopted. His description, re-
lating principally to coloration, is not conclusive towards any identification.

Its affinities are altogether with the lichenatus, both being peculiar in
the elevation of the posterior margin of the casque into a transverse crest. It
differs in the greater elevation of this crest, the more elongate proportions of
the cranium, the angulation of the canthus rostralis and less prominence of
eyes, besides minor points.

Hyla Laur.

Hyla miotympanum Cope, sp. now

Skin of superior surfaces smooth ; gular region areolate ; a gular and ante-
pectoral fold, also one across the axilla; another running from inferior ante-
rior face of thigh obliquely upwards to the iliac region. A fold across extremity
of forearm, above carpus. Outer fingers one-fourth, toes extensively, webbed ;
palettes larger than tympanum ; posterior extremities slender ; the heel reaches
the end of the muzzle. Muzzle broadly rounded ; canthus rostralis short,
loreal region oblique. Nostiils vertical. Byes very prominent, six times the
extent of the small tympanum. Tongue slightly emarginate. Vomerine teeth
in two elongate fasciculi between internal nares, presenting an obtuse angle
posteriorly.

Length from muzzle to upper border of tympanum 1 // ; breadth of jaws
opposite middle of orbit 1 // . Length from tympanum to vent 1" 3 /// ; of an-
terior extremity 1 // 9 /// ; of posterior extremity 5 // \ ,ff .

In spirits, above purplish ash, (probably green in life,) with or without a
few lighter specks, and indistinct darker reticulations. Extremities paler, not
barred ; alight border from heel to digits, another bounding superiorly asubanal
spot. Under surfaces yellowish ; superior labial border and lateral stripe
bright yellow, the latter sometimes not well separated from the abdominal
Bhade.

Habitat. Near Jalapa, Mexico. Obtained by Sr. R. Montes de Oca. Mus.
Smithsonian, (No. 6311,) Mirador, Dr. Sartorius.

A species to be compared with rhodopepla Othr., rubicundula
R. and L., luteola Burm., molitor Schm., but differing from all in the
minuteness of its tympanum. In viridis the tympanum is larger, the head
is more elongate and the hands less palmate, besides the presence of a yellow
band on the tibia.

Hyla p a 1 1 i a t a Cope, sp. nov.

All the digits of posterior extremity palmate to penultimate phalanx ; of the
anterior the three external are one-third webbed. Metacarpus of inner digit
with a large tubercle. Tympanic disc one-sixth the size of the eye. Vome-
rine teeth in a short uninterrupted series behind posterior margin of internal
nares. Tongue oval, nicked. Muzzle prominent, truncate ; loreal region not
concave. From nostril to orbit equal diameter of orbit, and is less than the
width of the interorbital space. One vocal sac. Skin smooth above, not
granulated on the gular region. The end of the tibia reaches middle of orbit
when the limb is extended.

1863.]

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Length of head and body 19'" : of anterior extremities 10'" ; of posterior 25'".

Extremities, lower surfaces, loreal and labial regions grayish-brown ; upper
surface of head and body pale ochreous, abruptly separated from the other
color all round.

Habitat. Paraguay. From Capt. Page's Expedition. Mus. Smithsonian,
(No. 6225 ;) Academy Natural Sciences.

Hyla b a u d i n i i Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., viii. 564, 1841.

The names Hyla vanvlietii, published in these " Proceedings" for 1854, p. 61,
and H. muricolor, 1862, 359, apply to forms of this species. It is fmnd in
Texas, Eastern Mexico and Honduras. Mus. Academy, Phila.; Smithsonian.

Hyla (Hypsiboas) oxyrhina Rhdt. et Lutk., Videnskab. Meddelelser, etc.
Kjobenhavn, 1862, p. 189.
This species is identical with that described in these "Proceedings," 1862,
p. 353, as Hypsiboas raniceps. The name of the distinguished Danish zoolo-
gi=t must be retained, as the memoir in which it appeared was issued some
months prior to our own. The former has just come into our hands.

Hylodes Fitz.

Hylodes planirostris Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1862, p. 153.

This species, hitherto known as a native of the Bahama Islands, has been
sent to the Mus. Smithsonian (No. 6310) from Southern Florida by Dr. Cooper.
It is the only species of the genus found in the United States, though Holbrook
and Agassiz have described frogs under this name from our country. These
belong to the genera Acris, Hyla and Pseudacris. Other reptiles common to
the Bahamas and Florida are Anolis principalis and Sphaerodactylus
n o t a t u s.

The following species of Hylodes form a little group which I have called
Craugastor, 'Proc. A. N. S., 1862, p. 153. They can be distinguished as
follows :
H. p u 1 c h r i g u 1 u s, 1. c, 1862, 357.

Tympanum one-fourth extent of orbit ; the latter equal distance from its
anterior border to end of muzzle. Carpus reaching anterior border of orbit.
Muzzle truncate. Tongue emarginate. Loreal region concave. End of tibia
reaching the end of the muzzle.
H. g r is e u s.

Hylayrisea, Hallow., Pr. A. N. S. Phila., I860, p. 485.

Tympanum obliquely elliptic, one-third the extent of the orbit; diameter of
the latter less than the length of the rather elongate and rounded muzzle.
Carpus and end of tibia reaching the end of the muzzle. Loreal region con-
cave ; canthus rostralis strong. Tongue emarginate; external metatarsal
tubercle not developed.
H. h a 1 1 o w e 1 1 i Cope, 1. c, 1862, 153.

Tympanum horizontally elliptic, equal one-third extent of orbit; latter equal
in diameter to length of muzzle, which is much rounded; loreal region nearly
plane ; canthus rostralis weak. Carpus reaches end of muzzle, the tarsus only
the orbit. Two well developed metatarsal tubercles. Tongue entire ; mandi-
bulum rounded.

Herr Schmidt has not given the minuter peculiarities of his H. (Craug.) fit z-
i n g e r i i so as to enable us to distinguish it from the above. It is most like
the pulchrigulus.

Phyllobates Bibr.
Phyllobates latinasus Cope, sp. nov.

Head elongate ; front plane transversely, gently arched longitudinally, a little
wider than from orbit to end of muzzle. The latter is prominent, broad and
ooncavely truncate ; external nares lateral. Loreal regions plane. Internal

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

nares widely separated. Tympanum round, equal one-fourth extent of orbit,
whose diameter equals length of muzzle from orbit. A slight web between
outer fingers, of which the second is shorter than the inner or first; one large
carpal tubercle, one on metacarpus of thumb. A dermal fold on the tarsus.
Two metatarsal tubercles. The carpu3 reaches the end of the muzzle, and the
heel the anterior border of the orbit. Length of head and body 3".

Above brown ; a black band across end of muzzle and loreal region, through
eye to groin ; pale-bordered above on the muzzle, and interrupted by an oblique
white line from the femur. Femur dark posteriorly, tibia cross-banded ; (color
of limbs not well preserved.) Beneath pale, immaculate.

ffabilat. Truando region, New Granada. Obtained by Arthur Schott, Esq.,

Of the U. S. Expedition under Lieut. Michler.

Hylaplesia Boie.

Hylaplesia truneata.

Phyllobates truncatus Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1860, p. 372.

A certain serrulation of the alveolar ridge of the maxillary bone, in this and
the following species, greatly resembles dentition, and has caused their erro-
neous reference to Phyllobates, instead of Hylaplesia.

This animal is most like the H. o b s c ur u s e Bum., Bibr., but has much
shorter posterior extremities. In both the anterior extremities equal the head
and body ; in the former they are more than half the length of the posterior, in
the latter, considerably less than half. In the t r u n c a t u s the first and second
fingers are equal ; their expansions are one-fourth the size of the tympinum.
The neural spines are very much dilated and thickened, especially that of the
axis. There is a transverse bony ridge on the occiput.

Hylaplesia a u r a t a.

Phyllobates auraius Girard, U. S. Astronomical Expedition, ii. p. 209.

In this species the muzzle is rounded, and the first finger shorter than the
second, as in the H. t i n c tor i a. It has no occipital ridge, and the neural
spines are only slightly thickened. Dilatations of posterior extremities one-
fourth extent of tympanum ; of anterior, one-half the same. The ground
color is black or brown. Crown and muzzle surrounded by a golden band ;
two postscapular transverse annuli on each side, in contact on the median line ;
a yellow annulus on each inguinal region; smaller rings on humerus and tibia.
On pale specimens these markings are represented by refulgent bands which
are readily destroyed or passed over ; hence the imperfections of Girard's de-
scription.

BUFONID.E.

Rhaebo haematiticus Cope, Pr. A. N. S., 1862, p. 357.

The genus Rhsebo is to be distinguished from Bufo by the presence of the
manubrium sterni, in addition to the characters given, 1. c, p. 358. I have had
opportunity of observing it in the present species and the R. leschenaultii.
This character has been denied to all Bufones in Stannius' "Handbuch der
Zootomie." I find it also in "Bufo simus Schm." 1. c, p. 357, which can
hardly be placed in Rhasbo. I cannot assign it to a new genus until the value
of its peculiarities is better known.

The genus of Bufonida? for which I have adopted, in the above quoted article,
Fitzinger's name Chilophryne, is not alone characterized by the presence of a
parietal branch or continuation of the supraorbital ridge, as there indicated ; but
rather by the straightness of the latter, its not describing the usual arc of the
orbit, and its angle with the postorbital ridge, when the latter is present.
The parietal ridge sometimes exists in a rudimentary or fully developed con-
dition in Phryno'idis. P. sternosignatus e Gthr., illustrates the first case,
and P. d' o r b i g n y i the last. As the latter species is the type of Chilophryne

1863.]

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Fitz., thi3 name must become a synonyme of Phrynoi'dis, and the genu3 to which
I fiist applied it be called Incilius. The species which truly belong to it
are I. lentiginosus, cognatus, woodhousei, americanus, n e-
bulifer, veraguensis, coniferus, d i a lo p h u s, and probably bi-
porcatus. The species d'orbignyi, c e 1 eb e nsi s and occellata
formerly referred to it, must be placed in Phrynoi'dis Fttz.

Bufo diptychus Cope, 1. c, 353, is the species described by Dr. Girard, a3
B. poeppigii Tsch., in Herpetology of U. S. Exploring Expedition. It is
distinct from Tschudi's toad.

CERATOPHRYDID.E.

This family has been recognised in an indefinite way by Dr. Tsehudi,* who
gives as its distinguishing features " kopf sehr gross, eckig, schief nach vorn
verliingprt ; Hautverlangerungen am obern Augenliede." He includes in it the
genera Ceratophrys, Phrynocerus, Megalophrys and Asterophrys. The unnatu-
ral nature of this union has been demonstrated by Dr. Giinther, who places
Asterophrys and Megalophrys in separate families, and assigns Ceratophrys with
Phrynocerus to the Ranidae. The Ranidae of Giinther is, however, a hetero-
geneous group ; and I would separate under Tschudi's name those genera of
toad-like animals in which the manubrium sterni is wanting. These are Cera-
tophrys, Phrynocerus and Pyxicephalus ;f probably Calyptocephalus will enter
the same series ; but these I have not seen. Tschudi's inapplicable characters
may be replaced by the following. Form slout, bufonine ; .head broad, elevated,
Os maxillare toothed. Extremities short ; digits without terminal discs ; the posterior
more or less webbed. Ear perfectly developed. Diapophysis of sacral vertebra cylin-
drical. Manubrium sterni ivanting. Faratoids present or absent. I am not now
acquainted with other peculiarities, though they doubtless exist.

The S y stem of Opisthogloss Anura proposed by Giinther, like the system of
Ophidia of the Erpetologie Generale, is a valuable index of the subject, but not
an exposition of the scheme of nature. I have already J ventured the opinion
that a primary division into forms with, and forms without dilatations upon the
extremities of the digits cannot be maintained : this character must be sub-
ordinated, as that of the presence or absence of teeth on the maxillary bones
as employed by Dumeril and Bibron, has been by Giinther himself. He at-
taches greater value to the former because it "is connected with a strongly-
marked distinction in the mode of life." This appeal to adaptations is not
uncommon ; but we now know enough of the system, to believe that the
relations of its parts are to be determined by homological and embryological
considerations combined, which coincide also with chronological and geogra-
phical. Have we not creatures of similar habits and adaptations in the most
diverse groups? It is enough to mention to a herpetologist the arboreal
Viperidce and Crotalidas ; the corresponding types of Pleodonta and Ccelodonta,
of Acrodonta and Pleurodonta; the gill-bearing Siredonand Siren, and a host
of other such ; the parallelisms of the Implacental and Placental Mammalia,
etc. Also the supposed Neotropical Shrikes and Certhiidse are Clamatores, and
the supposed Salmonidse are Characins. In comparing many of these cases,
we observe, too, how by approximation in time, analogy becomes affinity.

In pursuance of this view, the probability of a distinction between the Hylodidae
and Cystignathidae of Giinther has appeared to the author to vanish in great mea-
sure. The discovery of the genus Tarsopterus of Reinhardt and Liitken, in con-
nection with that of Plectromantis, by Wagner, has confirmed this opinion. The
two genera are incontestably nearly allied, as urged by Reinhardt.|| though the

* Classif. der Batrachier, 26.

t Stannius' statement, "Zootomie der Amphibien," p. 17, that Pyxicephalus possesses the manu-
brium, relates properly to the species now called Tomopterna, which were formerly included under
that genus.

J Proc. Acad. Philada.. 1862. p. 351.

|| Videnskab. Meddelelser Kjobenhavn, 1862, p. 240.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

latter only has paratoid glands. Their margined toes are but a step beyond those
of certain Cystignathi ; their digital dilatations are as distinct as those of many
Hylodidaj. The family of Cystignathida?, thus composed, would contain the
types Platyplectrum Gthr., Limuodynastes Filz., Cystignathus Wagl, Pleuro-
dema Tsch., ?Gomphobates R. and L., Ischnocnema R. and., Liuperus D. and
B., Tarsopterus R. & L., Plectromantis Peters, Crossodactylus Bum., Bibr.,Fhjl-
lobates Bibron, Hylodes i'ftz., (or the genera into which the last may be divided.)
In this association the paratoids of Plectromantis have but little weight, as in
Pyxicephalus in our Ceratophrydidre ; and it is probable that it will again be
found that their presence or absence is immaterial in the definition of certain
families in the Anura, although others may be well characterized by them, a3
in Gunther's method. The genera Pelodryas Gthr., and Scytopis Cope, with
large paratoids will probably be referred to the Hylidae, which has been defined
as destitute of them.

Pyxicephalus cultripes.

Ochntophrynus cultripes Rhdt. and Liitk., Videnskab. Meddelelser, etc.,
Kjobenhavn, 1862, p. 159.
If we introduce the presumed genus Odontophrynus into Dumeril and Bib-
ron's table of genera of Raniformia, the only character which seems to separate
it from Pyxicephalus is the concealed tympanum of the former, as distinguished
from its visibility in the latter. This character is sometimes of very little value,
the tympanic disc being more or less distinct in different individuals of the
same species of many Anura, in proportion to the tenuity of the epidermis.
This is especially seen in species of Bufo. The text relating to Pyxicephalus
americanus, however, settles all doubts, as it says, M Tympan imperceptible
au travers de la peau." In their Latin diagnosis, Reinhardt and Liitken say
" dentes** non in palato ;" but in the text, " To langagtige i midten ikke sam-
menstodende Tandgrupper ere stillede paa Ganen mellem de indre Naesebor,"
etc. As the figure represents palatine teeth, they are doubtless present. The
species cannot, therefore, be separated from Pyxicephalus. It is very nearly
allied to, if not identical with, the frog called Pyxicephalus ? n. sp., in the
recently-published Catalogue of the collection brought home by the United
States Paraguay Expedition.*

ALYTID.E.

SCAPHIOPCS.

The species of this genus are seven in number ; they are found throughout
the temperate regions of North America, and as far southward as the City of
Mexico. They represent the single Alytes obstetricans of Europe, which
differs in its want of manubrium sterni, its slightly-webbed toes, and its cunei-
form bone forming but a tubercle ; and the Helioporus albip u n c t at us of
Australia, where there is a spur upon the thumb, and trihedral diapophysis of
sacral vertebra. They may be at once separated by means of the following
synopsis :

I. A gland in the upper integument of tibia.

Head short; tympanum concealed mu Itiplicatus.

II. No gland in upper integument of tibia.
at. No pectoral glands.

/?. Length of tibia three times frontal breadth.
Muzzle depressed, prominent.

Tympanum concealed conchii,

Muzzle elevated, truncate in profile.
Front plane ;
Loreal region covex, oblique varius.

1863.]

* Proc. A. N. S., Phil., 1862, 352.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Loreal region straight, nearly vertical re c t if r en i s.

Front swollen bombifrons.

/?/?. Length of tibia four times frontal breadth.

Muzzle truncate in profile hammondii,

eta.. A gland on each side of thorax, near axilla.
Tympanum one-half the extent of the eje holbrookii.

S. multiplicatus Cope, sp nov.

Form broad, squat. Head very short ; profile rapidly descending ; maxillary
outlines acuminate, oval ; muzzle thick, rounded. Eyes very prominent. From
these a strong fold passes posterior to the angle of the mouth and across the
gular region ; tympanum covered by a portion of the paratoid gland anterior to
this. Paratoid proper very large, extending beyond scapula, bent upon the
side; bounded inferiorly by a strong fold, which extends from the one above
mentioned to the groin. Below this, on the sides, are two or more others. Skin
of upper surfaces coarsely tuberculous, that of the crown thick, of the extremi-
ties nearly smooth. A large gland occupies most of length of tibia. Abdomen
minutely, pubic region coarsely, rugose. Cuneiform process rather short, very
prominent. Vomerine teeth in fasciculi opposite posterior margins of choanae ;
the latter smaller than ostia pharyngea. Tongue entire, with a narrow, free
anterior border; on third free posteriorly.

Dimensions of a $. From end of muzzle to vent 5" 1"'; muzzle to behind
tympanum 16'"; length of anterior extremity 1" 6'" ; of posterior extremity
5" 4'".

Color in spirits: above ashy-brown, below yellowish-ash.

Habitat. Valley of Mexico. Sent by Mr. Jno. Potts to the Mus. Smith-
sonian, (No. 3694.)

This species is very bufonine in aspect, and might be regarded as represent-
ing a different genus from the type of holbrookii were it not for the exist-
ence of c o u c h i i and bombifrons.

S. c o u c h i i Baird, Proc. A. N. S., Phila., 1854, p. 62. Rept. U. S. and Mex.
Bound. Surv., Reptiles, p. 28, pi. XXXV. figs. 1-6.

Form stout ; head more elongate, acuminate oval; width Jof frontal region
greater than from lip to nares, one-third the length of the tibia. Profile gradu-
ally descending ; front plane, muzzle projecting, rounded. Anterior border of
tympanum scarcely distinguishable. Eyes very prominent. Vomerine teeth
opposite middle of choanae, which equal ostia pharyngea. Tongue slightly
emarginate. Paratoid gland flat, descending on the side. Skin tuberculous,
especially on the sides ; sometimes a slight cryptiferous thickening of integu-
ment of tibia ; none on the sides of the pectoral region. A posttympanic and
an antepectoral fold. Abdomen slightly rugose ; gular region smooth. Cunei-
form process elongate. Toes fully palmate.

Dimensions of a <j\ From end of muzzle to vent 5" 5"'; from same to
behind tympanum 2''. Anterior extremity 3" 5'" ; posterior extremity 5" 6"'.

Color above yellowish, with irregular brown bands , which converge between
and behind the orbits; others diverge on the flanks, beginning at the orbits ;
one from same point to lip, and one on canthus rostralis. There is a confluence
of dorsal bands near the sacrum. A light band on outer face of tarsus and toe ;
hand yellowish.

Habitat. Tamaulipas. Mus. Smithsonian, (3713.) Lieut. Couch.

S. v a r i n s Cope, sp. nov.

Outline of muzzle acuminate-oval ; the end little depressed, nearly vertical
in profile, distance from lip to nostril less than frontal breadth ; the latter
one-third tibia. Canthus rostralis obsolete, approximate ; loreal region con-
vex, very oblique in transverse section. Eyes prominent. Tympanum concealed
or distinct, one-third extent of eye. Vomerine teeth opposite posterior border

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

of choanae. Skin rather smooth, especially on the head. No posttympanic
or antepectoral fold. No thoracic aggregation of cr/ptae ; paratoids flat, small.
Palmation of posterior digits extensive ; cuneiform process prolonged longi-
tudinally.

Dimensions. Total length 5" 3"' ; from end of muzzle to behind tympanum
19'" ; of anterior extremity 3 // ; of posterior b" 9 //V .

Above yellowish olive, with numerous defined brown bands and spots, which
have a general longitudinal direction, and cover more surface than the ground
color, A spot across each eyelid, one beneath the eye, one on the end of
the muzzle. Extremities marbled ; beneath olivaceous yellow.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5893;)
Philada. Academy. From John Xantus, E;q.

S. rectifrenis Cope, sp. nov.

Outline of maxillae acuminate-oval ; muzzle prominent, truncate in profile,
superior face decurved. Canthus rostralis strong ; loreal region plane, nearly
vertical. Frontal region plane, its width one-third the length of the tibia.
Tympanum concealed. Vomerine fasciculi closely approximate, posterior to
hinder margin of choanae. Skin of head and body sparsely tuberculous. A
weak antepectoral fold. Paratoid9 rather lateral ; no thoracic cryptae.

Dimensions. From muzzle to vent 1" 8'"; from muzzle to brachiura 14 /// ;
length of anterior extremity 15 /// ; of posterior 3".

Coloration. Above brown, or brownish-gray, the tubercles tipped with brown.
A brown line extends from each eye to sacrum, converging posteriorly. Side3
brown marbled posteriorly ; a short brown band from tympanum. Below light
yellow or brownish.

Habitat. Tamaulipas, (Smithsonian, No. 3715.) Coahuila, (3714.)

S. bombifrons Cope, sp. nov.

Outline of maxilla? acuminate-oval ; muzzle truncate, elevated, thickened
transversely; profile of vertex arched, of front concave; canthus rostralis re-
placed by a concavity. Tympanum concealed or scarcely visible ; paratoid
flat, small. No gland on tibia or pectus. Tongue entire. Vomerine teeth iu
oblique fasciculi or short series between choanal ; these equal ostia pharyngea.
Skin nearly smooth, roughest on the sides. Cuneiform process produced.
Palmation of toes deeply repand.

Dimensions of a tf. From end of muzzle to vent 4" 2"'; same to behind
tympanum 1" 5 ,// ; length of anterior extremity 19"'; of posterior 4" 6'".

Color in spirits : pale ashen or brown, with numerous plumbeous vermicula-
tions, which are aggregated into a blotch on the scapular region, which has a
pale space below it. Limbs vermiculated ; outer border of tarsus and foot
light. A dark spot on canthus rostralis.

Habitat. Fort Union, on Missouri River, lat. 48 N., from Mr. E. J. Denis,
(Smithsonian, No. 3704.) On Platte River, 200 miles west of Fort Kearney,
from W. S. Wood, of Lieut. Bryan's Expedition, (Smithsonian, No. 3520.)
Llano Estecado Texas, Capt. Pope's Exped. Coll., (Smithsonian, No. 3703.)

This species has the most northern range of those found west of the
Mississippi.

S. hammondii Baird, Report Surv. for Pac. R. R.. v. x. Lieut. Abbot's
Rep., pt. iv, p. 12, pi. XXVIII. f. 2.
Maxillary outline acuminate-oval ; muzzle somewhat truncate, perpendicular
in profile. Region of canthus rostralis concave ; front plane or a little concave,
with a weak ridge on each side, which is most distinct posteriorly ; the width
one-fourth length of tibia, and less than from no.-tril to lip. Eyes prominent;
tympanum distinct, one-fourth the extent of the former. A fold b -hind angle
of mouth. Paratoids flat, small ; no gland on tibia or pectus. Tongue very
large, entire. Choame large; vomerine teeth in transverse series between them.
Skin roughly tuberculous, especially on the sides ; thick on the occiput ; below
nearly smooth. Cuneiform process produced.

1863.]

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Dimensions of $. Length from end of muzzle to vent 4" 9'"; from muzzle
to behind tympanum \ ,f 8 /// ; of anterior extremity V 9 /// ; of posterior
6" V".

Color above stone brown in alcohol, with traces of two paler dorsal bands.
Tubercles fulvous-tipped ; extremities shaded with the same. Below whitish,
immaculate.

Habitat. California. Mus. Smithsonian, 3695. From Fort Reading, lat.
40 20'.

S. holbrookii Baird, Rept. Surv. Pac. R. R., v. x. Lieut. Abbot's Rep., pt.

iv., p. 12, pi. XXVIII. f. 1.
Rana holbrookii Harl., Med. and Phys Res., 1835, p. 105.
Scaphiopus solitarius Holb., N. Am. Herp., 183(3, vol. i., p. 85. pi. XII. Ibid

(edit, alt.) 1842, iv. 109, pi. XXVII. Tschudi, Mem. Neuchatel, i.,

1838, p. 83. Dum., Bibr., Erp. Gen., 1841, viii., 473. Le Conte, Pr. A.

N. S. Phil., 1855, 429. Gunth., Catal. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 38.

Head large, maxillary outline rounded. Profile of front a rather steep descent
from the swollen occiput, where the skin is thin, closely adherent and penetra-
ted by osseous granules. Ejes prominent ; tympanum distinct, half its extent
vertically elliptic. Tongue large, elongate, emarginate. Choanse equal or
larger than ostia pharyngea; vomerine teeth in two fasciculi between and
opposite their posterior borders. Paratoids small, rounded, prominent ; no
gland on the tibia; one on each side of the thorax near the axilla. Skin of
back minutely tuberculous; of sides more coarsely ; below nearly smooth.
Cuneiform process longer than in any other species of the genus, but not more
prominent.

Dimensions of $. 5 // 8 r// from end of muzzle to vent; from same to poste-
rior border of tympanum 2 // V" ; length of anterior extremity 3 // 3 /// ; of
posterior 12 // 5 /// .

Color above, in spirits, either earth-brown, fulvous-brown cr ashy-brown,
with a pale ashy band from each orbit; these converge on the interscapular
region, then diverge, and converge again on the coccyx. These bands are
rarely unbroken, and are sometimes exceedingly indistinct; they sometimes
inclose a pale area. Sides sometimes marbled with pale asli, sometimes uni-
form. Sometimes a pale interorbital crossband, sometimes two longitudinal
bands on muzzle. A vertical light line on end of muzzle.

Habitat. From Massachusetts into Florida and Mississippi.

Specimens in Mus. Smithsonian from Cambridge, Mass., are nearly unicolor,
while Floridan forms are lightest and most variegated; the head seems to be a
little broader and more obtuse. These forms graduate into the intermediate
and most common type.

AMBLYSTOMIDJ3.

Spelerpes chiropterus Cope, sp. nov.

Head elongate oval ; muzzle prominent, truncate, as broad as length of
antebrachium. Series of palatine teeth arched, commencing behind the choa-
nal. Anterior limb extended forward, reaches orbit. A prominent wing-like
rudimeDt only of the inner digit on both pairs of extremities. Thirteen lateral
folds between axilla and groin ; the extended posterior limb reaches the sixth,
counting fiom the groin. Soles broad, smooth. Tail cylindrical, rapidly
tapering, one-fifth longer than head and body.

Length from muzzle to vent 3" 1'"; from muzzle to axilla 12 //P/ ; length of
tail 4".

Color, brown above, paler medially ; dirty white below.

Habitat. Mirador. near Vera Cruz, Mexico. Sent by Dr. Sartorius to the
Smithsonian Institution.

This is the third species of Salamander known to inhabit Mexico. Tn its
characters it approaches the genus Batrachoseps Bonap. One of Dr. Sartorius'
most interesting disco veiies.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

Enumeration of the Species of PLANTS collected by Dr. C.C. Parry, and Messrs.
Elihu Hall am J. P. Harbour, during the Summer and Autumn of 1862, on and
near the Rocky Mountains, in Colorado Territory, lat. 39 41".

BY ASA GRAY.

An interesting account by Dr. Parry of his first explorations of the Rocky
Mountains in Colorado Territory, made in the summer of 1861, was published
in the American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. 33, 1862. This was fol-
lowed by an enumeration of the plants in the choice botanical collection which
he made, as determined by myself, Dr. Eugelmann and others. The import-
ance of this pioneer exploration, both in a physico-geographical and a botani-
cal point of view, decided Dr. Parry to repeat and extend it the following
year, to undertake more full and exact observations upon the configuration of
the district, and the altitude of the loftier peaks, and to secure a larger bo-
tanical collection. In the latter view, Dr. Parry was joined by two zealous and
enterprising botanical companions, Messrs. Hall and Harbour, of .'Illinois, who
devoted their entire energies to the collection of plants. The botanical col-
lection, accordingly, through these conjoint labors and explorations, is full,
excellent, and of great interest. Along with a fair proportion of species new
to science or new to the region, it brings to light and makes accessible to bot-
anists generally, many of the late Mr. Nuttall's discoveries made almost thirty
years ago, and even some of those of his first journey up the Missouri, almost
half a century ago, authentic specimens of which hardly exist, except in the
herbarium of the Academy, in that of Mr. Durand, at Philadelphia, and
in the Hookerian herbarium at Kew.

It is in this regard, namely, on account of the intimate association of the
name and scientific career of Nuttall with Philadelphia, and especially with
the Academy of Natural Sciences, the publisher of many of his botanical
writings, and the proprietor of his principal botanical collections, that I have
deemed it peculiarly proper to offer the following enumeration for publication
in the Academy's Proceedings.

This enumeration is but a reconnoisance of the collection in hand. It might
have been much extended by descriptions, remarks, and references ; and some
of the determinations may probably have to be reconsidered. But I deem it
best for our science to publish it at once, as it is, that it may be early in the
hands of botanists along with the distributed sets of specimens, thus en-
hancing the usefulness of the collection, and affording the widest opportunity
for the prompt correction of oversights, omissions, or mistakes on my part,
of which there may be not a few.

It should be remarked that the general collection, although made by the three
associates conjointly, is distributed under the tickets of Messrs. Hall and Har-
bour, upon whom indeed the labor of the collection more immediately de-
volved, and is numbered quite independently of Dr. Parry's collection of 1861,
thus avoiding all danger of confusion between the two. But a small separate
collection made by Dr. Parry late in the summer, at stations visited by him-
self alone, which supplements or helps out the general collection, bears Dr.
Parry's numbers of the former year, (which, being already published, are here
mentioned only when there is some occasion for it, ) or, when of plants not in
that collection, the numbers are in continuation of it, viz. : 398, 399, and so
on. Reference to these additional numbers is chiefly made in foot-notes, to
which also the characters of new species, &c, are consigned.

The plants were numbered and distributed into sets by Messrs. Hall and
Harbour before they were seen by me, and a fall set was supplied to me for
examination, which serves as a basis for the following list. This accounts
for a few misplacements, and also for the occasional mixture of two species
1863.]

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

under the same number ; which, under the circumstances, it was not easy
altogether to avoid. The collectors appear to have been somewhat too fear-
ful of distributing the same species under two or more numbers ; but the op-
posite course, in case of doubt, is preferable. Even well-marked varieties
had better be kept separate in distributed collections.

ENUMERATION.

RANUNCULACEiE.

1. Atragene alpina, L. 2. Clematis Douglasii, Hook. 3. C. ligustici-
folia, Nutt. 4. Pulsatilla Nuttalliana, Gray, which I am now convinced is
properly referred to P. patens, and especially by Regel to his var. Wolfgangi-
ana. Some of the specimens are very large and fine. 5. Anemone multifida,
DC, both red and white-flowered. 6. A. Caroliniana, Walt. ; on the plains.
7. A. narcissiflora, L., from the alpine region ; not before known this side
of Russian America ; fine specimens, with the flowers only three, two, or one
to the involucre. 8. Thalictrum Fendleri, Engelm. ; the diagnosis noted in
the Enum. PI. Parry, p. 12, and now the species itself is obtained, "on low
mountains." 9. T. sparsiflorum, Turcz.,* in fruit, '' the whole plant with a
very heavy narcotic odor," according to Dr. Parry. 10. T. alpinum, L., large
specimens. 11. Ranunculus Cymbalakia, Pursh. 12. R. hyperboreus, Rottb.
var. nutans, C. A. Mey. " In water or in swamps, at middle elevations in the
mountains, or subalpine ;" from the station and from the size of the plants
so much approaching the small and emersed form of R. Purshii var. repens,
Hook., (R. Gmelini, DC, of which a few specimens were also collected,) that
it might belong to that species except for the want of a style ; mature fruit not
collected. 13. R. (Cyrtorrhyncha) Nuttallii, the very rare Cyrtorrhyncha ranun-
culina. Nutt. in Torr. and Gray Fl., which is rightly determined by Bentham
and Hooker to have the ovule erect, and therefore to be a Ranunculus, not-
withstandingthenervose achenia. f 14. R. Eschscholtzii, Schlecht., Hook.; same
as the broader-leaved specimens of Parry's No. 80 ; has glabrous peduncles,
smaller flowers, and shorter styles than R. nivalis, but Greenland specimens
of Vahl's collection approach it. 15. R. affinis, R. Br. var. leiocarpus,
Trautv. : the same as narrow-leaved specimens mixed last year with Dr.
Parry's No. 80 (vide Sill. Jour., 33, p. 404) ; may be a form of R. auricomusii
that ever has glabrous achenia, but they compose a rather oblong or cylin-
draceous head. 16. R. affinis. var. cardiophyllus. (R. cardiopkyllus, Hook.)
The flowering specimens, with their cordate-rotund radical leaves, villous pu-
bescence and large flowers (the corolla a full inch in diameter) perfectly ac-
cord with Hooker's figure, except that the stature is dwarf, and the young carpels
show a rather long style, as figured; but accompanying fruiting specimens wholly
accord with R. affinis. 17. R. adoxeus, n. sp.,J No. 81, of last year's collection
of Dr. Parry, who has now supplied the fruit ; and the species proves to be a
new and peculiar, handsome and strictly alpine one. 18. R. flammitla, L.,

* Dr. Kegel's note under this species, in his elaborate revision of Tliatictrum, is founded on a
misreading of my foot-note in PI. Wright, 2, p. 8, where to T. tparfifiurum is referred T. dura-
tion, Hook., -non DC. The Candolleau species is wholly different, and a native only of the moun-
tains of Carolina.

t Ranunculus (Cyrtorrhyncha : petala supra, basim , callow : stylus incurtrus, stigmaapicu-
latum: achenia turgidamultinervosa) Nuttallii : glaber.semipedalis ; radicefasciculata; foliis radi-
cal! bus biteinatisectis, segmentis 3-5-partitis, lobis oblongis linearitiusve nunc 2-3-tidis ; ramis fo-
lio parvosubtensis paucifloris; petalis *pathulatis sepala iatiora etjnm flava paullo superantibus :
stylo Ion go gracili; acheniis majusculis subpaucisincapitulum globosum collectis. Easternsideof
the Rocky Mouutains; Independence Rock on the Sweet Water of the Platte. Nuttall.

t Mixed in some sets, I fear, with a little of E. Emholtzii or of the real R. niv ilii.

| Ranunculus adoneus, (sp. nov., : humilis, villo parco deciduo glabratus ; radice fasciculato-fi-
brosa ; caulilms basi ramentaceis superne 1-3-foliatitt nunc erectis simplicissimis uuifloris nunc
iarmentoso-decumbentibus 2-3-floris ; foliis bipedato-partitis segmentis anguste linearibus,
petiolis basi scarioso-dilatatis; pedunculo brevi ; corolla aurea eximia (jdorumque ultra pollicem
diametro ;) petalis flabelliforniibus sepalis ovalibus subvillosis duplo longioribus, squamula ba-

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

var. reptans. 19. R. An ambiguous little plant from the alpine region, which
might be mistaken for a smaller form of Parry's 79.* 20. Myosurus mini-
mus, L., from South Park, with somewhat more of a beak to the achenia than
in Eastern or European specimens. 21. Caltha leptosepala, DC. 22.
Tkolluts laxits, Salisb. var. Albiftorus, Gray, in Sill. Jour. 33 ; well-developed
specimens. Divisions of the leaves less deeply incised than in the Eastern
U. S. plant. 23. Aquilegia vulgaris, var. brevistyla. 24. A. ccerulea, Torr.,
equally beautiful with the specimens of last year. 25. Delphinium elatpm,
L., var., Parry's No. 84. 26. D. scopulorum, Gray. 27. A high alpine form
of the last. 28. D. Menziesii, DC. ; but if collected east of the Mississippi
might be taken for D. tricorne. 29. Aconitum nasutcm, Fisch. ; white and
blue, as in Parry's 86.

BERBEPJDACEyE.

30. Berberis (Mahonia) Aquifolium, Pursh, var. rep ens.

FUMARIACEJE.t

31. Corydalis aurea, Willd., var. curvisiliqca ( C. curvlsillqua, Engelm.),
the same as Wright's No. 1309.

CRUCIFER2E.

32. Nasturtium obtusum, Nutt. 33. Cardamine hiksuta, L. 34. C. cordi-
folia, Gray.J 35. Streptanthus angustifolius, Nutt. ; probably a form of
S. sagittatus, Nutt. 36. Turritis patula, Graham. 37. Sisymbrium virgatum,
Nutt., but from the silique rather an Erysimum. 38. Erysimum cheiranthoides,
L. 39. E. pumilum, Nutt., (which I suppose is also E. lanceolatum, R. Br., of
the Old World,) as to the fruiting alpine specimens, along with forms of E.
asperum, DC, with large .flowers (E. Arkccnsahum). The collectors think
these are all forms of one species. 40. Sysimbrium Sophia, L. (including S.
caaescens, Nutt.), both asmoothish form, with short pedicels and short pods,
(<S. brachycafpum, Richards.), and also with slender pods, and the whole
herbage viscid with glandular pubescence one of the forms of S. incision,
Engeltn. 41. Draba crassifolia, Graham ; which, in Parry's former collec-
tion, No. 93, I named Draba Johannis, but it proves to have yellow flowers.
With it is mixed a very little D. stellata, var. fiebecarpa, as the species are

silari parva adnata ; acheniis in capitulum ovale digestis Isevibus turgi.lis, rostro longiuseulo en-
sifornu utrin'que scarioso-alato ! In the high alpine region, close to the snow. Dr. Parry's speci-
mens of 1862, collected later in the season, with some mature fruit, and with some of the stems
becoming procumbent or runner-like, and producing a flowering shoot from the axils of the can-
line leaves, enable me to characterize this remarkable species. Iu the early state it bears some
resemblance to Adonis vernalis. The scarious wingsof the style are sometimes decurrent on the
acheuium, which, again, often has a delicate hyaline wing round the base. Notwithstanding the
yellow tioweis, the affinity of the species is probably with R. glacialis, the carpel and style of
which is said to be wing-margined. The corolla is equally large and full.

* This. fr. im better specimens collected this year, confirms Mr. Black's opinion that it is a dwarf
R: alismiefolius ; but the uppermost leaf is often three parted, and the achenia have a small
short beak, and are pub'erulent; the three-parted leaf, the puberulent achenia and too large fl >wcr
separate it from R. FlauirmUaveir. reptans: and the mostly entire and narrow leaves, the globular
head of carpels and the depauperate size (2 or 3 inches) from R. ujjinis, of which it has the
achenia. 1 have seen only a single specimen.

f- Papaver alpinum, L., was again collected by Dr. Parry, No. 147.

J This sp-eies whieh h .Ids itscharacters well when described, was compared with ourC. rhnm-
boidea and rotwudifolia on the one hand, and on the other, with the European C.asori folia, which,
so far as recorded, inhabits only central Europe, lsut I have just received from Kew a specimen
collected by Dr. Lyall on the banks of the Ashtnoda River, in the Cascade Mountains of N. W.
America, at about lat. 4'J", which, so far as my means of comparison extend, appears to belong to

C. asartfoiia. The interesting bearing upon questions of geographical distribution ia obvious,

viz.: as to the probable affiliation of C. asarifolia, anguluta, cordifolia, rhumboidea and rotiindi-
folia .

g Specimens of this were sent by me to Dr. Hooker, to ask his opinion. He replies : " It is Dra-
ba Johannis of Europe, according to Mr. Ball, except that the flower is yellow. It is certainly also

D. crassifolia, Graham, from Rocky Mountains, Drummond, and evidently the same as D.l\ad-
nitzensis, Walp., and D. lactea, Adams, B.pygmsea, Turcz., and a host of others."

1863.] 5

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEJfV OF

regarded by Regel, i.e., D. muricella, Vahl., with pubescent silicles, and a
smooth form of D. nemoralis. 42. D. nehoralis, L., two pubescent forms.
44. D. aurea, Vahl. 45. D. streptocarpa, Gray, Euuni. PI. Parry, p. 13, No.
96, with some reduced, high alpine forms, in which the silicle does not always
twist. 43. Smelowskia calycina, C. A. Meyer, (Hutchinsia, Desv.) High alpine.
46. Thlaspi cochleariforme, DC. Common at all heights. 47. Physaria didy-
mocarpa, Gray, var. ? The same as Parry's 101, but more hoary, and with a
longer slender style. Mature fruit and seeds being still wanting, it yet re-
mains as doubtful as before whether this is a form of Hooker's species. 48.
Vesicaria Ludoviciana, DC. 49. Vesicaria jiontana, n.sp.,* from the middle
mountains ; also collected last year at Eureka by Mr. Howard, but without
fruit. 50. Stanleya jntegrifolia, James. 51. Thelypodium (Pachypodium,
Kutt.) isTEGRiFOLic.M, Torr. and Gray.

CAPPARIDACEJE.

52. Cleome integrifolia, Torr. & Gray. 53. Cleomella tenuifolia, Torr.

VIOLACEiE.
54. Viola biflora, L. 55. V. Nuttallii, Pursh. 56. V. Muhlenbergii,
Tar. pubetcens, same as 108 of Parry. 57. Ionidium lineare, Torr.

PARNASSIE^I.
575. Parnassia paryiflora, DC, Hook. Two forms of the species, into
which P. Kotzebuei, Cham., probably passes. It is No. 427 of Dr. Parry.
57S. P. fimbriata, Banks ; a small form of the species ; the flowers only half
the size of those of the ordinary state. It is No. 428 of Parry's separate col-
lection.

HYPERICACEiE.

58. Hypericum Scouleri, Hook., which apparently is also H. formosum, HBK.

ELATINACE^E.

59. Elatine Americana, Arn. On the Platte River. (60. See Pritnulaceae.)

CARYOPHYLLACEiE.
61. Silene Scouleri, Hook; 62. S. Drummo.vdii, Hook. 63. Lychnis apetala,
L. vars., same, as 132 and 133 of Parry. 64. Silexe Mexziesii, Hook. 65.

SlLENE ACAULlS, L.

M. Paronychia pulvixata, n. sp.,f the same as Parry's 297. of which he
also has collected very fine specimens this year. 67. P. Jamesii, Torr. and
Gray. 68. Sagina LiXHiBi, Presl. 69. Arenaria (Alsise) Rossti, R. Br., the
taller stems 3-5-flowered, pretty clearly a mere arctic-alpine form of A.

*Vesicaria Montana (sp. nor.): argentoo-inraua : caulibus e radice perenui dift'usis folio-is:
foliis spathulatis, radicalibus subovatis potiolatis nunc 1-2-dentatis; racemo fructifero elongate;
silicula ovali seu ellipsoidea cano-pobescente stylo giacili longiore pedicel!" patents sursum cur-
vato paullo breviore. Habit of I". Ludoviciana, argyi sea, and argenteo; well-mai ked by the oval
or oblong silicle (which is. in some specimens', 3 lines in length, but of scarcely half that breadth,
while in others it is shorter and broader, barely oval in outline,) hoary, with a fine stellular pu-
bescence, one-third longer than the style, commonly one-third or one-half longer than the pedicel,
nearly terete; the valves of the same rather firm texture as those of Y.LvdoYiciana, more convex
than those of V. alpina. Seeds four or six in each cell, wingless. retain spatulate, light yellow.
F.l tnients filiform.

t Paronychia pulyinata (sp. nov. ): depressa, e caudice lignescente pulrinatocfcspitosa, fere gla-
bra; stipulis srgenteis ovatis integris muticis folia oblonga obtusa margine ciliolato-scabra snb-
asquantibus emu iis ramus breves usque ad florem termiualem sessilem dense veLientibus; calycis
segmentis ovalibus late scariosis sub apice cucullato aristulatis, aristula cucullum vix superante.
Iu the hisrh alpine region, quite comm >n. Forming dense, cushion-hke tufts, apparently like
those of Silene aoudis, denser than those of P. sessiliflora, Nutt. Stipules 2 line* long, broadly
ovate and obtuse, or the uppermost somewhat taper-pointed or acute, but muticous. Leaves -'.
or 3 lines long, about a line wide, bright green, flat, thick, very obtuse and muticous, nerveles-i.
Flower solitary and immersed a inmg the leaves. Stamiii >dia 5, similar l> the fertile filaments.
Ovary glabrous, tapering into the lather short style.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 59

uliginosa, Schleich, (Ahine stricta, Wahl.) 77. A. arctica, Stev., tlie same
form as Parry's 141 ; and with it specimens of A. biflora, Wahl., var. earn i-
losa, Fenzl., with flaccid procumbent stems, and longer, lax, falcate leaves.
If forms of the same, then A. arctica and bifioru are properly united by Dr.
Hooker. 79. A. Fendleri, Gray.

70. Stellaria umbellata, Turcz. ? An ambiguous form, of the alpine region,
with the capsules, seeds, and scarious bracts of S. longifolia, but with oblong,
flaccid leaves, and petals wanting.* 73. From middle elevations, is a form of
the same, without fruit. S. alpestris, var. paniculata, Fries, Herb. Norm., is
perhaps the same, or a form connecting it with S. longifolia, but his S. alpestris
var. alijlora is S. borealis. 71 and 76. S. longipes, Gioldie. 72. S. bokealis,
Bigel., except the depauperate young specimens intermixed, which are the
same as 70. 78. S. Jamesii, Torr. 74. Mcehrixgia lateriflora, Fenzl. 75.
Cerastium arvense, L., mixed with C. vulgatum? var. Behringianum, or at pi-
nion, just as was Parry's No. 138 last year. (SO. See under Scrophulariacete.)

PORTULACACEiE.

81. Talinum parviflorum, Nutt., or perhaps teretifolium, as the specimens
are only in fruit. 82. Claytonia Virginica, L., from the alpine region. 83.
C. arctica? var. megarhiza, Gray, Enum. PL Parry (C. megarrhiza, Parry) ;
specimens smaller than last year. 84. Claytonia Chamissonis, Esch. ( C.
aquatica, Nutt.); more luxuriant than the plant of Unalaschka, but other-
wise similar : petals rose-color. (Dr. Parry again collected Talinum: pygm.eum,
Gray, his No. 143.)

MALVACEJE.

85. Sidalcea Candida, Gray. Cold springs, &c, on Blue River. f 86. Mal-
vastrum coccineum, Gray.

LINACE.E.

87. LlNUM PERENNE, L.

GERANIACEiE.

88. Geranium Richardsonii, F. & M., the same as 112 of Parry. 89. G.
Fremontii, Torr., var. Parryi, Engelm., the same as Parry's 113, the fruiting
pedicels divaricate !

RHAMNACE^E.
90. Ceanotjius Fendleri, Gray. 91. C. ovatus, Desf.

CELASTRACEiE.

92. Pachystima Myrsinites, Raf.

SAPINDACE.E (ACERACEiE.)

93. Acer glabrum, Torr., the ordinary form of the species.

LEGUMINOSiE.

94. Lupinus pusillus, Pursh. 95. L. oknatus, Dough: " abundant at low
and middle elevations." Very ornamental. 96. L cjespitosus, Nutt., pro-
bably a form of L. aridas, Dougl. The keel is slightly ciliate. It was foun I
"on Blue River, west of the range." 97. Trifolium dasyphyllum, Torr. and
Gr. Still finer and larger specimens than last year. 98. T. Parryi, Gray,
Enum. PL Parry. : 99. T. nanum, Torr. 100. Dalea laxiflora, Pursh.

* Dr. Parry also separately collected it, in fine ft-uiting specimens, iu subalpine woods, on Mad
Creek, Ac, No. 431.

f This rare, species was separately collected in Middle Park, by Dr. Parry. It is his No. 429.

Sidalcea. malv^eflora. Gray. (IS. JS'co-Mexicana, Gray,) Parry's 430, was collected whh the last.

J Trifolium lojigipss, Natt. Sparingly collected by Dr. Parry in Middle Park, and distributed
as his No. 434.

1863.]

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

101. PSORALEA LANCEOLATA, Pursh. 102. P. FLORIBUNDA, Nutt. 103. P. ARGO-

phylla, Pursh. 104. Daleaalopecuroides, Willil. 105. Petalostemonmacro-
stachyus, Torr. 10(3. Astragalus Kentrophyta (Kentrophyta montana, Nutt.)
107. Thermopsis rhombifolia, Nutt. (the smaller plant and the fruit), aud ap-
parently T. fabacea, var. montana, Gray ( T. montana, Nutt.) : the latter should
he known hy its taller stems, larger leaflets, and narrow, linear, pubescent, erect
legumes. 10S. Hosackia Purshiana, Benth. 109. Lathybus ornatus, Nutt.,
and a pubescent variety. 110. L. linearis, Nutt. 111. L. polymorphs,
Nutt. 112. L. palustkis, var. myrtifolius? a small portion, and mainly

VlClA AMERICANA, Muhl. 113. ASTRAGALUS RACEMOSUS, Pursh. 114. A.

(Phaca, Hook.) bisulcatus, Gray ; in fruit. 130. Same in flower. 115. A.
(Phaca, Hook.) nigrescexs, Gray. 116. A. (Phaca, Hook.) glabriusculus,
var. major, foliolis anguste oblongis. Very likely, as Hooker conjectured,
a form of A. aboriginum. A narrow, membranous, rudimentary false septum
is borne on the dorsal suture, in the manner of A. Robbinsii and A. alpinus, to
which, indeed, the species is related. It was collected in the mountains,
"at middle elevation ; not common." 117. A. oroboides, Hornem. (Phaca
elegans, Hook.) " Along the bank of streams, at middle elevations, and subal-
pine." V^ry fine specimens, both in flower and in fruit ; the former with
linear leaflets, like the original P. elegans ; the latter with broader and glabrate
leaflets, just like Bourgeau's specimens from the Saskatchawan. 118. A.
flexuosus, Dougl. (Phaca flexuosa and P. elongata, Hook.) Legumes straight or
slightly curved. " Low mountains and plains ; common." 119. A. gracilis,
Nutt. With the last. 121. A. near Phaca deb His, Nutt., but larger in all its
parts. To be determined hereafter in a general revision of the species.* 122.
A. mollissimus, Torr., of which the stipules were wrongly described, a form
with silvery instead of yellowish pubescence. Fine specimens, same as Par-
ry's 184, doubtfully compared with A. glareosus, still without fruit. "On
the plains ; scarce." 123. A. Parryi, Gray ; now collected with ripe legumes,
which are so obcompressed and sulcate both sides that the sutures meet.
" Common both on the low mountains and subalpine.'' 124. A. Drummondii,
Hook. 125. A. alpinus, L. " From middle elevations to truly alpine." 126.
A. cyaneus, Gray, PI. Fendl. Specimens more luxuriant than Fendler's ; the
leaflets oval, half to two-thirds of an inch long, and young pods nearly two
inches long. This is likely to be A. Shortiamis, Nutt., of which I have seen
no specimens ; but the flowers are deep blue. " Low mountains, and rarely
subalpine; a fine species." 127. A. Missouriensis, Nutt. 128. A. sparsi-
florus, n. sp., to be elsewhere characterized in a revision of the North Amer-
ican species. " On low mountains ; rare." 129. Perhaps a variety of the
last, with more numerous flowers and larger legumes. 141. A. (Phaca) pau-
ciflorus, Hook. ? A glabrate, slender form, the same as Phaca pauciflora,
Nutt. " South Park, common, apparently a good forage plant." (Fendler's,
No. 144 is the same.) 130. A. (Phaca) bisulcatus, Gray, in flower. 131. A.
(Phaca) lotiflorus, Hook., very fine specimens in flower and fruit. 132. (fruit)
& 133. (fl.) A. caryocarpus, Ker. 134. A. (Phaca, Hook.,) pectinatus, Gray.
136. A. btriatus, Nutt. ! 137. A. (Phaca, L.) frigidus, with perfectly glabrous
legumes, as in other American specimens. " Subalpine, in wet pine-woods."

138. A. (Phaca) filifolius, Gray, in Pacif. R. R. Exped. Phaca longifolia, Nutt.

139. A. Hypoglottis, L. 145. A. (Orophaca) sericoleucus, Gray (Phaca seri-
cea, Nutt.) ; charming specimens of an interesting plant. 142. Homalobus
decumbens, Nutt. Also 435 of Parry, very sparingly collected. Its name as
an Astragalus can be settled only upon a revision of the species. 120. (and
433 of Parry,) Oxytropis deflexa, DC. 135. O. splendens, Dougl. ; worthy
of the name. 140. O. Lamberti, Pursh, with purple or blue, and with white

* The name Astragalus debib's could properly be retained for Phaca debilis of Nuttall. For
there is no A. dehilis of Douglas; that so given in Walp. Repert. 1, p. 710, being an accidental error
for A. miser, Dougl.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

flowers; "very ornamental and 'very variable." 143. 0. arctica, R. Br.
"High alpine." 144. 0. multiceps, Nutt. in Torr. and Gray, Fl. (Physo-
calyx multiceps, Nutt. in herb. Acad. ) " Subalpine and lower." This is Dr.
Parry's No. 191, which I wrongly referred to 0. nana, Nutt. The plant is
more dwarf and the leaflets much smaller than in Nuttall's specimens, which
are in fruit only, while ours, last year in blossom only, now show the young
fruit in the bladdery calyx. It is a very pretty plant. 146. Sophoea sericea,
Pursh. 147. Glycyrrhiza lepidota, Nutt.

ROSACEJE.

14S. Prunus (Cerasus) Pennsylvania, L. 149. Spiraea dumosa, Nutt.
150. S. opclifolia, L., var. parvifolia. 151. Sibbaldia procumbens, L. 152.
Geuji (Sieversia) triflorum, Pursh. 156. G. (Sieversia) Rossii, Ser. 153.
Dryas octopetala, L. 154. Potentilla fissa, Nutt. 155. P. frdticosa, L.
157. P. concinna, R. Br. 15S. P. Pexnsylvanica, L., var. Hippiana, Torr.
and Gray. 159. P. fastigiata, Nutt. ? which specimens of Parry's, in 1S61,
(with 217) ally to large states of P. nivea. (Aglabrate specimen intermixed,
is the same as Parry's 218, P. Drummondii, &c, Lehm.) 160. P. nivea, L., a
form with the leaflets more deeply incised than in 215 of Parry. 161. P. Plat-
tensis, Nutt. ? the leaves more dissected, so as to be almost bipinnately parted ;
th same as a plant of Bourgeau's collection, from the Saskatchawan. "Com-
mon in wet ground ; spreading." 162. P. Pennsylvania, L., var. strigosa,
Pursh, with some of the coarser No. 15S, perhaps accidentally mixed. 163.
Rubus deliciosus, James ; the same as Parry's 210, with large white petals.
This will be very ornamental in cultivation. 164. Rubus triflorus, Richards.,
in fruit. 165. Cekcocarpus parvifolius, Nutt.* 462. Cham;erhodos erecta,

Bunge.

ONAGRACEJS.

166. Epilobium palcstre, L. 167. E. alpinum, L. 168. E. paniculate^,
Nutt. 169. E. latifolium, L. 170. E. angustifolium, L. 171. Gayophytum
bacemosum, Torr. and Gray, with a specimen of 168 intermixed in my set.

172. G. eajiosissiiiusi, Torr. and Gray ; the var. deflexum, Hook., in Lond.
Jour. Bot., 6, p. 224, where the names of the two varieties are transposed.

173. Oenothera marginata, Nutt. 174. G3. Missoueiensis, Sims. 175. (E.
triloba, Nutt. 176. (E. Ndttallii, Torr. and Gray, (Taraxia longiflora and
breviflora, Nutt., the specimens belonging to the latter form), South Park.

177. (E. pinnatifida, Nutt. (see Parry, Enum.,p. 40 (333), the hirsute speci-
men,, which is just Parry's 116, and a canescently puberulent specimen,
which, from its obcordate petals, should also be of this species, but not in fruit.

178. G3. coronopifolia, Torr. and Gray, exactly No. 222 of Fendler's collection.

179. 03. serrulata, Nutt. 180 (and 436 of Parry). Gaura parvifloea, Dougl.
181. Gaura coccinea, Nutt. 1S2. Hippqius vulgaris, L.

LOASACE.cE.

569. Mentzelia (Bartonia) nuda, Torr. & Gray. 570. M. (Bartonia) mul-
tiflora, Nutt. ; the form with cylindrical capsules. 571. M. albicaulis,
Dougl., (Parry's 126,) and some M. oligosperma, Nutt.

CACTACEiE.

1S3. Opfntia Missouriensis, DC, with a red flower also in my set, proba-
bly of 0. rutila, Nutt.

GROSSULARIACE.E.

184. R. lacustrk, Poir, var. CR- setosum, Dougl.) 185. R. Leptanthum,
Gray, PI. Fendl. 186. R. cereum, Dougl. 187. R. hirtelluh, Michx. 188.
R. aureum, Pursh.

*Purshia tridextata, DC, is No. 4S2 of Dr. Parry's separate collection, from Middle Park.

1863.]

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

CRASSULACEiE.

IS?. Sedcm snoDANTHUM, Gray, Enuin. PI. Parry. In fruit ; the inflores-
cence a dense spike-like thyrsus, oblong. 190. S. stenopetalum, Pursb.
191. S. Rhodiola, L. (192. See Borraginacese.)

SAXIFRAGACEiE.
193. Saxifeaga nivalis, var. ? An undeveloped specimen of this, in Parry's
collection of 1851, was referred to S. hieracifolia? But the well-developed
specimens appear to pass into the large state of the next. The limits between
S. nil-oil's, Virginiensis and intecirifolia are not obvious. 194. S. nivalis, L.,
one form the same as Parry's 169; the other has a scape nine inches high,
bearing several peduncled erect flower-clusters in a racemose manner, just as
in 193, from which it differs in its shorter and smaller, more-toothed leaves.
195. S. ceenua, L. 196. S. conteoversa, Sternb., referred by several authors
to S. adsceridenft, L. Alpine region ; before found in America only by Bourgeau,
in the Rocky Mountains further north ; known in Northern Asia. 197. S.
beonchialis, L. 198. S. debilis, Engelm. n. sp.* "Alpine." 199. S. sek-
ptllifolia, Pursh ; but probably only a high alpine, very dwarf and tufted
variety of S. Hirculus, L., this being the view taken of it in the Enumeration
of Parry's collection of 1861, No. 164. The characters hold out in the present
collection. 201. S. Hiectlus, L., in the ordinary form, as different from 19&
as possible. " South Park, in wet or swampy places." 200. S. flagellaeis,
Willd. (202. See under Primulacea?.) 203. S. Jamesii, Torr., from the origi-
nal stations. A most rare and peculiar species. 207. S. punctata, L. (S.
(Bstivalis, Fisch.) 204. Hefchera parvifolia, Nutt, the large form, viz.:
Parry's 174, with some specimens passing to Parry's 173, the small form.
205. Heucheea bracteata,! Seringe (Tiarella? bracteata, Torr.,) the same as
Parry's 172, mixed with a large-flowered, apparently new species, H. Hallii.J
Rocks, on mountains of medium elevation. 206. Lithophragma parvifolia,
Nutt. 208. Mitella fentandea, Hook. ; in fruit. 576. Chrysosplenium
alteenifolium, L. 568. Jamesia Americana, Torr. & Gray. (209. See Eu-
phorbiaeese.)

UMBELLIFER^I.

210. Cymopterus glomeratus, DC. A plant rarely collected, but said to
be very common on the plains, along with the next. 211. C. montanus, Nutt.
213. C. alpinus, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, p. 19 (408,) No. 158; with good
fruit as well as flowers. 212. Peijcedanum nudicaule, Nutt. ? at least the
plant so named in Hayden's collection on the Manvaises Terres of Nebraska ;
but the plant is minutely pruinose-pnbescent, not glabrous, nor is the fruit
truly that of a Peuredanum, the marginal wings being double, nor from the
description can it be the original Smyrnium nudicaule of Pursh. It must re-

* This was mixed with No. 167 (S. cernua, L.) of Dr. Parry's collection in 1861, but very spa-
ringly distributed. It has a granulate root, so called, and the foliage much as in S. Sibirica, but
is perfectly glabrous throughout, and with the obconical tube of the calyx wholly adnate to the
ovary. As it is manifestly related to S. rivularis (though quite distinct), I suppose it may bo the
' S. Cymbalaria, vel. n. sp.," or the species compared with Sibirica, of Chamisso in Liunrea. 6, p.
555, which in the Flora Rossica are doubtfully referred to <S. ritmlaris. In which case I know of
no name to take precedence of this proposed by Dr. Engelmann.

t IIeuchera bracteata (Seringe): glabella, mimitissime pruinoso-glandulosa; thyrso denso
spiciformi multiflom; bracteis saepe flores flavido-virescentes subsequantibus ; calyceoblongofere
r.'i medium 5-fido, lobis spathulato-oblongis; petalis attenuatis acutis filamentis vix latioribus;
Staminibus stylisque dein exsertis. Scape from a span to nearly a foot in height, often foliose-
bracteate. Thyrsus commonly mere or less secund. Flowers barely two lines in length. Teeth
of the leaves usually setaceously mucronate.

% IIeuchera Hali.ii (sp. nov.) : hirsutula; thyrso racemiformi suhlaxo 16-30-floro: bracteis pe<li-
cellos vix superantibus ; florihus albidis (nunc roseo tinctis?): calyee lato-eampanutato5-lobo. lobis,
lato-ovatis; petalis spatlmlatis obtusis exsertis: staminibus stylisque inclusis. Scapes usually a
span high. Flowers about three lines long, but the calyx twice the breadth of that of //. bracteata,
and very different in shape. Pedicels, when fully developed, sometimes nearly as long as the flower.
Leaves as in the preceding species, considerably variable.

[Mar

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

main uncertain until the order is revised. A solitary fruiting specimen in
Dr. Parry's collection of 1861 was very carelessly named Leptotcenia dissecta,
which is quite a different plant. 214. Musenium trachysfermum, Nutt. ; near
M. divaricaium, but the young fruit much shorter as well as more scabrous.

215. Thaspium trachypleurum, n. sp.,* in fruit, the same as 159 of Parry in
1861, of which the fruit was too young. It proves to be quite different from
that of T? montanum, var. tenuifolium. The genus is uncertain; but it can
hardly be well separated from Thaspium. 217. T. montanum, Gray, PI.
Fendi., in flower and in fruit, the latter with the three dorsal wings some-
times barely salient, sometimes as much developed as the marginal ones.

216. Conioselinum Fischeri, Wimm. ; "alpine and subalpine." 218. C.
Canadense, Torr. and Gray, probably a larger and coarser form of 216 ;
" on low mountains." 219. Arch angelic a Gmelixi, DO. 220. Archemora
Fexdleri, Gray, PI. Fendl.; fine, large specimens with good fruit, ''in sub-
alpine woods." It is 155 of Parry's 1861 collection, which I carelessly named
Berula angustifolia. 221. An acaulescent Umbellifer, undeterminable for the
want of fruit. 222. Cymopterus? anisatus, n. sp., called " C. tei;ebinthinus,
var. fceniculaceus" in Parry's 1861 collection (No. 157); but it can hardly be
either of Nuttall's species under those names, on account of the very long and
subulate leaflets of the involucel as well as calyx-teeth, yet apparently rela-
ted to them ; the foliage, &c, very similar. Mature fruit not collected ; some
of the present collection pretty well formed has the wings abortive, while in
younger fruits of 1861 these are obvious and somewhat undulate. This dubi-
ous plant inhabits "dry hills in the middle mountains, and is a very aroma-
tic herb." The foliage of the dried specimens and the fruit have a pleasant
anisate flavor, characters unknown in the polymorphous genus Cymopterus,
and rendering the genus of this plant yet more doubtful.

ARALIACE.E.

223. Adoxa Moschatellina, L. " Subalpine ; common."

CORNACEiE.

Corxtjs Caxadexsis, L. In the mountains Dr. Parry gathered one or two
specimens of the ordinary form of this species ; and in the alpine region also
a depauperate form of it, some specimens of which, having a pair of leaves
lower down on the stem, and those from the upper axils small, niipiht readily
be mistaken for C. Suecica. They are distributed as No. 437 of Parry.

CAPRIFOLIACE/E.

224. Linn.ua borealis, Gronov. 225. Symphoricarpus montanps, HBK.
227. S. occidextalis, R. Br. 226. Loxicera involucrata, Banks. 228. Vi-
burnum pauciflorum, Pylaie.

RUBIACEiE.

229. Galium boreale, L. 230. G. trifidum, L., the reduced, northern form,
near G. palustre.

VALERIANACEiE.

231. Valeriana dioica, L., var. V. sylvatica, Richards.

* Thaspium trachtpleurum (sp. nov.): glabrum: caule (pedali) striate 1-3- foliate umbellas 2-3
longiuscule peduii'-ulatas gerente; foliia ternatodecompositis, segmentis flliformibus mucronula-
tis, petiolis basi dilatatis baud scarioso-marginatis ; involucro et involucello e foliolis 1-3 subulat's
parvis; fioribus flavis; fructu didymo OTato lateraliter compresso. mericarpiis sectione transveisali
fere orbicularis, jugis alisve 5 conformibus crassis suberosis obtireissiiuis scabris cum u no commis-
surali a carpophore demum libero, Talleculis omnibus grosse univittatis. On the mountains, at
middle and lower elevations. Leaves more decompound than in the T. montanum var. tenuifolium,
with which I had confounded it, the segments snorter and more rigid; the fruit shorter, H to 2
lines long, the mericarps not at all flattened dorsally, in shape and scent like those of Thaspium,
and the short wings remarkably thick and corky, scabrous-roughened. A similar corky mass at
the commissure in the section simulates another wing or rib, except that it is partly divided by a
groove, which receives the carpophore.

1863.]

6-4 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

COMPOSITE.

232. Erigebon acke, L. 233. Diplopappus ertcoides, Torr. and Gray. 234.
Eeigerox compositum, Parsh. 235. E., a species wholly doubtful to me, with
deep purple or blue rays, except in this respect the same as the white-rayed
specimens of Parry's No. 3, which I had confounded with those of E. uniflo-
rum, with which it was mixed. I dare not now venture to describe it as anew
species. 236. E. glabellum, var. pubescens, Hook. Bourgeau collected the
same form in the Rocky Mountains. 237. E. divergens, Torr. and Gr. 238.
E. grandiflorum, Hook., var. elatius, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, No. 1: a still
more luxuriant plant ; stems more than a foot high, leafy to the summit,
bearing two to four heads, with the same very woolly involucre. 243. E. vxi*
florum, L. , both the same as Parry's No. 8, and large and tall forms 6 to 9
inches high, with light-colored long wool to the involucre, as in the foregoing.
"Common in the high alpine region." 239. E. glabellum, Nutt. ? var. molle.
This is recorded as a common species at all heights. But I have never before
seen such a form, except one of Bourgeau's, the largest specimens distribu-
ted under " E. canescens," and that has white rays. From the shape of the
leaves, and their size and abundance up to the summit of the stem, this
should rather be referred to E. macranthum ; but the pubescence is strange for
that species. 240. E. glabellum, Nutt. Parry's No. 4 (collected again) is a
dwarfer form of the same, and belongs rather to glahellum than to E. macran-
thum. (241, 242. See below, under Aster. 243. See above.) 244. E. c.e>pito-
sum, Nutt. ; a strict form, near the var. grandiflorum,ot which E. caimm,
Gray, PL Fendl., is evidently a form. " Common on low mountains." 245.
E. pumilum, Nutt. 24G. E. Bellidiastrum, Nutt.

247. Solidago lanceolata, L. 248. S. nemoralis, L. ; a dwarf, subalpine
form, passing to S. nana, Nutt. 249. S. Missouriensis, Nutt. ; a dwarf form.
250. S. Virga-aurea, L. ; two forms. 251. S. Virga-aurea, var. multi-
radiata, Torr. and Gray. Dr. Parry collected one specimen of 5. humilis
on Clear Creek.

241. As'ier salsugixosus, Richards. "Subalpine." This is also 403 of Dr.
Parry's separate collection. 242. A. glacialis, Nutt. " In the high alpine
region." 252. A. adscexdexs, Lindl., var. ciliatifolius, Torr. and Gray,
(which is also 419 of Parry,*) and the var. Fremontii, Torr. & Gray, Fl. Suppl.
253. Various forms of the last, "alpine and subalpine, in low grounds," the
larger ones (same as Parry's 417) passing towards A. integrifolius, Nutt., but
the involucre not manifestly glandular. All the peculiar Asters of the
Rocky Mountains and westward require complete re-elaboration. 254. (also
418 of Parry,) A., near the smooth form of ericoides, L., and probably a va-
riety of it, but with laxer and narrower scales to the involucre. The rays
are pinkish, as they sometimes are in the eastern plant. " In the mountains,
at middle elevations."

255. Aplopappus inuloides, Torr. and Gray. Subalpine, in the South Park.
256. A. (Stenotus) pygWus, Gray, Enum., PI. Parry, mixed with specimens
of an equally dwarf new species, which Dr. Lyall collected, in 1860, on the
summits of the eastern side of the Cascade Mountains, at 7500 hundred feet
above the sea. It should therefore be named A. Lyalli.| Both high alpine.

* Aster (Orthomeris) gi.aucus, Torr. and Gray, not in the general collection, is again in Parry's
sc iarate collection (No. 13). in the finest state. .

A. Fendleri, Gray, PI. Fendl. (perhaps a hispid form of A. Xutlallii,) was sparingly collected on
sand hills, on the plains, but not distributed.

fApLOPArpus Lyalli (sp. nov.): nanus, undique pruinoso-glandulosus ; caulibus J-o-pollican-
1ms foliosis monocephalis ; foliis integerrimis submembranaceis sajpius mucrunatis, radicalisms in-
ferioribusque oblongo-spathulatis sea oblaneeolatis liasi attenuatis, summis lanceolatis; nivolucri
squamis laxe imbricatis subtiiseriatis lanceolatis subsequilongis glandulnso-pubens; ligulis 16-1.0
linearibus loiigiusculis: actaenjis linearibus fere glaberriinis ; pappi albi setis ngidulis corollara
disci sequantibus. Furuia a. (Lyalli) ; invoiucri squamis omnibus lanceolatis sensim acuimnatis,

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 05

257. A. (Pyrrocoma) croceus, n. sp.* Subalpine, in the Middle Park, &c,
west of the Rocky Mountain range. 258. A. (Pyrrocoma) Fremontii. Pyrro-
coma fuliosa, Gray in Jour. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc, 5, 1843. Low mountains,
lat. 39 3 . There is a Chilian A.foliosus; wherefore, in suppressing Pyrrocoma
as a genus, the name of this most rare and well-marked species may very
properly commemorate the discoverer. 259. A. (Pyrrocoma) Parryi, Gray,
Enuin. PI. Parry. 260. Chrysopsis villosa, Nutt., with the dwarf variety,
C kispida.

261. Iva axillaris, Pursh; a broad-leaved form. 262. I. ciliata, Willd.
263. Ecriin >sv.\e (Cyclachjexa) xantiiiifolia, Gray. 264. Franseria tomen-
tosa, Gray, PI. Feudl. 265. F. Hookeriana, Nutt.

266. Lepachys columnaris, Torr. & Gr. 267. Gaillardia aristata, Pursh.
26S. Helianthella unifloea, Torr. and Gr. Fine specimens. The aoheniaare
ciliate with very long hairs ; the awns are long, slender and persistent.!
269. Helianthus pumilus, Nutt.? Parry's No. 50. 270. H. petiolaris, Nutt.

271. (& 420 of Parry.) Heliomeeismultiflora, Nutt. ; the broader-leaved form.

272. Helenium Hoopesii, n. sp., a most striking species, seeds of which were
collected near Pike's Peak in the autumn of 1859, by Mr. Thomas Hoopes,
from which plants were raised by Mr. Halliday Jackson, of Westchester, Pa.f

273. Actinella grandiflora, Torr. and Gr. ; equally fine specimens as those of
last year. 274. Actinella Richardsoxii, Torr. and Gr. 275. A. scaposa, Nutt.
var. {A. glabra, Nutt.) 276, 277. A. acaulis, Nutt., in different forms. 278.
Bahia oppositifolia, Torr. and Gr. 279. Thelesperma (Cosmidium) gracile,
Gray. 280. T. filifoliuji, Gray. 281. Villaxova chrysanthemoides, Gray.
282! Hymenopappus tenuifolids, Pursh. 283. Ch.enactis achille^folia,
Hook. Arn. ; a low form from the alpine region. 284. C. achillea;folia, var.

exterioribus paullo brevioribus; foliia parvulis, caulinis superioribus gradatim minoribus (6-3
lia. longis) acutioribus. /3. II alli: involucri squamis plerisque latioribus, extimis oblongo-lme-
Biibus diSL-um ada?quantibus ; foliis etiam caulinis magis spathulatis, summis pollicaribtis capi-
tulum adrequautibus, radicalibus bipollioaribus. Head half an inch long and wide. Ligules ex-
serted, 3 or i lines long. Appendages of the style in the disk-flowers oblong-lanceolate. Ovaries
in Hall and Harbour's plant sparsely beset with a few slender hairs ; in Dr. Lyall's glabrous.

* Aplopappus (Pyrrocoma) croceus (sp. nov.); caule ultrapedali parce foliate tnonocephalo
pi'iaium launso : foliis coriaceis glabris integerrimis haud eximie reticulars, radicalibus oblongo-
lauceolatis (cum petiolo pedalibus), caulinis lanceolatis oblongisve basi semi-amplexicaulibus;
capitulo nuilo inaximo; involucri hemisphaerici squamis ovalibus obtuslssimis muticis, interioribus
margine subscarioso-erosis; ligulis 50 et ultra longe exsertis supra croceis; ovariis breviusculis
glaberrimis ; pappo albido corollam disci adajquante. Allied to Pyrrocoma radiata, Nutt., which,
however, is probably not distinct from Aplopappus (Pyrrocoma, Hook.) carthamoides. But the
leaves are less coriaceous and reticulated ; the head naked, peduncled, and I believe nodding ; invo-
lucre au inch in diameter; the long exserted rays nearly an inch in length; the ovaries far
shorter, and the pappus white. But I have this only in flower, and P. radiata in fruit.

t The following, apparently quite distinct, new species of this genus, was sparingly collected by
Dr. Parry in Middle Bark, near the foot of Bike's Peak. I have also received a specimen from Mr.
Hall. It is distinguished by its small leaves and heads, thin and scarious chaff, and the awnless
achenia crowned with hyaline squamellse, which are resolved into a villous fringe that equals the
proper tube of the corolla in length.

Heliantiiella Parryi (sp. nov,): pedalis, hirsuta; foliis triplinerviis lanceolatis vol radicalibus
spathulatis, caulinis superioribus sublinearibus 1- 2-pollicaribus ; capitulis 2-3 parvulis brevissime
pednnculatis; receptaculi paleis tenui-scariosis apice truueato barbulatis; ovariis oblongis (exteri-
oribus saspius promisee, interioribus superne parce villoso-ciliatis) exaristatis ; paleis pappi circ. 4
latis tenuissime hyalinis in villum tubum proprium corollas adaequantem solutis. Involucre only
half an inch long; disk half an inch in breadth : ligules 7 to 9 lines long.

X Helenium Hoopesii (sp. nov.): caule valido tomentuloso sesqui-bipedali oligocephalo ; foliis
glauco-pallidis crassiusculis punctatis mox glabratis subnervatis integerrimis, radicalibus lanceo/-
lato-spathulatis in petioluni brevem alatum angustatis. caulinis oblongo-lanceolatissenii-amplexi-
caulibus ; pedunculis sursum incrassatis; capitulis pro genere maximis : involucri squamis lanceo-
latis seu linearibus ; receptaculo subgloboso ; ligulis 20-25 linean-cuneatis (pollicaribus) cum
disco aurantiacis; pappi paleis lanceolato-subulatis enerviis corolla disci paullo brevioribus
achenium sericeo-villosum wquantibus. " South Bark and west of Bike's Beak." Radical leaves
to 11 inches long, tapering into a petiole-like base or flat and winged petiole : the cauline ones
successively shorter and more dilated at the base, the uppermost 1J to 2 inches long. Disk in the
wild specimens an inch in diameter, and the numerous orange-yellow rays an inch long. Baleae
of the pappus tapering to a sharp point, but not awned. This species is one of those which go to
fill the interval between Helenium and Actinella, but is clearly of the former genus.

1SC3.]

66 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Douglasii, ( C. Douglasii, Hook, and Am.) 352. Palafoxia Hookeriana, Torr.
and Gray, with smaller heads.

285. Mach.ekanthera tanacetifolia, Nees, (Dieteria coronopifnlia, Nutt.)
286. Grindelia squarrosa, Dunal, with larger and with smaller heads. 287.
(and 425 of Parry,) Aplopappcs rpbiginosus, Torr. and Gr. 288. A. spixuloscs,

DC. 289. ToWNSENDIA GRANDIFLORA, Nutt. 290. T. SERICEA, Hook.

291. Aster (Oxytripolium) angustcs, Torr. and Gr. ( Tripolium angustum and
T. frondosum, Nutt.) 292. Linosyris (Chrysothamnus) graveolens, Torr. and
Gr. ; the form with small heads, and acute and viscid scales of the involucre.
It occurs, much better developed, in Parry's separate collection, No. 415.*

293 (and 413 of Parry,) L. (Chrysothamnds) Parryi, n. sp.f A very distinct
species, which is said to abound in the Middle Park, South Park, and all
that district; the wonder is that it has not been detected before. The spici-
form or racemose and leafy inflorescence, and the large heads with lax and
taper-pointed scales, are characteristic. 295. L. (Chrysotkamnus) viscidi-
flora, Torr. and Gr. ; the variety with broadish and hispidnlous-ciliate leaves
(L. serrulata, Torr.) ; again collected also by Dr. Parry, under his number 49.

294 (and 426 of Parry,) Guttierezia Euthamije, Torr. & Gr. 296. Macronema
discoidea, Nutt. " Blue River, west of the Rocky Mountain range." An
interesting rediscovery of a very rare plant.

297. Pectis (Pectidopsis, DC) akgustifolia, Torr. Gravelly banks of
streams.

298. Artemisia arctica, Less. (A. Norvegica, Fries) ; a more hairy form,
the same as Parry's 42, which I wrongly considered as a variety of A.
Richardsoniana. " Strictly alpine." 299. A. scopulorum, n. sp.,t a " strictly
alpine" species, allied to A. lanata, and to be compared with A. heterophylla,
Bess., which, however, is placed in the section Abrotanum, while this plant has
the woolly hairs of the receptacle as long as the flowers themselves, in which
respect it also differs from the very similar A. Richardsoniana. 300. A. Cana-
densis, Michx. 301. A glabrous form of the last, with small heads, too near
A. caudata and some forms of the next. 302. A. dracunculoides, Pursh, var.
brevifolia, and specimens with trifid leaves passing into 301. 303, 305, (also
411 and 412 of Parry). A. Ludoviciana, a form with small leaves, and also the
var. gnaphalioides. 304. A. frigida, Willd. 306. A. tridextata, Nutt.
" On the Blue River, west of the Rocky Mountain range." 307. A. filifolia,
Torr. (308. See Chenopodiaceae.)

* No. 414 of Parry's separate collection is a glabrate form of tbe same common species, of which
only traces of the close and white down remain, and the leaves and heads are larger.

t Linosyris (Chmsothamnus) ;Parryi (sp. nov.): fruticosa; ramis virgatis lanoso-dealbatis ;
foliis linearibus fere glabris BUbvisccsis, floralibus conterniibus capitula in tbyrsum angustum
congesta longe superantibus ; invi.lucro 10-15-floro cylindraceo panciscriali, squamis sublaxe
imbricatis albidis lanceolatis, omnibus (exterioribus ssepius folioso- interioribus scarioso-) attenuato-
acuminatis ; cordis tubo hirsutulo; acheniis linearibus cano-pubeseentibus. Leaves 2 to 3
inches long, 3-nerved, acute, plane, the larger ones 2 lines wide and tapering to the base. Thyrsus
narrow, often almost simply racemose or spiciform, sometimes more compound and branchy. Heads
about two-thirds of an inch long, foliose-bracteate; the bracts passing into the exterior and leafy-
tipped scales of the involucre. Receptacle, styles, viscidity, aroma, Ac, as in Chrysothamnus
generally.

% Also No. 41 of Dr. Parry's separate collection of 1S62 (not of 1S61. which is A. borealis, a very
different species.)

Artemisia (Absinthium) scopulorum (sp. nov.): casspitosa: rhizomate repente: caulibus sim-
plicissimis spithameeis: foliis albido-sericeis plerisque pinnati-3-5-sectis, eegmentis prajsertim
radicalinm tiipartitis, lobis cum foliis summis linearibus angustis; capitulis pluribus vel paucis
simplieiter racemoso-spicatis breviter pedicellatis erectis (lin. 2-3 latis), involucro hemisphserico.
squamis ovalibus extus dorso villosis margine lato scarioso atro-fusco cinctis; lana receptaculi
copiosa conllas superne longe pilosas adasquante. Var. monocephala ; caule 2-3-pollicari capitulo
Bolitario majori terminato; foliis etiam radicalibus simplieiter tripartitis vel partim 5-partitis par-
tim integerrimis linearibus. Stems sericeous-pubescent, sometimes glabrate below. Floral leaves
or bracts filiform, linear, entire, the lower surpassing the head. Pedicels a line or a line and a
half long, strictly erect. Flowers 30 or more, tipped with purplish.

\ This is 410 of Tarry's separate collection, from Middle Park; and his 409, associated with th
above, is A. cana, Pursh ; these two being the Wild Sage of Lewis and Clarke.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

309. Antennaria Carpatiiica, var. pulcherrima, Hook. A remarkable and
leafy-stemmed form.* 310. A. dioica, Gsertn., and A. alpina (female, 1-3-
cephalous), mixed. Good specimens of A. alpina were separately collected on
Mount Flora by Dr. Parry, No. 422. 311. Gnaphalium strictum, Gray in Bot.
Whippl., Exped. Pacif. R. R. Surv. 4, p. (54) 110; a less strict and many-
stemmed form. "Wet places in the mountains." 312. G. decurrens, Ives.
" Subalpine ; rare."

313 (and 423 of Parry). Brickellia grandiflora, Nutt., var. minor : foliis
profundius cordatis capitulisque minoribus ; involucri squainis aeutioribus.
314. Nardosmia sagittata, Hook., var. with very obtuse leaves, connecting
with. If. frigida. " Near Pike's Peak." 315. Liatris punctata, Hook.

316. Senecio lugens, Richards., a typical form, and others belonging to S.
fastigiatus and S. exaltatus, Nutt., but dwarf. "A common and variable
species, at all heights and in all situations, flowering from June to September."
32b*. A dwarf form of the same, nearly Parry's 21, and just Fendler's 477.
325. S. lugens, the downy state, same as Parry's 23, one of the forms of S.
exaltatus, Nutt. 317. S. amplectens, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, p. 11, No. 56,
a species which, considering the various forms under which it now occurs, was
not very well named. A new specific character is appended.! It is a sub-
alpine and alpine species.

318. S. integerrimus, Nutt. A low form; "alpine." 319. S. Solda-
nella, n. sp.J "High alpine, among rocks ; heads generally single." They
are solitary in all the specimens I have seen. 320. S. cernuus, Gray, Enum.
PL Parry, No. 52. " A common species at middle and subalpine elevations."

321. S. Bigelowii, var. Hallii.\\ "Subalpine; heads very drooping, ray less."

322. S. Fremontii, Torr. and Gr. " Alpine ;" a well-marked species. Recently
collected by Dr. Lyall on the summit of the Rocky Mountains, in lat. 49. ^

323. S. triangularis, Hook., with shorter and finer teeth to the leaves, the

* Antennaria margaritacea, Pi. Br., var. sithalpina: caule spithamseo ad subpedalem simpli-
cissimo, corymbo congesto fere capitate A singular, nearly alpine form, collected only by Dr.
Parry, No. 421.

f Senecio amplectens (Gray, 1. c.) : lana fioccosa mox decidua glabratus ; caule semi-sesquipedali
e radice perenni apice nudo 1-3-cephalo; foliis membranaceis oblongis lingulatisve aut repando
aut argutissime dentatis nunc sublaciniatis, imis basi ansrustatis vel in petiolum alatum attemiatis,
superioribus sessilibus basi (nunc lata) semiamplexicaulibus; capitulis in pedunculo gracili
nutantibus ; involucro calyculato Iaxo ; ligulis linearibus elongatis (1-2-pollicaribus) aureis;
acheniis glaberrimis.

Var. taraxacoides (S. Fremontii, \a.r.1 Gray, PI. Parry, p. 9, No. 28): vere alpinus, 4-5-polli-
caris, monoeephalus ; capitulo minori minus nutante (ligulis semi-subpollicaribus) : foliis omnibus
basi attemiatis pi. m. laciniatis. In the high and bare alpine region. This, judging from interme-
diate forms in Hall and Harbour's collection, must be regarded as a depauperate, alpine variety of
S. amplectens. Br. Parry gathered only two or three specimens, like those of the former year.

J Senecio Soldanei.la (sp. nov.) : subcaulescens, nanus, glaberrimus, subglaucus, fere semper
monoeephalus: radice fasciculato-fibrosa ; foliis crassis subtus purpureotinctis, radicalibus imisque
orbiculalis nunc subreniformibus nunc basi trinervata in petiolum longuni seu longissimum pla-
num contractis srepius denticulatis (circiter pollicem diametro), superioribus 1-2 minoribus
oblongis spathulatisve petiolo brevi dilatato ; capitulo magno (8-9 lin. lougo etlato); involucro e
squamis laneeolatis scarioso-margiuatis 1G-20 cum exterioribus 7-9 angustioribus immarginatis
laxioribus vel paullo vel dimidio brevioribus; ligulis oblongis 16-18 (flavis circiter 4 lin. longis)
discum vix superantibus ; acheniis glaberrimis. " On Gray's Peak," Br. Parry, who complimented
the describer by naming this handsome and most distinct species, S. Grayi; but the S. Grvji,
Hook., f. of New Zealand forbids this.

(J In Middle Park, Br. Parry gathered one or two specimens of what appears to be S. hydro-
philus, Nutt. '

|i Senecio Bigelowii, (Gray in Bot. Whippl. Exped. Pacif. R. R. Surv. 4, p. (55) 111), var. HaMi:
foliis fere omnibus laneeolatis cum caule pilis articulatis pubescentibus (demum glabratis), caulinis
omnibus sessilibus imisve in petiolum alatum contractis. S. megacephalus, Nutt., thus far found
only by Nuttall, has a similar pubescence, but more of it, and also on the involucre ; the scales
of the latter are narrower, the heads are radiate and erect, and the plant is dwarf.

% Senecio Fremontii, (Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 445) : totus glaber; caule simplici vel corymboso-
ramoso usque ad apicem folioso (5-15-pollicari); foliis oblongis vel obovatospathulatis carnosu-
lis plerisque Iaciniato-dentatis omnibus sessilibus, superioribus pollicaribus vel sesqui-pollicaribus,
inferioribus decrescentibus, capitulis solitariis paucisve brevissime pedunculatis erectis; involucro
campanulato (semipollieari) parce bracteato; ligulis 10-16 luteis; acheniis puberulis.

1863.]

68 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

var. /?, Torr. and Gr. Fl., verging towards the next. 324. S. axdint.s, Nutt. ?
from the locality (but the heads resemble those of the last, and are of equal
size), or an undescribed species, if Nuttall's S. andinus is Hooker's 5. serra;
intermediate between the latter and S. triangularis. Fremont collected a
single specimen of it in his second expedition. 327. S. eremophilus, Richards.
328. S. longilobus, Benth., from the plains, with pinnately-parted leaves
(Parry's No. 407) ; with a mountain form, having the leaves all entire and the
heads narrow. The latter is the same as Parry's No. 406. The variations of
S. filifolius, longilobus, spartioides and Riddellii, are now wholly inextricable.
330. S. canits, Hook., a form with large heads and the leaves all entire, the
same as Parry's No. 20 ; " alpine and subalpine." 229. S. aureus var. al-
pinus, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, No. 63. This holds its character ; but the heads
are sometimes as many as three in a corymb. Different from S. aureus as it
appears, it is inseparably connected with it through the var. borealis. 313.
S. aureus, var. alpinus, werneriwfolius,* very peculiar, truly alpine form,
which would almost anywhere be regarded as a very distinct new species ;
but I think it runs into the last and into Wright's 403, &c. These forms all
teach that S. subundus, DC, and S. resedifolius, Less., will also pass into -S".
aureus. Indeed, I know not where the species will stop. 332. S. aureus, L. ?
var. croceus. Middle Park, &c. Both Dr. Parry (who has it as No. 405) and
Mr. Hall note this as a form of the common S. aureus with copper-colored or
saffron-colored flowers, and I cannot gainsay it, after reviewing a suite of speci-
mens. Some of Hall and Harbour's specimens, except in the anomalous
color of the flowers, very much resemble *?. aquaticus of the Old World. One
form is discoid. 333. S. aureus, var. borealis and var. Balsamitce, Torr. and
Gr.; glabrate or woolly, in various forms. "A common and very variable spe-
cies, at all localities and heights, except strictly alpine. Some of the speci-
mens are passing to S. Fendleri, Gray.

334. Arnica angustifolia, Vahl. ; broad-leaved forms of A. alpina, Brest.
"A variable species, from the low middle to the alpine region, flowering early
and late." 335. A. mollis, Hook. ; "alpine and subalpine." 336. A. cor-
difolia, Hook., mixed with some A. latifolia, Bongard, (which Dr. Parry
abundantly gathered in Berthouds Pass ; No. 408 of his collection) ; the lat-
ter known by the sessile cauline leaves, the narrower heads, and the almost
glabrous achenia. 337. A. Chamissoxis, Less. South Park, &c. Passes into
leafy forms of A. angustifolia. 338. A. akgustifolia ? var. eradiata, or per-
haps a distinct species. This is Parry's No. 10, resembling some rough-hirsute
forms of A. angustifolia, approaching A. mollis, but the cauline leaves de-
creasing upwards ; and the rayless character holds in the numerous specimens
gathered in 1862: the achenia are glabrate, although the ovaries are pu-
bescent. It can hardly be a form of the Californian A. discoidea ; but it needs
farther comparison with that species.*

339. Cirsium acaule, All., var. Americanum. " Subalpine ; common in wet

* Senecio aureus, L., var. (alpinus) wernerijefolius : multieipiti-cajspitosus, primum arach-
noideus; foliis radicalibus confertis spathulato-oblanceolatis sen spathulato-Unearibus basi attenu-
ates erectis coriaceis rigidis aveniis integerrimis marginibus sajpissime revolutis inox glabratis
(cum petiolo 2-4-poll. longis 2-3 lin. latis); scapoaphyllo, (3-5-pollicari) bracteis paucis subulato-
getaceis lana obvolutis instructo corymboso-3-5-cepbalo ; capitulis, etc., S. aurei. Tbe leaves
may be likened to those of Wemeria or of Cutcitium longifolium or nivale.

The following might be thought to be a form of this, or of Wright's 403; but, besides the small
leaves, the achenia are papillose-hirsute, instead of perfectly glabrous.

Senecio Thurberi (sp. nov.); caespitosus, cano-tomentulosus mox glabrescens; foliis plerisque
radicalibus confertis angustissime linearibus basi sensim attenuatis (cum petiolo circiter pollicem
longis) rigidulis integerrimis vel obsolete 2-3-dentatis marginibus quandoque revolutis; scapo
spithamaso 3-5-cephalo foliis pci'iiaucis subulatis bracteisve instructo; capitulis fere S. aurei, sed
acheniis crebre papilloso-hirtellis 1 S. canus, var. pygmseus, Gray, in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 103.
Santa Rita del Cobre, New Mexico, Prof. Thurber, Dr. J. M. Bigelow.

t Tetrad ymia canescens, DC, the form with rather smaller heads and shorter leaves (T. inrr-
mis, Nutt.), was collected in the Middle Tark by Dr. Parry, No. 416.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

grounds." Stemless and polycephalous ; at least my specimen has four heads
nearly sessile on the crown, of equal size with those of the European plant,
with which the specimens very well agree, except that the exterior scales of
the involucre are all tipped with a manifest spine. Some of the leaves are
harely sinuate, as in the common Siberian variety ; others are nearly as
deeply pinnatifid as in the European plant. 340. C. edule, Nutt. ? so named
in Parry's former collection ; but very probably not that species. In the lack
of certain original materials, and of a complete re-examination, I could not
pretend to name the Thistles of the Rocky Mountains, Oregon, &c, and am not
disposed to add to the existing confusion. 341. C. " a white-flowered spe-
cies," between the last and C. fuliosum, (Hook.) DC, if Bourgeau's plant
from the Saskatchawan is rightly named.*

343. C. Deummondii, Torr. and Gr. Caulescent and leafy-stemmed, the ex-
terior flowers having a sparingly plumose pappus : certainly very near C.
pumilum. 342. Echixais cablimudes, Cass., var. nutans, DC. "Mountains,
at middle elevations, and subalpine ; and in fertile, open valleys of Middle
Park, where it is very common, and certainly indigenous." Ihave a specimen
of this collected by Mr. Samuels in California, which I had thought probably
an introduced plant. But it would appear to be truly American as well as
Asiatic. The specimens accord with Schrank's and with De Candolle's figures
of the Caucasian and Himalayan plant, although, perhaps, the appendages
of the involucral scales are a little more dilated.

344. Mulgedium pulchellum, Nutt. 345. Lygodesmia juxcea, Don. 346.
Stephaxomeeia euxcixata, Nutt. 347. Lygodesmia juncea, var. ? rostra1a.\
"On the plains ; Sept. ; rare." 34S. Ceepis euxcixata, Torr. and Gr. 349.
Hiebacium triste, . Willd. 350. H. albifloeum, Hook. "Subalpine, west of
the range ; rare. "J 351. Nabalus eacejiosus, Hook. " South Park ; rare ;"
a low form. 352. See above, p. 66. 353. Ceepis occidentals, Nutt. The
same as Parry's 70, omitted accidentally. 354. Teoximum glai/cum, Nutt.,
var. foliis dilatatis laciniato-pinnatifidis, segmentis lanceolato-attenuatis. Evi-
dently a form of Parry's 65. Mr. Hall notes that it "flowers in May and the
early part of June, on low mountains," and must be different from the next,
which flowers two months later in the same localities. 355. Maceoehyxchus
teoximoide.s, Torr. and Gr. (Troximon aurantiacum, Hook.); in a great variety
of forms, large and small, from a foot and a half to as many inches in
height, with entire, toothed, or laciniate-pannatifid leaves ; the size of the
heads equally variable, and with yellow, orange, chocolate-colored or purple
corollas. " Very variable at all heights, even alpine ; flowers in July and
August." The full suit of specimens show that to this clearly belongs Trox-
imon parviflorum and T. roseum, Nntt., and Macrorhynchus purpureus, Gray, PI.
Fendl. The fruit, when well developed, is rostrate, with a beak of about
equal length with the body of the the achenium. 356. Teoximox glaucum,
Nutt., var. dasycephalum, Torr. and Gr. ( T. taraxacifoiium, Nutt.) "High
alpine; seemingly different from any of the above." It is also 424 of Parry's
separate collection, from Berthoud's Pass. 357. Taeaxaccji moxtaxuji,

Cirsium eriocephalum. sp. nov., will be tli p most appropriate name for the high-alpine Thistle
which I mentioned in the Enumeration of Parry's collection, 1861, p. 9, as C.foliosum, Hook. ?
It was again collected in 1S62, nearly in single specimens, both by Mr. Hall and Dr. Tarry. It is
remarkable for the. heads of yellow 11 iwers being crowded into a < apitate cluster, as large as a man's
fist, foliose-involucrate with very spinose bracts, and clothed with long and very soft, implexed,
perhaps deciduous wool : the stem a foot or two in height, very leafy : the leaves linear, caneseent
beneath, pinnatifid, the lobes very short and crowded, armed with slender spines.

f Lygodesmia jbncea, Don., var. rostrata: aeheniis apice rustrato-attenuatis ; capitulis stepe
8-9-floris; foliis augustissime linearibus elongatis (in bisce specim. 3-4-poliicai ibus). Heads
rather larger than is usual in L.juncea ; achenia half an inch long, the tapering apex directly con-
tradicting the generic character "not contracted at the apex," as here they may tie said to be beaked.
Dr. llaydi'ii collected the same form on the Laramie Mountains. Xhe'species all need to be de-
fined anew.

% To this belongs Parry's No. 71 of the 1SG2 collection.

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Nutt., a form of T. palustre, DC. "In the mountains, at middle elevations,
in wet ground ; different from T. Densleonis, which was also met with, truly
indigenous." (In the high alpine region were collected a few specimens of
another form, viz. : of a very depauperate T. Icevigatum, DC.)

CAMPANULACE^E.
35S. Campanula rotuxdifolia, L., an ordinary form. 359. C- Langsdokf-
fiaka, Fischer ; excellent specimens of Parry's 266, exhibiting the same
characters. It is said to be " very common in the subalpine region and lower,
in wet ground." 360. C. uxiflora, L. " Pike's Peak ; high alpine. " 361.
C. aparinoides, Pursh, a depauperate form.

ERICACEAE.
362. Vaccinium myetillus, L. "Alpine and subalpine;" in flower and
fruit, connecting the small-leaved form with the ordinary European plant.
363. V. CJBSPiTOSUM, Michx. 364. Arctostaphylos Uva-Uksi. Spreng. 365.
GAULTnERiA Myrsimtes, Hook. 366. Pyrola secuxda, L. 367. P. rotunli-
folia, L., var. uliginosa, Gray. 36S. P. ciilorantha, Swartz ; a small form.
369. P. (Moxeses) uxiflora, L. 370. Kalmia glauca, L., the very dwarf
form from the " high alpine " region. 371. Pteeospora Asdromedea, Nutt.

PLANTAGINACEiE.

372. Plantago eriopoda, Torr. (For the synonymy, see Proceed. Amer.
Acad., 6, p. 55, note.) 373. Apparently the same species, with hardly any wool
at the crown, which happens in other species. ' ' High alpine, near perpetual
snow." 374. P. Patagoxica, Lam., var. gnaphalioides, Gray.

PEIMULACE.E.
375. Axdrosace filifoemis, Eetz. " Subalpine; not rare."* 376. A. sep-
textrionalis, L. "Below the subalpine region and also alpine."f 377. A.
occidentalis, Nutt. " On the plains." 202. A. Cham^ejasme, L. (A. carinata,
Torr.) High alpine on Pike's Peak, where Dr. James collected it. 378. Pri-
mula farixosa, L., var. foliis sessilibus ; umbella capitata ; calyce cylindraceo
tubuni corolke subasquante. P. dealbata, Engelm. in litt. But it exactly
accords with the left-hand figure of P.farinosa, var. Magellanica of Hooker's
Flora Antarctica (P. decipiens, Duby), and with my Antarctic specimens, ex-
cept that the calyx is perhaps a little longer, and the corolla bluish-purple.
Mr. Burke collected the same form on the ltocky Mountains farther north, but
with the tube of the corolla a little exserted. Bourgeau collected specimens
in the Saskatchawan district, having this elongated calyx-tube along with pedi-
cels of ordinary length. It is interesting thus to connect the Antarctic with
the northern forms, by specimens from the Piocky Mountains in about lat. 40.
379. P. Parryi, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, No. 311. "Alpine and subalpine ;
common." This holds its characters, except that the specimens of 1862 are
generally less luxuriant, and the divisions of the corolla less bifid ; indeed, in
some of those of Dr. Parry's later collection they are barely emarginate ; and
in a few of thein the calyx is very little glandular, and its lobes are ovate-
lanceolate. The longer pedicels of the umbel are li to 2 inches, or in fruit
even 3 inches, in length. Capsule short-ovid, half an inch long, slightly
shorter than the calyx-lobes. The thick root is said by Dr. Parry to be very

* Androsa.cejiiliform.ig, Retz., a Siberian species, of which beautiful specimens are in the collec-
tion, is now first recorded as ul the American flora. It has, however, long since been collected in
tne Rocky Mountains by Fremont, iu his first expedition (in whose report it was wrongly
named A. occidentalis, Nutt.); by Burke (ex. Herb. Hook.); and more recently by 11. Engcluiami,
in whose collection it was mistaken lor A. septentrionalis. From the latter, beyond the characters
assigned by authors, it is well distinguished by its almost hemispherical calyx, scarcely if at all
angled, and with short and flat, not fohaceous teeth.

f Dr. Farry'B 313 a of 1SC2, is the high alpine form of this.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 71

i

fragrant. Seeds of this handsome Primrose were copiously collected, from
which we may hope to have the plant in cultivation. 3S0. P. angustifolia,
Torr. 381. Dodecatheox Meadia, L., the same form as Parry's 312. 3S2.
Lysimachia ciliata, L. " Mountains at medium height." 60 and 577. Glaux
maritima, L., in flower and in fruit.

LENTIBULARIACE^E.

5S0. Utricul aria vulgaris, L. ? Without flowers. In a subalpine lake.

OROBANCHACEiE.

383. Aphyllon fasciculatusi, Torr. and Gray.

SCROPHULARIACE2E.

384. Pextstemon glaber, Pursh ; same as Parry's 260. 3S5. P. acumi-
natus, Dough, agreeing with Bentham's character "filamento sterili glabro, "
which is very rarely the case, but a very narrow-leaved variety, just P.
secundiflorus, Benth., excepting the glabrous sterile filament. " Mountains at
low and middle elevations." 386. P. acuminatus, Dough, the ordinary form
of the region (P. nitidus, Dough, P. Fendleri, Gray), Parry's 258. 390. P.
acuminatum, Dough, in some sets the common broad-leaved form, in others a
variety with still narrower leaves than Parry's 264, i. e., a form almost ex-
actly passing into P. cccruleus, Nutt., the name which may probably have to
be adopted for the combined species. "Plains; May." 3S7. P. uumilis,
Nutt., taller than Parry's 257, much larger than Nuttall's specimen. "Low
mountains, an early and pretty species." Dr. Lyall has recently collected it
in lat. 49, at the elevation of 7000 feet. 388. P. Hallii, n. sp., described
in "Revision of Genus Pentstemon," in Proceed. Amer. Acad. 6, p. 70, which
memoir see for remarks on most of these Pentstemons. This is a most beau-
tiful dwarf species, "not uncommon in the alpine region, descending into the
subalpine," the rich blue purple flowers large for the size of the plant. Dr.
Parry must have overlooked it in 1861 by confounding it with his 259 (P.
glaber, var. alpiniis,) which, externally, it much resembles, but its affinities
are with a different group. 389. P. albidus, Nutt. "Plains; flowers white."
391. P. confertus, Dough, var. purpureo-caruleus, Gray, Rev. Penst. (P. pro-
cerus, Dough) A taller form of this, with large radical leaves, was sparingly
gathered by Dr. Parry in the Middle Park. 392. P. glaucus, Graham ? var.
stenosepalus, Gray, Rev. Penst. p. 70; the No. 262 of Parry. "South Park
and Pike's Peak; alpine and subalpine." 393. P. c.espitosus, Nutt., Gray,
Rev. 1. c, p. 66. "South Park, at middle elevations." "Near the Upper
Platte, first found by Mr. J. Harbour." Parry. A neat and very dwarf spe-
cies, named by Nuttall, but unpublished, having been confounded with P.
pumilus. 394. P. pube.-cens, Soland., var. gracilis, Gray, 1. c. P. gracilis,
Nutt. 395. P. barbatus, Nutt., var. Torreyi, Gray. 396. P. Harbourii,
n. sp., Gray, Rev. Penst. p. 71. "Mount Breckenridge on Blue River, west
of the main range, in the high alpine region near perpetual snow." A very
distinct and dwarf species, named after its discoverer. 397. Chionophila
Jamesii, Benth. High alpine, Pike's Peak, &c. Ripe seed having been
collected, we may hope that this most rare and interesting plant may become
known in cultivation.

398. Mimulus luteus, L.* 399. M. Jamesii, Torr., var. Fremontii, Benth.;
apparently a form of M. glabratus, HBK. 400. M. floribuxdus, Dough
401. M. ritbellus, Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 116 : but the limb of the
corolla apparently yellow. "Subalpine; scarce." The same plant occurs
in Dr. Lyalhs collection on our northwestern boundary, from the Cascade

* M. luteus, L. var. ai.pin'us ; caulibus 3-pollicaribus 6 basi ilecambente vel repcnte 1-3-floris;
fyliis plensque sessilibus subinte^errimis. Alpine region, 135a cull. I'arry. 1862. Very glab-
rous. Farther north, Dr. Lyall colluoted a similar, but pubiM'uIent and smaller-leaved variety.

1863.]

72 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

i
Mountains, 402. Collixsia farvifolra, Nutt. 80. Limosella aquatica, L.
Apparently just the European plant. "Low mountains." (403, 404. See
Polernoniace?e.)

405. Stnthtris flantaginea, Benth. Parry's 254, with a little P. alpina,
Gray, Parry's 255.* 40G. Veronica serpyllifolia, L., an elongated form.
407. V. alpina, L. 40S. V. Americana, Schweinitz.

409. Castilleia beeviflora, Gray, Enum. PL Parry, No. 243, and p. (338)
45. Euchroma, Nutt. " Hi^h alpine." 410. C. Integra, Gray. 411. C. pal-
lida, var. miniata, Kunth., Gray, 1. c, (often with laciniate leaves,) with a
dwarf form of C. pallida having purple bracts, Parry's 239 t 412. C. pal-
lida, the C. septentrionalis, Lindl. 4l3. Oiithocarpus luteus, Nutt. 414.
Pedicularis racemosa, Benth. " Subalpine ; common in pine woods."
415. P. crenulata, Benth., in DC. Prodr. " Subalpine and alpine, South
Park." This species was known only from very poor specimens col-
lected by Fremont. These are good ones, but of a more dwarf and alpine
form ; stems only 6 to 9 inches high, glabrate, except some decurrent
lines of pubescence ; the leaves smaller and narrower. Corolla in the dried
specimens of a deep violet-purple. 416. P. Canadensis, L. "In the moun-
tains of middle elevation ; " not before known in this region. 417. P. brac-
teosa, Benth. 418. P. procera, Gray, Enum. PL Parry, No. 252. 419. P.
Grcenlandica, Retz. P. surrecta, Benth., varying from 4 to 16 inches high,
and also in the length of the beak. 420. P. Parryi, Gray, PL Parry, No. 251.
421. P. Sudetica, Willd. var. Like the specimens of the preceding year;
and Dr. Parry also collected a more dwarf state. "Flowers red." 422.
Rhinaktuus Crista-galli, L., var. minor.

LABIAT.E.

423. Hedeoma hispida, Pursh. 424. H. Drummondii, Benth. 425. Mentha
Canadensis, L., var. glabrata. 426. Salvia trichostemoides, Pursh. Proba-
bly a form of 5. lanceolata, for which Bentham takes it. 427. S. Pitcheri,
Torr. 42s. Monarda aristata, Nutt. 429. Lopuanthcs anisatus, Benth.
430. DRAcocErHALrit paevifloeuji, Nutt. 431. Scutellaria resinosa, Torr. :
pubescent and glabrate forms. 432. S. GALERicrLATA, L.

BORRAGINAC2E.

433. Echinospeemcm Redowskii, Lehm., and a depauperate, diffuse or pro-
cumbent form of Eritriciiicm Californicum, DC. 434. Erjtrichu'm crassi-
sepalum, Torr. and Gr. ; the specimens hispid with rough, spreading hairs,
and the aohenia granulate, and also a more upright and narrower-leaved
species, with pointed and smooth achenia, the same as Fendler's 635, named
by Torrey E. micranthum, sp. nov., and afterwards in my herbarium referred
to E. angustifolium, Torr., which it hardly is. I think it is also Uryptanthus
hispidus, Nutt., ined. 435. E. Jamesii, Torr. Very well marked by the
smooth ami acute-angled achenia, the section of each just a quadrant of a
circle. 436. Heliotlopium (Euplcca, Nutt.,) convolvllaceum, Gray. 192.
H. Curassavicum, L. Doubtless indigenous. 437. Echino.-pekmum florj-
bukdum, Lehm. 438. Eritrichu'M glomeeattm, DC. ; a fine virgateform, like
Fairy's 288, and a form with shorter and more branched inflorescence.
(439, see Hydrophyllacere.) 440. E. aretioides, DC. Beautiful specimens,
like those of Parry's 278 in 1861 ; some of them Aretia-like, and only an
inch high ; others with elongated flowering stems two inches high. While

*The latter, again copiously collected by Dr. Parry, in the high alpine region, holds its charac-
ters. (The leaves are sometimes rotund-ovate and manifestly cordate.) But a suae <jf specimens
supplied by Mr. Hall shows gradations between the two.

f Parry's i'40. again sparingly collected in the alpine region, is a similar form rf C. pallida, with
a short galea and bright red bracts, occasionally parti-colored with white: his 2i2 a dwarf, pale,
alpine foim, C. occidtittalit } Torr.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

the scanty remains of the fruit of the former collection were analogous to that
of E. nanum var. Terglovense, DC, well-formed fruit of the present collec-
tion is nearly as E. villosum is described and figured, having an inflexed mar-
gin with ciliate-spinulose teeth, thus lending confirmation to Dr. Hooker's
view. And the back is almost as concave as in an Omphalodes. It will thus
apparently take the name of E. villosum var. aretioides. 441. Lithosperjium
pilosum, Nutt. ; same as 295 of Parry. 442. Mertensia Sibirica, Don., non
DC. Small form, exactly the Pdlmonaria ciliata, Torr. Dr. Parry, as be-
fore (28;3), collected large forms, and now some with the leaves more glau-
cescent beneath. 443. MertensiA alpina, Don. Pdlmonaria alpina, Torr.
Barely a span high. 444. A very dwarf and hirsute form of the last, the sepals
strikingly ciliate with long hirsute hairs, from South Park. These two num-
bers, and additional still dwarfer specimens of Parry's No. 286, induce me
now to refer the latter (along with M. Drummondii) to 31. alpina. 445. M.
alpina, Don., var. ; the loosely paniculate, small-flowered form, Dr. Parry's
234, mixed in my set with M. Fexdleri, Gray, Rev. Mertens., in Suppl. Euum.
PI. Parry, p. 46 (339) ; the latter, perhaps, runs into the former, but it is
readily known by the barely 5-cleft, calyx ; the lobes only equalling or shorter
than the tube.

HYDROPHYLLACEJE.

439. Phacelia circinata, Jacq. 446. P. Popei, Torr. and Gray. "Flowers
white." 447. P. (Eutoca) sericea, Gray.

POLEMONIACEiE.

448. Polemonium cjerpleum, L. A very viscid-pubescent and glandular va-
riety ; same as Parry's 275, and, (except that the stem is very leafy to the
top,) Geyer's 530, and Fendler's 645. "Low and middle elevations.'' 449.
P. CffiRULEUM, L., answering to the plant of the Old World, except that the
seeds are more or less wing-margined at each end ; so it is the var. ? ptero-
spcrma, Benth. in DC " Subalpine, in swampy places." 450,451. P.
confertum, u. sp.* P. pulckerrh/ium in Euum. PL Parry, No. 274, but not of
Hook. '-High alpine, and at lower elevations." 452. P. pulchellum,
Bunge ; just the Altai plant ; and also accords with some of Hooker's speci-

* Pilem) 'r'/u onpsbtum 'sp. mv.): huti'le (3-1-p6Uicare) pi. m. vissoso glandulosum, odorem
moschatum rcdolens: foliolis numerosissimis parvia (lj 5 lin. longis) ovalibus seu lineari-oblongis
plerisque irregulariter verticillato seufaseiculato-conjiertis (nempe singulis 2-3-sectis) ; floribus ad
apieem caulis simpliois capitato-confertis nutantibus; ralyeis segmentis linceolatis acntis tubo ob-
lotigo brevioribus: corolla infundUmliformi (ssepius pollicari) calycem bis terve Buperante, Libia
r dun latis tubo 2-5-plo brevioribus. Var. a. (P. pulcherrimum, Gray, Enum. PL Parry, non
Hoot.): capUulo florum deriso, fruetif.-ro arete spicat > ; corollae lste ceeruleae limbo amplo. Hull
an! Harbnir coll. 450; strictly alpine Var. 0. mei.li vm: floribus ia spicam laxioretn foliosum
digestis nunc subpanieulatis odorem melliaspirantibus; c irolla ant eajrulea ant ssepius ochroleuca,
lobis minoribus mbo productive ?-4-plo brevioribus. In crevices of rocks, wholly below the
alpine region. Leaves exahng the musky odor of var. a; the flowers with a delicious honey-
like fragrance. Hall and Harbour, coll. 451. In the present condition of the species of Polemonium,
I could not venture to add another to the list, if the present were notshown, by the fine suite of
specimens now collected, to be a most distinct one It is probably (at least in the var. a) the very
handsomest of the genus; and, as ripe seeds were collecti-d, it may be brought into cultivation. I
cannot doubt Ibattbetwo varieties are of one species. The ampler limbof thecorollaof var.a (when
fully expanded Sometimes ten or eleven lines in diameter,) often renders the funnel-form tube less
conspicuous; but this form passes by gradations into those of var. /3, in which the narrow tube of the
Corolla (9 or 10 lines 1 nig) three or four times exceeds the smaller lobes. Indeed, this connects Po-
lem mium as closely with Tpom opsis as the latter is eonne 'ted with true Gilii. A high alpine form of
var.a was collected by Dr. Lyall in the Rocky Mountains farther north, lat. 49, at the height of
8000 feet, having the verticillate leaflets o| the species, but a less exserted corolla. It was taken
for P. viscosum-, Nutt.; but the minute leaflets of the latter are not verticillate or fascicled
although much crowded, and its calyx and corolla are quite different, allying it to P. pulchellum.
I make small account of the ovules, finding them to vary widely in number in 1'ffeiuut (lowers
of the same inflore- ence; but in var. a, I have counted a dozen in each eeli , in var. /3, usually
only 4 to 6. The anthers are more oblong than in P. Cieruleum. Bewate of the change of shape
which the effete anthers undergo: when dry, they are short-oval, when soaked they become
elongated-oblong, as P. Richardsonii is figure 1 in Bot. Mag. In like manner those of P.'cxruUum
change from rotund to short-oblong.

1863.] 6

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

mens of P. pulcherrimum ; both of which, -with F. capitatum, etc, do seem to
pass into Arctic forms of P. cceruleum. 453. Phlox Docglash, Hook. 454.
P. humilis, Dougl. ? 455. P. Hoodii, Richardson. 403. Collomia gracilis,
Dougl. 404. C. linearis, Nutt. 456. Gilia pinnatifida, Nutt. ined. 457.
G. inconspicoa, Dougl. 458. G. longiflora, Benth. (Cantua longiflora, Torr.)
459. G. aggregata, Spreng. ( G. pulchella, Dougl.) With wbite as well as red
flowers. 460. G. spicata, Nutt., in PI. Gamb. The same as 271 of Parry's
collection. 461. G. congesta, Hook, var. ? with the leaves mostly entire.
"Alpine." (462. Chamcerhodos erer.ta. See Rosacea?.) 463. Gilia (Lepto-
dactylon) pungexs, Benth., from which G. Hooker i scarcely if at all differs.

CONVOLVULACE^].

464. Cuscuta arvensis, Beyrich, var. pentagona, Engelm., a form with a
small calyx. 579. Evolvulus argenteus, Pursh.

SOLANACEiE.

465. Solanum rostratum, Dun. 466. Physalis lobata, Torr., a form with
the leaves little lobed; the corolla purple or blue. 467. Solanum triflorum,
Nutt.

GENTIANACE^.

468, 469. Gentiana affinis, Griseb. ;* the former a more condensed form ;
the latter is 439 of Parry's separate collection. " Common in the subalpine
region." 470. G. Parryi, Engelm. f, a form with narrower leaves than Dr.
Parry's specimens of the preceding year. "Subalpine." 471. G. detonsa,
Griseb., which Dr. Engelmann, with reason, reduces to a variety of G. crinita.%
472. G. fkigida, Hsenke, var. algida, Griseb.: most beautiful specimens of
Parry's 305, so new to this country. 473. G. acuta, Michx.; iu various
forms ; perhaps in some sets with a little of the too nearly related G. tenuis.
474. G. HUMiLis,Stev. 475. G. prostrata, var. Americana, Engelm. 476. Swer-
tia perennis, L. 477. Pleurogyne rotata, Griseb. II "South Park, sub-
alpine." 553. Frasera .speciosa, Dougl.

ASCLEPIADEJE.

478. Asclepias brachystephana, Torr. ; a dwarf form of this rare species,
collected on the plains. 479. A. speciosa, Torr. (A. Douglasii, Hook.)

* Gentiana affinis, Gris. genuine, ; caule viresoente; bracteis calycem fere axjuantibus; calyiis
lobis insequalibus tubum longiorem integrum sen vaiius spathacseo-fissum subrequantibus ; corolla
anguste elavata pallide coerulescente.

Gentiana affinis, var. brachycalyx: caule purpurascente ; bracteis florum superiorum brevia-
simis; calycis tubo abbreviate truncato seu brevissime dentate lobatove ; corolla majore subven-
tricosa azurea.

This form has the appearance of a distinct species, but the characters taken from the calyx
are variable; besides, Dr. Parry has bent specimens of it with a more distinctly lobed calyx.
Other specimens collected by Mr. H. Engelmann, on Sweet Water River, have either an entire or
a semispathaceous calyx, with lobes of different proportions ; his specimens show many ascendiDg
stems growing from a large root, with numerous yellowish fleshy fibres. G. Engelmann.

f Gentiana Pakrti, Eng., a narrow-leaved farm. Dr. Parry informs me- that the narrow-leaved
varieties are often one-flowered, and their stems single, while the broader-leaved form (coll. Parry,
1861,No. 304) usually occurs in bunches ; the boat-shaped bracts, the small calyx lobes, and the bifid
folds of the corolla are never wanting, and distinguish it readily from the allied G. calycosa. G. E.

% Gentiana barbellata, Engelm. in Trans. Acad. St. Louis, 2, t. 11 (ined.). is Dr. Parry's 440, a
truly alpine, dwarf and very beautiful species, closely related to G. crinita, ciliata, &c.

\ On examination of a series of specimens, Dr. Engelmann is inclined to view G. tenuis, Griseb.
as an extreme form of G. acuta, and also to adopt the conclusions of those who regard the latter
as specifically identical with G. Amarella of the Old AVorld. He adds the following note.

Gentiana acuta, Michx. Undoubtedly an American subspecies of 6. Amarella. Messrs. Hall
and Harbour have sent a large suite of specimens, which, together with Dr. Parry's (1861, Nos. 307
and 309), show an extreme variability in size, manner of branching and arrangement of flowers,
shape and size of leaves, proportion of calj'x, size and color of corolla and size of seeds. 67. Engel-
mann.

| Dr. Engelmann remarks upon this, 1st. That the ovules cover the whole surface of the ova-
rian cavity; 2d. That the structure of the corolla is that of Swertia, the nectarian glands at the
base of the segments of the corolla being surrounded by a petaloid funnel with fringed edges; so
that the curious lateral stigma principally separates the genus from Swertia.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 75

"On low mountains." 480. A. ovalifolia, Decaisne, Gray, Man., 1862, var.
481. A. verticillata, L., a common dwarf variety of the region, only three or
four inches high.

NYCTAGINACEiE.
482. Oxybaphps angustifolips, Sweet ; the same as Fendler's 745. 483.
0. nyctagineus, Sweet, with the upper leaves nearly sessile ; both glabrous
and hirsute forms. 572. Abronia fragrans, Nutt. 573. A. cycloptera, Gray.

CHENOPODIACEiE.
484. Obione argentea, Moq. The same as 574 of Wright, and 708 of Fend-
ler. 485. Chenopodipm hybridpm, L. " Low mountains ; rare." 486. Mon-
olepis Nuttalliana, Moq. (487. See Amarantacese. ) 488. Chenopodina
depressa, perhaps also C. prostrata, Moq. " South Park, and on the plains."
The root is annual. 489. C. maritima, var. erecta, Moq. 308. Obione canes-
cens, Moq.

AMARANTACEJE.
487. Frozlichia (Oplotheca, Nutt.) Floridana, Moq. "Sand hills, on the
plains."*

POLYGONACE^E.

490. Polygonum Bistorta, L., var. oblongifolium, Meisn. 491. P. vivi-
parpm, L. 492. P. tenpe, Michx., in several varieties, one of them (Parry's
No. 322a of 1862) from the alpine region, only two or three inches high, with
oblong or oblong-lanceolate leaves, appears to be to P. tenue what P. avicidare,
var. nanum, Boiss., is to the ordinary P. avicidare.\ 493. P. coarctatum,
Dougl., var. minus, Meisn.; a depauperate form? "Blue River, on the
western slope of the Rocky Mountains." 494. Oxyria digyna, R. Br. 495.
Rumex venosus, Pursh. 496, 498. R. salicifolips, Weinm. 497. R.
maritimus, L. " Subalpine, and on the plains of Nebraska." 499. R.
longifolius, DC. (i?. Hippolapathum and R. domesticus, Fries. Extends into
the mountains; very common. 500. Eriogonum alatpm, Torr. 501. E.
annudm, Nutt. 502. E. effpspm, Nutt., with rose-colored flowers. 503. E.
cernupm, Nutt. 504. E. umbellatpm, Torr. , both with straw-colored (Parry's
318,) and. with deep yellow flowers (Parry's 315). 505. E. flavum, Nutt., a
low form from the alpine region, and a large variety (var. crassifolium, Benth. )
from a less elevated region.

ELvEAGNACE^E.

506. Shepherdia Canadensis, Nutt. "Subalpine pine woods."

SANTALACE.E.

507. Comandra pallida, var. angustifolia, A. DC. C. angustifolia, Nutt.,
ined.

LORANTHACE^E.

574. Arceuthobium campylopodum, Engelm. Probably only A. Amerieanwn,
Nutt.

EUPHORBIACE^.

508. Euphorbia marginata, Pursh. 509, (also 438 of Parry) E. Montana,
Engelm. 510. E. dictyosperma, Fisch. and Mey, 511. E. hexagona, Nutt.

* On the plains, in similar situations, Mr. Hall collected Amblcgyne (Sarratia) Torrci/i, Gray, in
Proceed. Amer. Acad., 5, p. 169, the narrow form, noted in H. Engelmann's collection. Parry'6 No.
323, referred doubtfully to Montelia, is probably the male of this.

t Dr. Engelmann, in a letter, referring all the forms of No. 492 to P. tenue, arranges them as
follows: " Var. a. commune: majus; nucibus majoribus (sesquilineam longis). p. microspermum :
minus, gracilius; nucibus vix lineam longis. y. latifolidm; humile ; foliis oblongis ; spicis coarr-
tatis ; bracteis superioribus (aristo destitutis) muticis. Meisner, in the Prodromus. is wrong in
saying that the nuts are subopaque or rough on the edge; they are perfectly smooth and shining
with concave sideB and an acumination."

1863.]

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

512. E. petaloidea, Engelin., with the small-flowered form named E. polyclada
by Boissier. 513. E. Fendleri, Torr. and Gray; the inappendiculate form.
514. Ckoton (Hendecandra) muricatum, Nutt. 309. Tragia ramosa, Torr.

CUPULIFERiE.
515. Quercus Douglasii, var. Neo-Mexicana, A. DC. 516. Corylus ros-
trata, Ait.

BETULACE^I.
517. Betula glandulosa, Michx. "Subalpine." 518. B. paptracea,
Michx., var,, called B. alba, var. glutinosa inParry's Enumeration. 519. Alnus
viridis, Ait.

SALICACEiE.

520. Salix arctica, R. Br. 521. S. reticulata, L. This and the last are
high alpine species. 522. S. rostrata, Richards. (6\ vagans, Anders.)
523. S. glauca, L. " Subalpine." 524. S. cordata, Muhl., or vitellina, L.
525. Poptlus angustifolia, Torr. " Foot of the mountains." 526. P. bal-
samifera, L., var. candicans. "Subalpine; rather rare." 527. P. tremu-
loipe<, Michx.

CONIFERiE.

525. Pixus toxdeeosa, Dough ; Engelm. in Enum. PI. Parry, Suppl., p.
(39; 332. 529. P. flexilis, James ; Engelm., 1. c. 530. P. aristata, Engelm.
I.e. 531. P. contorta, Dough ; Engelm., 1. c. 532. P. edulis, Engelm. 533.
Abies Menziesii, Lindl. 534. A. Douglasii. Lindl.

ORCHIDACE^S.

535. Platantheea hyperborea, Lindl. 536. P. obtusata, Lindl. 537.
Calypso borealis, Salisb. 538. Cypripedium parviflorum, Salisb. 539.
Spieanthes gemmipaea, Lindl., from South Park, in the Rocky Mountains,
(and one or two specimens were collected by Dr. Parry on South Clear Creek,
July, No. 441) ; quite resembling the Irish plant in aspect and in the label-
lum, etc., but the sepals rather narrower and less blunt, mixed (in my set)
with taller specimens, from the plains, of a narrow-leaved form of S. cernua,
having very large nipple-shaped calli on the base of the labellum. The la-
beilum of the former, when flattened out, is in outline ovate or ovate-oblong,
with a narrowed subapical portion below the cordate-rotund erose-crisped
summit. The forms of 5. cornua, or the species allied to it, are thus far quite
inextricable. The present Rocky Mountain specimens are exceedingly inter-
esting, whether absolutely identical or not with the much-vexed and isolated
S. gemmipara. They have not the long-acuminate bracts of S. Roman,
zovlana, of which my specimens are too young to allow a comparison of the
Mowers.

ALISMACE^E.

540. Triglochin palustre, L. 541. T. maritimum, L. Both from the moun-
tains.

IRIDACE^E.

542. Iris tenax, Dough? "Subalpine, and at lower elevations ; common."
This, now collected in flower, we had in fruit, collected on the Laramie Moun-
tains by Dr. Hayden. and at Bridger's Pass by Mr. H. Engelmann. Thespathe
is more scarious and the capsules larger than in /. tenax.

LILIACEiE, inch Smilaceje, Melaxtiiace^e, etc.

543. Streptopus amplexifolius, DC. 544. Smilacina stellata, Desf.
545. Allium stellatum, Fraser. 546. A. Sch<enoprasum, L. 547. A. cer-
nuum, Roth. 548. Leucocrinum montanum, Nutt. 549. Calochortcs venus-

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. j /

tus, Benth. ex Torr. 550. Zygadenus glaucus, Nutt. 551. Amianthium
Nuttallii, Gray. 552. Lloydia serotixa, Reich. "Pike's Peak, in the
alpine region." (553. See Gentianaceze. )

JUXCACE/E.

554. Luzula spicata, DC, var. near L. Peruviana ; the same as 392 of Dr.
Parry. 555. L. pakvifloka, DC. 556. L. comosa, E. Meyer (with a little
L. campestris). 557. Juncus triglcmis, L. 558. J. articulates, L., var.
jielocarpus, Gray, Man. 559. J. bufonius, L. " Subalpine." 560. J. CAS-
taneus, Sm., an alpine form, the same as Parry's 358. 561, 562. J. Alienors,
Willd., var. gracilis, Hook. ? Alpine and subalpine. The same as Parry's
360. It appears like a depauperate and attenuated form of J. arcticus ; hut
as most of the cauline sheaths are leaf-bearing, it is probably of a distinct
species, so far as I know, yet undescribed. Dr. Lyall collected it, as well as
the true J. arcticus, in the Cascade Mountains, farther north. 563. J. arc-
ticus, Willd., proper, with leafless sheaths and more less attenuated stems.
564. J. xiphioides, E. Meyer. Well marked by its flattened stems as well as
leaves. It was also collected in this region by Fendler (858), H. Engelmann,
and in the Rocky Mountains, farther north, by Bourgeau. 565. J. ensifolius,
Wikstr. This has " terete flaccid culms." 566. J. Menziesii, R.Br.; the
same as Parry's 361 so named, Fendler's 857, Wright's 1924, and Coulter's
SOS, the var. Califomicus, Hook, and Arn. Probably an unpublished species.
567. J. Bakhcus, Willd.

568 580. Various Dicotyledonous plants, enumerated above under their
respective orders.

CYPERACEiE.

581. Fimbristylis laxa, Vahl. 582. Scirpus pauciflorus, Lightf., which
Drummond had formerly collected in the Rocky Mountains, and which has
been detected at several points along the northern frontier of the United
States. 583. S. cjespitosus, L. Also subalpine. 584. Cyperus Scuweikitzii,
Torr. "Low mountains, lat. 39."

585 620. Carices here given from the determination and notes of Dr.
Boott:

585. Carex atrata, L. (ovata) : spicis 3 oblongis (inferioribus pedunculatis
parce masculis) atro-purpureis ; perigyniis floriferis glauco-viridibus. 586. C.
atrata : spicis contiguis ovatis crassis, inferiori subsessili ; perigyniis flori-
feris margine viridibus squamis atropurpureis demum ferrugineis suba?qui-
longis. Vide Parry, 389. 577. C. atrata (kigra) : spicis subrotundis con-
gests vel infima discreta sessilibus ; perigyniis ovalibus vel ellipticis cylin-
drico-rostratis superne praecipue ad margines rostri dentatis ; stig. 2-3. Gra-
cilior, altior quam pi. Helvetica rostroque longiore, perigyniis pallidis.
Eadem ac Parry, 383. 588. C. atrata, L. and C. rigida, Good., mixed.
589. Carex festiva, Dewey. 590. C. festiva, Dewey ; young.

591. Carex Bonplandii, Kunth. ? var. minor : perigyniis rarissime ad mar-
gines scabris. See Couthouy's specimens from the Andes of Quito.

592. Carex muricata, L. ? with smaller perigynia, like Fendler's No. 8S4,
in part. 593. C. siccata, Dewey. 594. C. disticha, Huds. (C. Sartwellii,
Dewey.) 595. C. Gayana, Desv., Boott, 111., t. 411. 596. C. Deweya.na
Schw. 597. C stexophylla, Wahl.

598, 599. Kobresia scirpina, Willd., or perhaps with some K. caricixa,
Willd.

600. Carex Douglasii, Boott. Here, as in all other collections, in flower
only. 601. C. tenella, Schk. 602. C. cahbscens, L. 603. C. polytri-
choides, Muhl.

604. Carex filifolia, Nutt., var. culmo validiori ; perigyniis plano-trique-
tris glabris margine serrulatis ; - quamis minus late scariosis ; rhacheola ut in

1863.]

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

forma typica. 605. C. filifolia, Nutt. ; the ordinary form. [Parry's 442 is
a high alpine form of the same species.]

606. Carex obtusata, Lil. 607. C. pauciflora, Lightf. 608. C. Pyrenaica,
Wahl. 609. C. nigricans, C. A. Meyer. 610. C. scirpoidea, Michx. 611.
C. Geyeri, Boott. 612. C. Backii, Boott. 613. C. capillaris, L.

614. Carex longirostris, Torr., var. minor ; culmo brevi ; spicis abbrevi-
atis ; rostro breviore. 615. C. ampullacea, L. (utriculata, Boott.) 616. C.
Jamesii, Torr. and C. angpstata, Boott, mixed. 617. C. Parryana, Dewey.
Some specimens have two spikes, the terminal masculine ; others have either
one or two spikes, both wholly feminine. 618. C. alpina, Sm. ( Vahlii,
Schk.) 619. C. Bctxbaumii, Wahl. 620. C. Rgssii, Boott.

GR AMINES*

621. An ambiguous and undetermined Grass, between Festuca and Melica.
622. Danthoxia sericea, Nutt. [Z>. unispicata, Munro, ined., is a reduced form
of this, to which belongs Geyer's No. 189.] 623. Avena striata, Michx.
624. Calamagrostis sylvatica, DC. 625. Trisetum subspicatum, Beauv.,
with a remarkable open-panicled form. 626. Stipa viridula, Trim, the S.
parviflora, Nutt. 627. Aira c^espitosa, L., two forms ; the smaller and more
alpiue of which is the var. arctica [Deschampsia brevifolia, R. Br.) ; the larger is
intermediate between that and the ordinary form of the species. Parry's 367
of 1862 connects the two.

628. Hierochloa borealis, R. and S. 629. Glyceria aquatica, Smith.
630. G. (Heleochloa) airoides, Thurb., the Poa airoides, Nutt.

631. Vilfa tricholepis, Torr. ; a remarkable species, which it may be
necessary upon further study to remove from the genus. 632. Muhlenber-
gia pungens, n. sp.f 633. Eriocoma cuspidata, Nutt. 634. Oryzopsis
micrantha ; Urachne micrantha, Trin. A very distinct species, differing from
O. Canadensis, Torr., in its elongated panicle, smaller spikelets, glabrous
paleae, and much longer awn. 635. Graphephorum? flexttosum, n. sp.J
636. Bouteloua oligostachya Torr. 637. Buchue dactyloides, Engelm.
leria, Nutt.) ; the staminate plant only. 638. Mcnroa squarrosa, Torr.

639. Spartina gracilis, Trin. ; the name wrongly attributed to Hooker by
Steudel ; it is S. junciformis, Engelm. and Gray, PL Lindl. 1, No. 207.

640. Brizopyrum spicatum, Hook, var. strictum.

641. Sporobolus asperifolius, Nees and Meyen. 642. Muhlenbergia
gracillima, Torr. 643. Sporobolus ramulosus, HBK. 644. Leptochloa
fascicularis, Gray ; a remarkable and large form ; which has been by seve-

* By Prnf. George. Thurber. On account of illness, Prof. Thurber has been prevented from study-
ing these Grasses as thoroughly as could be wished. A more critical account of some of them may
be expected hereafter.

f- Muhlenbergia pcngens (Thurber, sp. nov.) : culmo e rhizomate repente 1-li-pedali foliisque
rigidis convolutis pungentibus patentibus (1-1 i poll, longis haud lineam latis) minute pubescenti-
bus, ligula brevi ciliata ; paniculse 3-4-pollicaris radiis solitariis dissitis basi nudis fasciculatim ramo-
sls; pedicellis capillaribus scabris spiculis (cum arista 2j lin. longis) pluries longioribus; glumis
fere aequalibus acuminatis vel seta apiculatis flore dimidio brevioribus; callonudo rudimento mini-
mo przedito; palea inferiori scabra acuta in aristam asperam semi-vel sublineam longam pro-
ducta. superiori subeequilonga, nervis excurrentibus bisetiferis; staminibus 3. A striking spe-
cies, with very pale green foliage, and a purplish panicle. Collected also by Mr. H. Engelmann in
Nebraska, and by Dr. J. S. Newberry in Ives' Colorado Expedition.

% Graphephorum? flexuosum (Thurber, sp. nov.): culmo tripedali lmvi; vaginis internodia
superantibus annulo pilorum pro ligula instructis; foliis sesquipedalibus 2 lin. latis setaceo-
acuminatis ; panicula laxiflora, radiis sparsis (infimis diatantibus ciro. 4 poll, longis) inferne nudis
in ramulos pancos capillares solutis; pedicellis spiculis ovatis compressis 3-6-floris) 2^-3 lin. longis)
duplo vel quadruplo longioribus; glumis mombranaceis uninerviis aoutis spicula dimidio brevi-
oribus; palea inferiori earinata trinervi (nervis latoralibus prominontibus) scabro-pubescente apico
eroso-denticulata cum mucrone basi villifera, superiori subaequilonga eximie bicarinata bidentata.
Stam. 3. Ovarium stipitatum. Squamulae 2, oblique truncatae. Caryopsis libera. Dr. J. M. Bige-
low collected this Grass several years ago on the Canadian River. It is doubtfully referred to Gra-
phephorum as that genus is defined by Dr. Gray in the Proceedings of the Botanical Society of
Canada. But the joints of the rhachis are very short, and the tuft of hairs seems rather to belong
to the palea.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

ral western collectors, but I am unable to distinguish it specifically from the
plant of the Atlantic States. 645. Tricuspis purpurea, Gray. 646. Stipa
Mongolica, Turcz. (Plilagroslis Mongolica, Griseb. in Ledeb., Fl. Ross.) I have
no specimen by which to confirm this determination, but it accords so well
with the description, except as to size, as to leave little doubt.* This makes
the third species with a plumose awn found in our territory.

647. Sporobolus airoides, Torr. 648. S. cryptandrus, Gray, same as 945
of Fendler. 649. Calamagrostis stricta, Trin., with some C. sylvatica
intermixed. 650. Kceleria cristata, Pers., a very attenuated form. 651.
Andropogon argenteus, DC. (A. Jamesii and A. glaucus, Torr.) 652. Aris-
tida purpurea, Nutt. ; the form called A. Fendleriana by Steudel. 653. Pas-
palum setaceum, Michx.

654. Elymus near condensatus, Presl. and apparently E. triticoides,
Nutt., mixed. 655. Triticum repens, L., var. [656. T. caninum, L. var.,
the same as Parry's 381, named T. segilopoides in the coll. of 1861, but wrongly :
along with attenuated T. repens, L. 657. T. ^gilopoides, Turcz., A. gropy-
rum divergens, Nees.]

658. Beckmannia eruc^formis, Host. 659. Sporobolus airoides, Torr.
660. Vilfa depauperata, Torr. This was described from an extremely re-
duced form of a very variable species, of which V. utilis, Torr., is an attenu-
ated state. 661. V. cuspidata, Torr. Like others of the genus, this presents
great differences in the relative length of the glumes and paleae.

662. Glyceria pauciflora, Presl. 663. Catabrosa aquatica, Beauv.
664. Muhlenbergia gracilis, Trin. 665. Festuca ovina, L., var. duriuscula,
Gray. 666. F. rubra, L.; very young. 667. F. scabrella, Torr.? Perhaps
a very narrow-leaved form of this species, of which specimens collected by
Dr. Bigelow in New Mexico are the opposite extreme.

668. Poa near P. nemoralis, L. It is 375 of Parry. 669. P. andina, Nutt.
in herb. Acad. The Poas of this collection, including some undistributed
specimens, present several puzzling forms, which can be accurately deter-
mined only by a much more thorough study than can be given them at pre-
sent. 670. P. arctica, R. Br., (Parry's 376,) mixed with some of P. alpina.

671. Agrostis varians, Trin. Agrees well with Hooker's No. 217, quoted
by Trinius, but some specimens have a strong awn. 672. Poa serotina.
Ehrh. 673. Agrostis near rupestris. 674. Poa alpina, L., mixed with one
which may be a variety of it. [675. Poa, near 669 and 677.] 676. P. arctica,
R. Br. ? 677. P. andina, Nutt. 678. Poa, undetermined species.

679. Sitanion elymoides, Raf. Two forms of this variable grass, which
will probably be reduced to Elymus. 680. Triticium caninum, L.,var. same as
381 of Parry. 681. Hordeum jubatum, L. 682. Alopecurus pratensis, var.
alpestris, Wahl. (.4. glaucus, Less.) ex Gray. 683. A. geniculatus, var.
aristulatus, Michx. 686. Leptans paniculatus, Nutt. 685. Vaseya
comata, n. gen. and sp. This remarkable grass, which really appears to
form a new genus, intermediate between the Arundinaceae and the Agrostidefe,
is dedicated (by the collectors' desire, seconded by Dr. Gray) to Dr. George
Vasey, of Ringwood, Illinois, one of the most zealous of our Western botanists.
The following are its principal characters :

VASEYA, nov. gen.
Panicula coarctata. Spiculse uniflora;, herbaceo-membranaceee. Gluma?
uninerves florem ada?quantes. Callus obliquus, comam pilorum paleis a?qui-
longam gerens. Palea inferior trinervis in aristam gracilem attenuata ; supe-
rior sequilonga, acuminata. Stamina 3. Ovarium stipitatum. Styli ultra
medium pilis stigmaticis longis simplicissimis instructi. Squamulas . . .
Caryopris ... .V. comata, a native of the plains of Nebraska ; is a

* A comparison with an authentic hut imperfect Mongolian specimen counting Prof. Thurber's
determination. A. G.

1863.]

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

perennial grass, with the aspect of a Mulenbergia or of a Polypogon, but with
a coma of silky hairs around the flower, as in a Calamagrostis. Culm a foot
and a half high, from a creeping rhizoma, retrorsely pubescent at the nodes.
Sheaths scabrous, equalling the internodes ; ligule short, fringed ; leaves 3
or 4 inches long, dull green, rough on both sides. Panicle lead-colored,
about 3 inches long ; the branches solitary, appressed, densely many-flowered.
Spikelets very short-pedicelled, compressed, pubescent, a line and a half
long. Glumes narrow, very acute, serrulate on the keel, the lower a little
the longer. Awn rough and flexuose, purplish, three or four lines long. O.
Thurler.

FILICES.
C87. Aspidium Filix-mas, Swartz. ; apparently identical with the European
plant. 688. Cryptogramme acrostic hoides, R. Br., by Sir Wm. Hooker re-
garded as a variety of AUosorus crispus. 689. Asplenium septentrionale, L.
This was collected by C. "Wright farther south ; and these two stations are
the only known American ones. 690. Cystopteris fragilis, Bemh., mixed
with a "Woodsia, the same as Parry's 394, formerly named W.obtusa; but
it is of a different species. 691. Cheilanthes Fendleri, Hook. 692. Asple-
nium Trichomanes, L. 693. Nothochl.exa Fexdleri, Kunze, Filices, 2, p. 87,
t. 136 ; the same as Parry's 396. A species recently distinguished from N.
dealbata. 694. Polypodium vulgare, L. 695. P. Dryopteris, L.

Catalogue of the FISHES of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution,

Collected by Mr. J. Xantus.

BY THEODORE GILL.

PART IV.

Subfamily SERRANIN.E (Swainson.)
Nine genera of this subfamily are now known to be represented by species
along the western coast of America and the Gallapagos Islands. They may
be thus distinguished :

I. Caudal with the lobes acuminate.

Lateral line before superior, deflected behind Pronotogrammus.

Lateral line normal Brachyrhinus.

II. Caudal not forked.

A. Canine teeth developed.
B. Dorsal spines XI.

C Nostrils in a vertical row Mycteroperca.

CC. Nostrils in a longitudinal row.

Body oblong; smooth above lateral line Labroperca.

, Body oval, with ctenoid scales Epinephelus.

BB. Dorsal emarginated ; spines X.

C. Head with profile decurved, scaly above.. Paralabrax.

CC. Head conic ; naked between eyes.

Spinous dorsal rounded Atractoperca.

Spinous dorsal, incurved behind the third elon-
gated spine Gonioperca.

AA. Canine teeth entirely obsolete Dermatolepis.

The preceding table gives only the more striking characters ; those are
accompanied by others, which appear to amply authorize their generic dis-
tinction. In the table, the genera do not follow each other in a strictly
natural order.

Genus PRONOTOGRAMMUS Gill.
This genus has the form of Brachyrhinus. The body is covered by moderate,

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. SI

ctenoid scales. The lateral line runs high on the sides for the greater part of
its length, but is abruptly deflected behind, and thence continued along the
middle of the caudal peduncle. The head most resembles that of Brachyrhinus .
The preoperculum is serrated on its posterior margin, and has a strong com-
pressed spine at its angle. The operculum has three acute angles, the middle
continued from an internal rib. The teeth are like those of Serranus, &c. ; two
large ones exist on each side of the front, in the margin of the upper jaw,
and one on each side, near the symphysis in the lower ; while there are also
two on the sides. The vomer and palatine bones have villiform teeth. There
are, apparently, only six branchiostegal rays. The dorsal is undulated, and
has ten spines. The anal has three strong spines, the second of which is
largest. The lobes of the caudal are acute ; the pectorals acutely rounded ;
and the ventrals angulated.

Pronotogrammus multifasciatus Gill.

The greatest height equals or slightly exceeds a quarter of the length from the
snout to the end of the median caudal rays. The head equals a third of that length,
and contains the diameter of the eye, which is oval, three times. The
snout is less than half the diameter of the eye. The spines of the dorsal
rapidly increase to the fourth, which nearly equals a seventh of the length,
and thence decrease to the last, which equals about an eleventh of the same.
The longest ray about equals the longest spine. The second anal spine is
more than twice as long as the first, equals the fourth dorsal one, and is con-
siderably longer than the third anal one. The median caudal rays enter 6
times in the total length, while the longest exceed the greatest height. The
pectoral fin commences little before the end of the first third of the length,
(32,) and equals a quarter of that length. The ventral is inserted consider-
ably in advance of the pectoral, ( - 28,) and is rather shorter than it.

1

D. X. 15. A. III. 6 P. 1. 14. V. I. 5. C. 10. 1. 8. 7. 1. 9.
1
3 5

Scales 31+2+12

17 5

The latter is deflected on two scales. The color is tawny yellow, with
numerous (-20) rufous bands descending nearly to the middle, and rather
wider than the tawny intervals.

Only one specimen, whose extreme length was little more than two inches,
was obtained.

Family CEILODTPTEROIDJEBleeker.

Genus AMIA Gronovius.

The Monoprion of Poey is perfectly congeneric with the type of the genus
Amia; the genus Apogonichthys of Bleeker appears to be at least very closely
related to it, while both genera include forms that do not appear to be strictly
allied, but more distinct from the types of the respective genera than the
latter are from each other. The species of the old genus may be divided as
follows :

I. Preoperculum serrated.
Anal II. 79 (10).
23

Scales 20 28 Amia.

58

Scales 33 36 [Apogon kalosoma, Blkr.) Lepidamia.

Anal II. 12 17 {Apogon Bleekeri, Gthr.) Archamia.

1863.]

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

II. Preoperculum entire.

Scales 2026 Apogonichthys.

5

Scales 40 (Apogon aprion, Rich.) Glossamia.

13

As there is no gradation from one type to the other among the great num-
ber of species already known, the characteristics above given appear to be the
indices of distinct genera. Amia and Apogonichlhys are probably the most
closely allied groups.

Family SPAROIDJE (Cuv.)

Subfamily XENICETHYINJE Gill.

XENICHTHYS Gill.

Body moderately elongated and subfusiform, compressed, and with the
caudal peduncle also compressed and robust. Scales deciduous, rather
small, high and ctenoid. Lateral line tubular, in more conspicuous scales.
Head compressed, conic, longer than high, with the occipito-rostral outline
rectilinear. Upper surface of head to the nostrils covered with small scales.
Occipital crest prominent. Eyes circular, large, and mostly in the anterior
half of the head. Preorbital bones rather narrow and oblique. Operculum
with two spines. Preoperculum pectinated behind, the teeth higher up pro-
gressively directed upwards.

Mouth rather small, with the lateral cleft very oblique, and not con-
tinued to eye ; supramaxillary bones broad, enlarged in front below the
intermaxillary, and behind the latter covered by a cutaneous flap from it.
Lower jaw shorter than upper, but with the chin projecting beyond it, and
with a pore on each side of the symphysis. Lower lip continuous and free at
symphysis ; plicated behind, where it is received under the upper jaw.

Teeth small, recurved, and in rather narrow bands on each jaw. Vomer
with its projecting front provided with a villiform rhomboid patch; palatine
bones and tongue edentulous.

Nostrils above anterior, and in a line with upper margin of orbit, near each
other; the anterior circular: the posterior cleft transversely. Branchiostegal
rays seven on each side.

Pseudobranchise present.

Dorsal fins connected by a low membrane at the base; the first with ten
rather slender but perfectly rigid spines ; the third, fourth and fifth of which
are longest, (with no recumbent spine in front) ; the membrane has a fibrous
appearance. Second dorsal lower than the first, and elongated. Anal fin
about as long as second dorsal, but rather farther back, with three small,
regularly increasing spines. Caudal fin emarginated, with rounded lobes.

Pectoral fins small, with the upper angle produced, but apparently rounded.
Ventral fins inserted close behind the pectoral : each with a spine and five
branched rays, and a pointed axillar scale.

As there might be some doubt as to the affinities of this genus, on account
of the few palatal teeth and the number of branchiostegal rays, an extended'
description of its generic characters has been given. The spinous dorsal be-
ing received in a groove, the upper jaw closing under the preorbital bones
and axillar ventral scales existiug, it belongs to the family of Sparoids, as
now modified. It cannot be referred to the Sciaenoids, as its skull is smooth.
The nearest allied genus appears then to be Moronopsis, [Dules marginatus
C. V.*) That genus differs in its more compressed body, the scales and the
similarity of those of the lateral line to the others, the stouter dorsal spines,

* The Dates auriga and D.flauiventris are, of course, not regarded as allied to D. marginatus ,
&c. I am unable to perceive any affinity between them, and they have been united only in accord-
ance with an artificial system.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

between which the membrane is acutely notched, the scaleless crown and
little development of the occipital crest, the dentition and the number of
branchiostegal rays, and, finally, the absence of axillar scales. With any
other form it is unnecessary to compare the genus, as its natural affinities
appear to be more intimate with Moronopsis* than any other. Naturalists can
decide from the above enumeration of the differential characters, in compari-
son with Moronopsis, if there is any other group to which it could be more
naturally approximated. If it is stated that the physiognomy of the two
genera is quite similar, the chief difference being caused by the procurrence
of the occipital crest and the rectilinear profile, as well as the character of
the scales, the ichthyologist can appreciate the aspect of the newly-described
form.

Xenichthys xanti Gill.

The greatest height equals three-tenths of the length (exclusive of the caudal).
The head forms a third of the same. The diameter of the eye equals a third
of the head's length, is about a third greater than the interorbital area, and
nearly a third greater than the length of the snout. The fourth or longest
dorsal spine equals nearly a fifth of the total length, and is nearly five times
longer than the tenth. The third or longest anal spine is scarcely more than
a twelfth of the length. The pectoral fin at least exceeds a seventh of the
length, while the ventral equals a seventh.

D. XII. 14. A. III. 17. C. 11. I. 8. 7. I. 9. P. 1. 15. V. I. 5.

Scales, lat. line 50.

The color is light ; on each side of the back are two indistinct, purple,
longitudinal bands ; and before the dorsal fin is another. The color below is
silvery. At the base of the caudal there is an indistinct spot. The tip of the
spinous dorsal fin is dark.

This most interesting and even remarkable type is dedicated to Mr. John
Xautus, to whom we are indebted for the noble collection of fishes and other
animals of Lower California, and who has, more than any other single man,
contributed to our knowledge of the natural history of the Western coast.

Family CARANGOIDJE.

Genus ARGYRIOSUS Lac.

Two representatives of this genus are found on the Atlantic coast of the
United States : they are the A. vomer, of Linnasus, and the A. capillaris, Dekay,
the A. unimaculatus of Batchelder and Storer, and the form which has been
considered by Gunther as the young of A. vomer or a new species, appears to
me to be the young of Vomer selipinnis, and at least belongs to the same genus.
The Argyriosus Spixii of Castelnau is the unfortunate Selene argentea of Lace-
pede, first well made known by Mr. Brevoort, but which has received a num-
ber of names from different writers.

Argyriosus Brevoortii Gill.
The greatest height in an oblique direction nearly equals nine-tenths ('87)
of the length in a straight line, from the vertical of the snout to the end of the
median caudal rays. The head forms less than a third of that length. The
profile is oblique, and slightly incurved below the angular crown ; its distance
from the vertical of the snout equals an eleventh of the total length, and be-
fore the eyes, two-thirds of the preceding. The diameter of the orbit equals
an eleventh of the length, and its distance from the profile equals two-thirds
of the diameter. The height of the preorbital is twice as great as the diame-
ter of the orbit. The base of the arched portion of the lateral line equals
three-tenths of the total length, and its elevation above the horizon equals a

*The Datnia? ambigua of Kichanlson, which has been referred by Gunther to the genus Dules
differs from Moronopsis by the shorter convex anal fin, the large second anal spine, the small eyes
and the entire physiognomy. It may be called Plectropliles ambiguus.

1863.]

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

third of the base; the straight portion equals a third of the total length. The
second dorsal spine is very long ; the third little longer than the base of
its fin. The caudal lobes diverge at nearly a right angle ; the length of
the lower nearly equals three-tenths of the total. The pectoral fin equals a
quarter, and the ventral two-fifths of the total length.

D. VIII. I. 22. A. II. I. 18.

The color is silvery, punctulated, with black near the edge of the back, and
withablack baronthehead above the eye, parallel with the forehead. The fila-
mentous dorsal spines and the elongated dorsal and anal rays are blackish.
The ventrals have the terminal half blackish, and the other whitish, with
a median black band.

This species is distinguished by its proportions, oblique profile, lateral line
and color. It may be further remarked that the branch of the lateral line ascend-
ing from the scapula divides into two branches, diverging at less than a right
angle ; the anterior branch appears to be a groove.

I have dedicated this species to my excellent friend, Mr. Brevoort, who has
paid much attention to the group of fishes of which the present is a member.

Genus HALATRACTUS Gill.

Halatractus dorsalis Gill.
The greatest height equals a quarter of the length to the end of the median
caudal rays. The head enters more than three times and a half (-28) in that
length. The diameter of the eye equals a quarter of the head's length, and is
shorter than the length of the snout (=-09). The median caudal rays forms
an eleventh of the length, and the longest equal a fifth. The pectoral fin
nearly equals a seventh ('13), and the ventral nearly a sixth ( - 16) of the
length.

D. VII. I. 37. A. II. + 1. 21. P. 2. 19.

The color is brassy, purplish on the back, and with ten indistinct darker
bands, twice as wide as their intervals ; the second between the second and
fifth dorsal spines. The dorsal and anal fins are nearly black; the anterior
angle of the latter lighter. The ventrals dusky, with the rays externally
white.

This species is most nearly related to Halatractus zonatus Gill, and H. caro-
liniensis, Gill, of the Eastern American coast; but readily distinguished by the
color and proportions.

Genus TRACHYNOTUS Lacepede.
Trachynotus Carolincs Gill.

This species is extremely variable, as are also the other well-known repre-
sentatives of the genus. In extreme youth, the jaws and palate are dentigerous,
and the angle of the preoperculum armed with three radiating spines ! while the
spinous dorsal and anal are elevated, and the angles of the soft fins scarcely
produced. Later, the preopercular spines become obsolete ; then the palatal
teeth are lost ; the spines of the fins meanwhile become abbreviated, and ,
finally, in old age, the teeth have entirely dropped out, the spines become
much shortened, and the angle of the fins considerably produced. Half-
grown specimens answer to the genus Doliodon, of Girard ; nearly mature
ones, with teeth in the jaws, Trachynotus, C.V. ; and old ones, without teeth, to
Bothrolxmus, Holbrook. Relying on the correctness of my predecessors, who
had certainly the opportunities, if they had availed themselves of them, to
avoid such errors, I adopted the several genera proposed by Holbrook and
Girard in my Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast; Gunther first
corrected the synonymy as lately given, and, under the other North American
species, has brought together nine of Cuvier's species and two of other
authors !

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

The radial formula is also variable. Small specimens between one and two
inches long exhibit the following variations :

1. D. V. -f I. 26. A. II. + I. 24.

1. D. VI. + I. 26. A. II. + I. 24.

2. D. VI. + I. 26. A. II. + I. 23.

3. D. VI. + 1. 26. A. II. + I. 22.

1. D. VI. + 1. 25. A. II. + I. 23.

2. D. VI. + 1. 25. A. II. + I. 22.
1. D. VI. + 1. 24. A. II. + I- 21.
1. D. VI. + 1. 23. A. II. + I. 21.

Tbachynotus rhodopus Gill.
The greatest height equals a third of the length from the snout to the end
of the median caudal rays. The head forms scarcely more than a quarter of
the length. The diameter of the eye exceeds a third of the head's length, and
is a third greater than the length of the snout. The latter is as high as long,
and truncated. The lower jaw is not received within the upper. The spinous
dorsal from the third spine arched, and highest at its fifth spine, which equals
an eighth of the length. The first two spines are short. The second anal
spine equals a tenth of the total length. The median caudal rays form nearly
a sixth of the length, and nearly equal two-thirds of the longest ones, or of
the head. The pectoral fin is contained about five times and a half in the
length.

D. VI. + I. 20. A. II. + I. 18, 19.

The color is bluish-silvery ; the spinous portions of the dorsal and anal
fins punctulated with black ; the ventrals rose-colored ; the other fins yellow-
ish and mostly immaculate.

Numerous specimens of this species were obtained by Mr. Xantus ; but all
of them are young, (between one and two inches long,) and have the three
radiating spines, &c, of the preoperculum. It must be remembered that the
portion of the description referring to the spinous and soft dorsal and anal
fins, is only applicable to the young ; the adult doubtless resembles Trachy-
notus Carolinus. * The present species is allied to the latter, but at once
distinguished by the small number of dorsal and anal rays. The radial formula
equally distinguishes it from all previously known species having the same
form. The young of Trachynotus ovatus, Gthr., does not essentially differ in
form from the adult.

Trachyxotus nasutcs Gill.

The greatest height equals two-fifths of the length from the snout to the
end of the median caudal rays. The head forms three-tenths or more of the
length ; the snout is produced and subconic, and equals the diameter of the
eye, and scarcely less than a tenth of the head's length. The lower jaw is
received within the upper. The spinous dorsal is highest at the fifth spine,
which equals an eighth of the length, or nearly a third of the height of the
body beneath. The second anal spine is as long or longer than the fifth
dorsal one. The median caudal rays form an eighth or more of the total
length, while the external rays only equal a sixth of the same. The pectoral
fin is contained five times and a half in the length.

D. VI. -f I. 20. A. II. + I. 19.

The color is silvery ; the spinous portions of the dorsal and anal fins
thickly punctulated with black ; the ventrals white.

This species is very readily distinguished from T. rhodopus by the conoid

* The descriptions of Trachynotus marginatus, C.V. and T. cayennensis, C. V., must be accepted with
similar reserve. The statement of the height of the fins of the two new species here described
has been retained in order to show how great is the difference between the young and old.

1863.]

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

produced snout and the reception of the lower jaw within the upper, as "well
as by the shorter and less emarginated caudal fin, greater height, &c. Several
specimens were obtained, mostly under an inch long. The description of the
dorsal and anal fins, as in Trachynotus rhodopus, refer only to the young.

Trachynotus fasciatcs Gill.

This species is closely related to the Trachynotus glaums of the Atlantic and
Caribbean Sea, but is distinguished by the scarcely gibbous snout and the
distribution of the vertical bands : the first commencing close in front of the
first (erect) dorsal spine ; the second between the fourth and fifth, and the
third under the fourth and fifth rays. A black spot also appears to exist on
the lateral line below the seventeenth dorsal ray, and a black blotch behind
the dorsal fin. The produced dorsal and anal lobes are nearly coterminal
with the caudal lobes.

A single dried specimen, nearly eight inches long, was given to the Smith-
sonian Institution by Capt. John M. Dow. The snout is doubtless always less
gibbous than, or rather not vertical as in, T. glaucus. It cannot be the more
mature form of T. rhodopus or T. nasutus, as the snout, when it does change,
becomes more elevated with age. The colors are also quite different, and pro-
bably undergo no essential change with age.

Family SPHYR^NOIDjE Ag.

SPHYRiEXA LUCASANA Gill.

The greatest height equals a tenth of the length, and is a quarter the thick-
ness. The head forms about three-tenths of the length. The snout enters
2\ times in the head, and is more than twice as long as the diameter of the
orbit ( - 05). The maxillary bone ceases at a vertical, whose distance from
the orbit equals the diameter of the pupil. The tip of the lower jaw has a
square, thick flap.

The first dorsal fin commences more than four-tenths ( - 42) of the length
from the lower jaw ; its second spine rather exceeds the width of the body
(08) ; the second dorsal commences more than six-tenths (-62) from the jaw,
and is rather lower than the first ( - 07J). The caudal enters 6 times in the
whole length.

The pectoral fin extends for about two-thirds of the distance between its
base and the ventral, and is less than of the length (-07). The ventral is
rather longer than the pectoral, and is inserted under the anterior margin of
the first dorsal.

The first dorsal commences about over the thirty-fifth scale of the lateral
line, and the second over the ninetieth.

D. IV. I. 8. A. 2. 9.

Scales 134.

The color is reddish-brown above the lateral line, and silvery below, with
darker blotches along the line.

Family BERYCOID^E Lowe.

HOLOCEXTRUM SCBORBITALE Gill.

The greatest height does not equal a third (-31) of the total length ; the
tail behind the vertical fins nearly equals a ninth of the total length, and
nearly the length of the base of the rays ; its least height is rather less than
a twelfth (-08) of the same. The head, from the snout to the opercular
margin, forms more than a fourth ("26) of the length ; the opercular spine is
long, and nearly equals a third of the diameter of the eye ("03). The preo-
percular spine extends to the vertical from the base of the opercular one.
The diameter of the eye equals a tenth of the total length, and is a third
greater than the length of the snout (=-07). The preorbital has six or seven
moderate teeth, directed backwards.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 87

The spinous dorsal commences above the posterior margin of the scapular
bone ; its first spine equals the eye's diameter ( - 10), and the third is a half
longer ( - 15). The second dorsal at its longest rays rather exceeds an eighth
(=13) of the total length ; it ends over the twenty-fifth scale of the lateral
line. The anal fin is somewhat larger than the second dorsal ; the third
spine is very large, its length entering nearly five times and a half ( - 18) in the
total. The caudal fin forms more than a fifth (-21) of the length, while the
median rays only equal a tenth.

The pectoral and ventral fins are equally long, and rather less than a fifth
(19) of length.

D. XI. 1. 12. A. IV. 9.
3

Scales 35
7
The color is steel, thickly sprinkled with dark dots, which become less nu-
merous downwards. The fins are dark ; the dorsal lighter at the anterior
half at the base between the spines. The suborbital chain is bright silvery
and immaculate.

Genus MYRIOPRISTIS Cuv.
Myriopristis occidentalis Gill.

The height of the body equals 28-100 of the extreme length, while the
head forms 3-10 of the same. The snout is much decurved, and, from the
apex to the eye, equals nearly half the diameter of the orbit and a fifth of the
head's length. The pectoral fin equals a sixth of the extreme length, and the
ventral enters 7J times in the same. The caudal forms a fifth of the whole
length.

D. X. 1.13. A. IV. 11.
3

Scales 3536

7

Color on the upper half reddish-purple merging into silvery below, punctu-
lated with blackish, especially where the longitudinal rows overlap each other.
The fins are immaculate, except a linear border which sometimes margins
the spinous dorsal.

Numerous specimens were obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas.

RHAMPHOBERYX Gill.

This genus is very closely related to Rhinoberyx, but has considerably small-
3
er scales (34-36-) and entire rostro-frontal carinas, the spine at the angle of

7
the preoperculum is not essentially enlarged, but simply formg the angle at
the preoperculum.

RHAMPHOBERYX PC3CIL0PUS Gill.

- The height of the body equals nearly three-tenths (*29) of the extreme
length, and the head forms 27-100 of the same. The snout is blunt, but con-
siderably produced and forms about a fifth of the head's length ; the diameter
of the orbit is contained three times in the head. The pectoral and ventral
fins are equally long, rather exceed a sixth of the extreme length, and nearly
equal the caudal fin.

D. X. 1. 14. A. IV. 11.

3
Scales 3536

7
The color above the lateral line is olive green, golden green below, and

1863.]

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

cupreous in the opercula. The spinous dorsal is dark green in front of each
spine, but light behind as well as above and below ; the margin is also very
dark. The ventral fins have each a broad blackish terminal band. The base
of the caudal fin is punctulated with dark spots.
The specimens If 2J inches long.

Rhamphoberyx leccopcs Gill.

This species is very closely related to the preceding and has almost pre-
cisely the same proportions, but the snout is perceptibly less produced, and
the spinous dorsal and ventral fins almost immaculate, the former having only
a linear darker border, and the ventrals sometimes tipped with darker.
D. X. I. 14. A. IV. 12.

3
Scales 3435
7
Cape St. Lucas, (2 specimens.)

Family ECEENEIDOID^E.
Genus REMORA (A. Dum.) Gill.
The Echencis osleochir of Cuvier and the E. brachypterus of Lowe should both
be removed from this genus and accepted as the types of as many distinct
ones. The E. osteochir is distinguished by the rhombic form of the pectoral
fins and the ossification of the rays. I have therefore named the specimens
in the Smithsonian Institution Rhombochirus osteochir. The E. brachyptervs is
distinguished by the shorter anal fin and angular upper jaw. It may be
called Jiemoropsis brachypterus.

Remora Jacobcsa Gill.
Echeneis remora Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c,
Vol. ii. p. 378.
A specimen of Remora obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas is pro-
visionally referred, as by Dr. Giinther, to the old Echeneis remora of Linna?us.

Descriptions of some new species of PEDICTJLATI, and on the classification of

the group.

BY THEODORE GILL.

The group called by Cuvier Acanthopte'ryrjiens a pcctorales pediadees and
estimated as a family, is a very natural one, distinguished by the incom-
plete ossification of the skeleton, the prolongation of the carpal bones tc
form " pedicles" for the pectoral fins, and, finally, by the abnormal position of
the very small branchial apertures. "While these characters are not sufficient
to entitle the group to ordinal distinction, they seem to be of much more than
family value ; it may be called a suborder, for which the name Pediculatim&j
be retained. The genus Batrachus, referred to the Pediculati by Cuvier, has
really little affinity to the true representatives of the group, and has been, by
general consent, separated from them by all the more modern systematists.

In the suborder, four very distinct types distinguished by difference of form
and structure are comprised. Those types must therefore be regarded as rep-
resentative of as many families. Dr. Bleeker has attempted to distribute the
several genera among families, which have not been characterized, but which
were evidently separated on account of superficial differences of form. This
is apparent on an examination of his system.

Phalanx 1, Herpetoichthyes seu Pediculati, Cuv.
Ordo 15, Antennarii.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 80

Familia 41, Cheironecteoidei = Chironeetida? Sicns.
Gen. Antennarius Comm. Brachionichthys Blkr., Chaunax Lowe, Ceratias
Kroyer.
Farnilia42, Malthaeoidei.
Gen. Malthaea Cuv.

Familia 43, Lophioidei = Lofidi Raf.
Gen. Lophius L., Halieutaea Val.

The following synoposis is an expression of my views of the relations of the
various members of the suborder.

I. Branchial apertures above in the axilla of the pectoral

fins. Mouth subterminal or inferior, the lower jaw

being received within the upper Malth;eoidjE.

II. Branchial apertures below, in or behind the inferior

axilla? of the pectoral fins. Lower jaw projecting be-
yond or closing in front of upper.

1. Head very large and flattened. Mouth transverse

horizontal. Pyloric caeca Lophioid^e.

2. Head compressed or cuboid. Mouth vertical or very

oblique. Pyloric caeca none. Dorsal fin oblong. Ven-

trals developed Antennarioid.e.

2. Head compressed. Mouth with cleft subvertical. Py-
loric caeca two. Dorsal fin very short, like anal. Ven-
tral fins obsolete Ceuatioid.*.

The following is an enumeration and synopsis of the representatives of
the several families. As Dr. Bleeker was the first to name one of the fami-
lies. I have credited it to him, although he neither defined it nor re-
stricted it in the same manner as is here done. As it is, however, only ne-
cessary that the type which the author considered as the representative of any
group should be known in order to necessitate the retention of a name.
Bleeker's must be retained. The generic name of Ferca, for example, is cred-
ited to Linnaeus, but, under that name, representatives of different families
were confounded by the author, and the name is now accepted in an entirely
different sense. The name alone is adopted, and not the idea or definition
connected with it by Linnaeus.

Family MALTHJEOIDJE (Blkr.) Gill.

I. Disk cordiform, produced from the snout ; body ro-

bust Maltheix.e.

Malthe.

II. Disk orbicular, obtuse in front ; body slender Haueut/ein.i:.

1. Mouth small. Rostral tentacle obsolete Halieutichthys.

2. Mouth large. Rostral tentacle developed Halieutaea

Subfamily MALTIIEINJH Gill.
Genus MALTHE Cuv.
Temperate and Tropical Eastern America.

Subfamily HALIEUTJEIN.E Gill.
Genus HALIEUTICHTHYS Pocy.
Caribbean Sea, representing JTalieulsea.

Genus HALIEUT^A Val.
Astrocanthus Swainson, ii. 331
Eastern Asia.

1863.]

Family LOPHIOID.E (Raf.) Gill.
Genus LOPHIUS (Linn.) Cuv.
7

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Family ANTENNARIOIDJE Gill.

Chironecteoidei pt. Blkr.

As Dr. Bleeker's family appellation is a modification of a generic name that
cannot be retained for a representative of this family, it having been pre-
viously taken for a valid genus of Marsupial mammals, I do not deem it
advisable to retain it.

I. Head cuboid. A rostral spine or tentacle only devel-

oped Chaunacix^e.

Chaunax.

II. Head much compressed. The rostral spine or tentacle

as well as two other robust spines developed Axtexxariin^.

1. Second spine not connected with third. Body short
with tumid abdomen. Palate armed with teeth.
* First and second spines disconnected.

at. D. 12. A. 7. Body smooth or scarcely granular.

Mouth small. Wrist and pectoral slender. Ven-

trals elongated. Anal extended downwards.. Pterophryne.

/?. C. 12. A. 7 8. Body with spines, generally

forked. Mouth moderate. "Wrist and pectoral

widened. Ventrals short. Anal oblong Antennarius.

y. D. 15. A. 8. Body smooth Histiophryne.

** First and second spines connected Saccarius.

2. Second and third spines well connected by mem-
brane, and forming a fin, but distinct from first. Body

oblong. Palate unarmed BrachioxichthyinvE.

Brachionichthys.

Subfamily CHAUNACINJE Gill.

Genus CHAUNAX Lowe.
Maderia.

Subfamily ANTENNARIIN.E Gill.

Genus PTEROPHRYNE Gill.
Type Cheironectes lsevigatus Cuv.

Genus ANTENNARIUS Comm.
Cheironectes Cuv. nee Illiger.

Type Antennarius princeps Comm.

Genus HISTIOPHRYNE Gill.
Type Cheironectes Bougainvillii Cuv.

Genus SACCARIUS Gthr.
Coasts of New Zealand.

Subfamily BRACHIONICUTHYINJE Gill.

Genus BRACHIONICHTHYS Blkr.
Coasts of Yan Diemen's Land, &c.

Family CERATIOIDJE Gill.

Genus CERATIAS Kroyer.

Family MALTH&OIDJE (Blkr.) Gill.

Genus HALIEUTICHTHYS Poey.
Disk suborbicular or ovate-orbicular, about as long as the rest of the body
and caudal fin combined. Forehead with a transverse bony ridge, beneath
which is a cavity destitute of a tentacle. Eyes dorsal, oblique, nearly equally

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 01

remote from each other and the edge of the disk. Mouth rather small, infe-
rior, with the lower jaw nearly semi-circular.

Teeth fine, on the jaws and palate.
Dorsal fin nearly behind the disk, much higher than long, with about four
rays. Anal behind the second dorsal, and also provided with about four rays.
Caudal rather long and subtruncated. Pectoral fins on peduncles, which are
attached to the body by the membrane.

This most interesting new generic type was discovered last year by Prof.
Poey at the Island of Cuba. That gentleman has kindly sent the only speci-
men obtained to the Smithsonian Institution. He has recognized its generic
distinction from Ilalieutxa, distinguishing it by the absence of a barbel in the
frontal cavity and the dentition. It is still further distinguished from the
Asiatic genus by the much smaller mouth, and also by the attachment of the
carpal bones to the body.

Halieutichthys reticulatus Poey.

The disk is longer than wide, and somewhat oval, being narrower before
than behind. The ridges alone are covered with simple spines ; five spines
form a pentagon before the interorbital area; one over each orbit, and four are
on a ridge proceeding backwards from the posterior angle of each orbit, which
converges in a curve towards the opposite one ; the last form the anterior
angles of a transverse pentagon on the nape. A transverse ridge behind the eyes,
which intersects the longitudinal ones, and has at the angles the second spines
from the eyes, provided near each lateral end with another spine, and a swell-
ing at the end itself. Five bicuspid spines arm each lateral margin of the
disk, and between them are smaller simple ones.

D. 4. A. 4. .

The color is gray, reticulated with blackish. The caudal is crossed by three
blackish bands.

The principal proportions are exhibited in the following table-:

Extreme length (l- 8 -) 100.

Disk Greatest length 51 ; greatest width 45.

Dorsal (spinous) Distance from snout 56.

Anal Distance from snout 60.

Caudal Length 14.

Pectoral Distance from snout at upper axilla 47 ; length 14.

Family ANTENNARIOIDyE Gill.
Genus ANTENNARIUS Comm.
Antennarius sanguineus Gill.

The anterior dorsal spine is very slender and enters 'l\ times in the length
of the caudal fin ; it terminates in a flap extended on each side laciniated
outwards. The second spine is rough, robust and curved strongly backwards
at its end ; the third is not free, but apparent as a hump pointed backwards,
and extending two-thirds of the distance from its insertion to that of the
dorsal fin. Skin covered with small bifid spines, whose prongs diverge con-
siderably and are acute.

The color is blood-red, except on the abdomen, both with several more or
less distinct black spots under the origin of the dorsal fin and on the sides.
The abdomen is light or yellowish-brown, spotted with black. The intervals
between the caudal and anal rays are also marked with black. The floor of
the mouth behind the tongue has two lateral black bands converging towards
the front, while the posterior margin of the tongue itself is also sometimes
lined with black.

Two- specimens were obtained at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. Xantus.
Antennarius annulatus Gill.

The first dorsal spine is very slender, straight and nearly equals the length
1863.]

92 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

of the caudal fin ; it terminates in two simple tentacles, while a third longer
one arises from front near its end ; the second spine is curved at the middle
and extends to the base of the third ; the membrane is slight ; the third
spine is curved at the middle and partly free, but attached by the skin and
only partially erectile ; it reaches more than half way to the dorsal fin. The
skin is covered with bifid spines.

The body and fins are fawn-colored, lighter on the abdomen, with a few
scattered ocellated dots, more abundant on the internal face of the pectoral
fin as well as ventral ; the abdomen has darker fawn spots. There are larger
ocelli, black, edged with white, on the marginal half of the dorsal and anal
fins, and on the caudal ; on the latter, three larger ocelli form a tri-
augle. A still larger ocellus is on the back at the base of the ninth dorsal
ray, and another between the fourth and fifth anal rays. A pink spot exists at
each corner of the mouth ; the second dorsal spine and streaks on each side of its
groove are colored likewise, and in front of the dorsal is a pink triangular
saddle, sending from each anterior angle a fawn streak margined with whitish
to a pinkish area before the pectoral, above which it merges in a marbled
fawn area. A broad pink ring encircles the base of the caudal fin, which it-
self, as well as the posterior half of the dorsal and anal fin, have a submargi-
nal pink band.

A single specimen was obtained by Lt. Wright. U. S. A., at Garden Key,
Florida, and is in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution.

AxTEXNARIUS PLEUROPHTIIALMUS Gill.

The anterior dorsal equals about a third of the length of the caudal fin, and
has at its end a laciniated or fringed lobe extending upwards ; the second is
moderate, slightly curved, and rather longer than the first, and with a mem-
brane extending nearly to the base of the third spine; the latter is free, ex-
tends backward nearly to the fin, and almost connected with it by the mem-
brane. The skin is covered with minute bifurcated spines.

The color is brown, marbled with lighter, especially before and behind the
dorsals, and above the pectorals ; distant black dots are also scattered over
the body. Three large ocelli or black spots, margined with light-brown, are on
each side ; one at the middle of the basal half of the dorsal ; a second below,
intermediate between it and the anus, and a third in the middle of the caudal
tin. The floor of the mouth behind the tongue is black, with whitish-yellow
radiating lines, while the tongue itself is light-brown, with darker radiating
bands or spots.

A single specimen of this species is in the collection of the Smithsonian In-
stitution, and was probably obtained at Key West.

Antennarius strigatus Gill.

The anterior dorsal spine is very slender and filiform, without appendages ;
the second is straight and moderate ; the third concealed and only developed
as a hump, obtuse behind. The spines which cover the body are small and
mostly bifid.

The back and front of the dorsal fin are reddish ; the rest light-brown, with
black stripes which diverge downwards above the pectorals, those in front
being parallel with the profile, and at right angles with those behind. Around
the pectoral fins and on the flanks, the streaks are generally blended to form
a continuous black area. A black dorsal saddle is in front of the dorsal fin,
and a black band covers the posterior half of the caudal fin. The abdomen
is broadly reticulated with black, and the brown intervals themselves are fre-
quently striated with the same color. The interior of the mouth is immacu-
late.

("ape St. Lucas, (J. Xantus.) Two specimens.

[Mar-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF Til I LADELI> III A. 9o

Enumeration of the ARCTIC PLANTS collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes in his
Eiploration of Smith's Sound, between parallels 78th and 821, daring the
months of July, August and beginning of September, 1861.

BY E. DURAND, THOS. P. JAMES AND SAML. ASIIMEAD.

Although the following enumeration does not contain any new plants, it is,,
nevertheless, sufficiently interesting in other respects not to be passed un-'
noticed. la a geographical point of view, it exhibits the peculiar regetation
of the most northern portion of the globe as yet visited by civilized man, and
illustrates several facts which are not devoid of interest.

In his Arctic exploration, Dr. Hayes has been very active in collecting
specimens in the different branches of Natural History, which he has liberally
presented to the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. His botanical
collection, which was placed in my hands, was not so numerous in species as
that of his predecessor and former Arctic companion, Dr. Kane ; but the latter
had collected along the whole western coast of Greenland, from 65 a upwards,
whilst Dr. Hayes' collections have been confined to the limits of the 7Sth and
821 parallels, where, naturally, a greater scarcity of species was to be ex-
pected.

From those extreme Arctic latitudes, in which the thermometer of Fahren-
heit scarcely ever reaches 55 J , with the ground continually frozen and mostly
covered with snow, Dr. Hayes brought seeds, apparently in a perfect state of
maturity ; and also some living roots, imbedded in their own rich soil, and
carefully packed in boxes. Among those roots, with their somewhat withered
stems, could be recognized Salix Arctica and S. kerbacea, Tqfieldia puhistris,
and/2 munculus nivalis, large tufts of Andromeda tetragona,Armeria Labradorica,
Sileneacaulis, &c. All these, at their arrival in Philadelphia, in the beginning
of January, 1862, were entrusted to the care of our fellow-member, Mr. Kil-
vington, a skilful horticulturist, who resorted to every means his experience
and ingenuity could suggest, to insure their vegetation.

Some of the seeds, those of the Crucifera especially, germinated well and
put forth the primordial leaves ; the roots began early to show signs of vegeta-
tion ; the buds of the willows enlarged, but never arrived at expansion. An-
dromeda gave some hope of success, and Lycopodium annotinum and a species
of Hyp mini resisted the longest. But as soon as the plants ceased being
supplied with ice and snow, they began to droop and die, the one after the
other, and, by the middle of April, not one of those Arctic denizens, except
Hypnum, remained to enjoy the sweets of our Philadelphia spring.

Another remarkable fact : The Arctic soil, in appearance so rich, in which
the roots were imported, had been found to contain numerous seeds that had
given expectations of a good harvest of hyperboreal plants. Mr. Kilvington
carefully watched them, early in the spring. They were seen, gradually, to
swell and burst, but no sign whatever of germination took place in them.
Nor in the whole course of the summer and autumn to this day, has that
ground produced a single plant germinated from the seeds that must inevitably
have been disseminated over it from the neighboring plants in the garden.

Incited by the apparent richness of that Arctic soil, Mr. Kilvington planted
in it some species of Erica : but they, also, soon languished and would have
died had they not been removed to a more genial ground. Evidently, that
Arctic soil had become perfectly unproductive out of its ever-frozen zone !

E. D.

1*63.]

94

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

PELEXOGAMOUS PLANTS.

l.

2.
3.

4.
5.
6.

7.

8.

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

14.

15

16.

17.

18.

19.

28.

21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

31.
32.
33.

34.
35.

BY E. BTEAXD.

Ranunculus nivalis, Linn.

Gale Point, July 29.
Papaver nudieaule, Linn. P. alpinum, Linn. Every Station, July and Aug.
Hesperis Pallasii, Ton: and Gr. H.pyffmxa,\^ etlik A
Hook. / i e*

Draba Alpina, DC. var. glabra.

" " var, hispida, R. Br.

" corymbosa, R. Br.
" rupestris, R. Br,
Vesicaria arctica, Richards.
Cochlearia officinalis, Linn.
Alsine (Arenaria) rubella, var. hirta, VahL
Stellaria humifusa, Rottb.
" stricta, Richards,

Cerastium Alpinum, L. var. Fischeriunum,
Torr. $ Gr.
Silene acaulis, Linn.
Lychnis apetala, Linn.

" paueiflora, Fisch.
Dryas octopetala, Linn.

" integrifolia, Vahl*
Potentilla nivea, var. pulchella. P. pul-
chella, Hook,

Potentilla nivea, var. hirsuta.
Vahl.

Alchemilla vulgaris, Linn.
Saxifraga oppositifolia, Linn.
'* ' flagellaris, Willd.
11 caispitosa, Linn. var. uniflora
rivularis, Linn.
tricuspidata, Retz.

Port Foulke, July.

it a

Netlik, Aug. 4.

(( u

It u

Cape Isabella, July 28.
Netlik, Aug. 4.

it
u

| Port Foulke, July 15.
Netlik, Aug. 4.

u

u

a

11

u

(I

a

u

cernua, Linn.

| Port Foulke, July.

' J- Netlik, July and Aug.

" July 12.
Gale Point, &c, July and Aug.
" u 97.

" 23.
Netlik, Aug. 4.
Port Foulke, July 15.

nivalis, Linn.
Leontodon palustre, Linn.
Campanula rotundifolia, Linn.
folia, Gr.

Vacciniuna uliginosum, Linn.
Andromeda tetragona, Linn.

var.

lini-\

Netlik, Aug. 4.
J- Tessuissak, Sept. 4.

Netlik, Aug. 4.

Port Foulke, July and Aug.
Pyrola grandiflora, Raddi. P. Groenlandica, \ , . ,
Horn.f J i 1

Bartsia alpina, Linn.

Pedicularis hirsuta, Linn.%

Port Foulke, July and Aug.

* I have no doubt of the correctness of Chainiso and Sehleehtendal's view, " that Dryas integri-
folia is tin.' mure Arctic form of D. octopetala of Linnasus." Almost all the specimens of Dr. Hayes
were with narrow, entire leaves, but scune exhibited the intermediary forms of both varieties, and a
single one was a perfect specimen of Dryas octopetala.

t Dr. Jos. D. Honker, in his ' Outlines of the Distribution of Arctic Plants," (Trans. Linn. Soc.
Loud., Vol. xxiii.p. 2.) is perfectly right in suspecting Pyrola chloruntha of my PlantaeKaneanae to
tie P. graiidiflora, Raddi. This 1 have ascertained to be the fact, on the better specimens brought
by Dr. Hayes.

X Pedicularis hirsuta, L. Was fairly represented both in Dr. Kane's and Dr. Hayes' collections.
It appears to be much more common, in those hyperboreal regions, than either P. Langsdorjffii or
my /'. Kaiiei. of which Dr. Kane brought only a single specimen, that has been submitted to Prof.
Asa Gray. In his Enumeration of Dr. C. C. Parry's Plants of the Rocky Mountains, (Am. Jour. Sc.,
Vol. xxxiv,2d 6er. p, 251,; Dr. Gray expresses himself in the following words, with regard to some ,

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.

!g

36. Arrneria vulgaris, Willd, var. A. Labrador-
ica, Vahl.

37. Polygonum viviparum, Linn.

38. Oxyria digyna, Campd.

39. Empetrum rubruni, Willd. Spec. PI.

Netlik, Aug. 4.

713. (A variety of E. nigrum ?) *

40. Betula nana, Linn,

41. Salix arctica, Linn.
" herbacea, Linn,

Tofieldia palustris, Linn

Luzula campestris, yar. congesta,. Wahl. \ TegBmissak g ept _ 4

42
43
44

i. hyperborea, of Danish authors

45. Carex rigida, Good.

4G. Eriophorum vaginatum, Linn-

47. Alopecurus alpinus, Linn.

48. Glyceria arctica, Hook.

49. Poa arctica, R. Br.

50. Poa Yahliana, Bot. Dan. ?

51. Hierochloa borealis, Rocm

52. Festuca ovina, Linn.

T. borealis, Vahl.

Every Station, July and Aug.

' P' I Tessuissak, Sept. 4.

Port Foulke, July 15.
Every Station, July and Aug
Port Foulke, July 15.

Netlik. Aug. 4.
Gale Point, July 27.
Post Foulke, &c, July.

15

(Too young )
and Schl-

Tessuissak, Sept. 4.

CRYPTOGAMOUS PLANTS.

LYCOrODIACE.E,

53. Lycopodium annotinum, Linn, Tessuissak, Sept.- 4.

Musci and Lichenes were placed in the hands of Mr. Thos. P. James^
the excellent cryptogamist, who has returned them with the following note :
"I return the Musci and Lichenes from Dr. Hayes' Arctic expedition. I have
named them as best I could, from their imperfect condition , not a single
fruiting specimen was to be found in the entire collection 1 This fact rendered
their determination the more difficult. Several, which I could not determine,,
may be new species, but they were not in a state clearly to be analyzed.*"

MUSCL

61.

Aulacoroium turgidum, Schw.

BY THOS. P. JAMES.

62.

63.

Bryum

Duvallii, Voit.
purpurascens, ?

54.

Andra?a petrophila, Lhrh.9

64.

u

arcticum, Brid. Sch.

55.

Barbula ruralis, Hedw,

65.

u

rutilans, Brid. $ Sch.

56.

Orthotrichum affine, Schr.

66.

cyclophyllum, Brid. Seh

57.

Grimmia spiralis, Hook. # Tayl.

67.

4i

crudum, Schr. ?

58.

Racomitrinm lanuginosum,

Brid.

68.

a

nutans, Schr.

59.

Pogonatum alpinum, Brid.

69.

ti

palustre, Linn.

60.

Polytrichum juniperinum,

Hedw.

70.

(i

seneum, Blytt.

Arctic Greenland species of Pedicularis : "P. Kami of Durand does not belong to P. Sudetica, as
Dr. Hooker supposed, but to P. lanata, Willd. ; which again, contrary to Bentham and Hooker, I
mast regard with Bunge as clearly different from hirsuta of Linuseus; it is much nearer another
species which Dr. Hooker refers to Suddica, viz : Langsdorffii, with which it has been confused;
but it is perfectly edeutulate. The teeth of the latter, however, are inflexed, and so 7nay escape
observation. All these species are well discriminated by Bunge, in Ledebnur's Flora Possica.

* Drupe red, stems apparently smaller and more decumbent than in E. nigrum, from which it
does not otherwise differ. Dr. Kane's specimens belonged probably to the same form; but having
no fruit on, I referred them, naturally, in my Plantie Kaneanne, to Empetrum nigrum.

It is a remarkable fact of geographical botany, that this red-fruited species, originally found on
the shores of the Strait of Magellan, should appear again at the opposite extremity of the American
continent. Messrs. LaPylaieaud Tuckerman met with it in Newfoundland, and, quite lately. Abbe
Ferland, a Cathmlic missionary of the Laval University of Quebec, found it likewise on the coant of
Labrador, together with Empetrum nigrum.

1863.]

9G

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

71,

74.

75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.

Mnium affine, var. rugieum, Bland.

" rostratum, Schw.
Meersia Albrotinii, ?

Bartramia, an., calcarese.
Conostonmm boreale, Sivartz.
Splachnum Worniskioldii, Brid.

" vasculosum, Linn.
Hypnum uncinatum, Hedw.

" aduncura, Linn.

" oligorrhizon, Brid. <j- Sch.

" nova species ?

An
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.

94:

95.
96.

LICHENES.

BY TUOS. P. JAMES.

d submitted to Ezra Michener, M.D.

Alectoria V\Qo\oY,(Ehrh..) Nylander.
" sulcata? [Lev.) Nyl.
" ochroleuca, (Ehrh.) Nyl.
Leeanora ventosa, Ach.
Neuropogon Taylori, Hook., Nyl.
Platysma cucullata, Hoff.

" nivalis, Ach.
Plocadium elegans, (Ach.), Nyl.
Parmelia saxatilis, (Linn.) Ach.
Borreri, Turner.
stygia, (Linn.) Ach.
conspersa? (Ehrh.) Ach.
Dactylina Arctica, (Rich.) Nyl.
Stereocaulon denudatum, Floerk.
" condensatum, Iloff.

u
it

97. Cladonia pyxidata, (Linn.) Fries.

98. " furcata, var. racemosa,
Hoff.

99. Cladonia ignota ?

100. Lecidea geographica ? Iloff.

101. Umbilicaria kyperborea ! Hoff.

102. Ignota "

103. Yerrucaria popularis, Floerk.

104. " maura, var. striatula,
Hoff.

105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
H2.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.

ALGJE.

BY SAML. ASHMKAD.

Fucus vesiculosns, Linn.
Alaria esculeuta, Grev.
TJlva latissima, Linn.
Laminaria phyllitis, Lam.

" longicruris, Fylaie.
Laminaria fascia, Ay.

" saccharina ? Lam.

Rhodymenia interrupta, Grev.
Enteromorpha compressa, Grev.
Soliera chordalis, Ag.
Cladophora arcta, Dill.
Bryopsis plumosus, Ag.
Desmarestia aculeata, Lam.
Cluetornorpha littorea, Hair.
Ectocarpns ?
Ignota.

Additions to the Catalogue of Stars which have Changed their Colors.

BY JACOB ENNIS.

I Beg leave to add the following continuation to the Catalogue of six stars
which have changed their colors, recently presented as a verbal communication :

7. Procyon. In 1850 Humboldt classed Prosyon among the yellow stars :
Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 182. In a verbal communication to this Academy, Feb.
17th, 1863, I announced that this star is now very decidedly blue ; and in this
all to whom I have referred the color agree without the least hesitation.

8. Rigel. This star is classed among the white stars by Donati, in aMemoir
dated August, 1860, and published in the Annals of the Museum at Florence
in 1862. It is now decidedly blue. During the past two months it has been
observed by myself and some friends to be one of the most deeply-colored of
all the stars now visible in this latitude.

9. Alpha Lyra?, or Ve fa a. Donati, in the MemoiT just named, classes Vega
among the white stars. Humboldt, in 1850, Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 183, says,
"the light of Alpha Lyrse is bluish." To myself it now appears pale blue,
very much like Gapella.

10. Castor. Donati, in 1860, classed Castor among the yellow stars. Hum-
bsldt, in 1850,. says-, "Castor is a greenish star." Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 177.
It appears to me greenish now-,. March, 1863.

There is a close cluster of more than a hundred stars, known as Kappa

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

Crucis, in the Southern hemisphere, and when seen through a telescope, the
very varied colors of its indivdual stars give it, according to Sir John Herschel,
" the effect of a superb piece of fancy jewelry." During his residence at the
Cape of Good Hope, he made a drawing or map of this group, and stated care-
fully the colors of eight of its most conspicuously-colored stars. Just a quarter
of a century later, F. Abbot, Esq., in a communication to the Royal Astronomi-
cal Society in England, dated, Private Observatory, Hobart Town, May, 1862,
describes how this piece of jewelry has changed. Six of these eight stars have
now different colors. The changes, according to him, are as follows :

11. Gamma kappa crucis : Changed from greenish white to bluish purple.
There is an error in Mr. Abbot's communication, as printed in the Monthly
Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. The name of this star is there
printed nu, instead of Gamma. Sir John's list has no nu.

12. Delta kappa crucis : has changed from green to pale cobalt.

13. Epsilon kappa crucis : has changed from red to Indian red.

14. Zeta kappa crucis : has changed from green to ultra-marine.

15. Phi kappa crucis : has changed from blue green to emerald green.

16. Alpha? kappa crucis : has changed from ruddy to the similar color of
all the small stars of that magnitude. r 'The smaller stars, from the 10th to
the 14th magnitude, are generalized, and all partake of nearly the same color,
Prussian blue, some with a little more or less tint of red or green mixed
with the blue."

Arago says that certain of the double stars designated by Sir William Her-
schel as having a yellow color, are at present, according to Struve, orange and
red. Others, which according to Herschel shone with a perfectly white light,
exhibit, according to recent observations, a golden-yellow, red, and even green-
ish-blue. These will be added to this catalogue in due time.

Sirius, Procyon, Capella. The Memoir of Donati brings down the former
colors of these stars to a much later date than any authority I had found
previous to my communications of Feb. 10th and 17th. In August, 1860, he
still classes the two former among the white stars. A very few months after-
wards, Sirius was observed by Dr. Wilcocks to be changed. At the same
date, also, Donati classes Capella among the yellow stars, but, by the authority
quoted in the Proceedings of Feb. 10th, it was blue in September, 1859 ! and
had been so I know not how long. After making due allowances for this dis-
crepancy, if such it be, these are strikingly sudden changes, but not more
impressive than those in the cluster Kappa Crucis, where six out of eight
stars had changed their colors in a quarter of a century. Beta Ursa Minoris
has often vibrated between yellow and red. The very reliable German observer,
Heis, wrote: "I have had frequent opportunities of convincing myself that
the color of this star is not always equally red ; at times it is more or less
yellow, at others most decidedly red." Captain Berard " had for some years
seen Alpha Crucis growing red." The temporary star of 1572 in a few months
passed through the colors white, yellow, red, another shade of red, and again
a duller white. The suddenness and the variety of the changes a star may
undergo, are no reasons against their reality. But all this shows the need of
caution on the part of the observer, and how a writer should not publish the
color of a star as existing at any date, which color may depend altogether
on observations of some prior date. Discrepancies must in this way occur,
and in this way we may perhaps account for a discrepancy in Humboldt's
Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 181, where, apparently using an old catalogue, he classes
Vega among the white stars, but on p. 183, where he individualizes to prove
the existence of blue stars, he says, " the light of Alpha Lyrae is bluish." The
discrepancy just shown between Kearney and Donati may, perhaps, be similarly
explained. A discrepancy of a different kind appears in the Proceedings of
the 10th of February of this Academy. Dr. Wilcocks, in announcing the
change of Sirius, gave the present color as violet, but previous to the next

1863.] 8

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

meeting, Feb. 17th, he convinced himself that his impression was wrong,
and that the present real color of Sirius is green ; and he obtained consent
that the Minutes, when printed, should be altered accordingly ; but by some
oversight this alteration was not made. In denominating Sirius purple in
October last, I dissented, for it appeared to me plainly green. The three
successive, undisputed colors of Sirius therefore are red, white and green.
There is special need of attending to discrepancies in the beginning of this
catalogue, both as to color and to dates. This is the only way to insure pro-
gress.

It is to me an impressive fact that so many conspicuous stars now nightly
appear blue or green ; especially as the first blue stars were mentioned by
Mariotte, so lately as in 1686 ; before him, no departure from white was
named but red, with the exception of the yellow in the temporary star of 1572.
Capella, Bellatrix, Rigel, Procyon, Vega, Beta Librae are blue ; all deeply so
except Capella and Vega. Sirius is conspicuously green, and Castor slightly
green, though I sometimes doubt the greenness of the latter. When a star
is not of the first magnitude, or when its departure from white is not very de-
cided, a long fixedness of the eye upon it is necessary, and a careful exclusion
of artificial lights. At least, this is my experience. It has occurred to myself,
and been suggested by others, that perhaps this blueness of so many large
stars now in view, and greenness, which is a modification of blue, may be
owing to some special atmospheric cause. For many months the air has been
unusually damp. But this cannot be the cause of these colors, for Aldebaran
Betelguese and the planet Mars are in the midst or near vicinity of some of
these blue and green stars, and preserve their ordinary redness. Pollux, how-
ever, in the same general neighborhood, seems hardly entitled to be called a
red star. From the fact that it was classed among the six decidedly red stars
by the ancients, I regard it as changed, but desire further time before announc-
ing the change in the catalogue. Humboldt calls it merely " reddish."

I would not be premature in speculating on the laws or causes of these
changes, but must remark that the change of Sirius, from its ancient red to
white, and now to green, is all in the same direction, namely : a relative
diminution of the red. The three primary colors, red, yellow and blue, with
an excess of red, will give a red star ; take away the excess of red and the
star will be white ; take away still more of the red and it will be green, that
is, a combination of the remaining yellow and blue. The three colors of
Sirius, therefore, the ancient red, the modern white and the recent green, may
possibly be due to the operation of a single cause.

Communication, March 2<lth.

Mr. Cassin read the following interesting extracts from a letter to Prof. R,
Dunglison, of this city, from Dr. James A. Grant, of Ottowa city, Canada,
dated Feb. 10th, 1863, relating to the Willow Grouse, or Ptarmigan, Lagopus
albus : "During the present winter, the Ptarmigan or White Grouse has been
observed in large numbers at the head waters of the Gatineau river, (a tribu-
tary of the Ottowa river,) distant from Ottowa city about 120 miles. In that
locality, lumberers are constantly engaged, who have, this season, procured
these birds in considerable numbers, a very unusual circumstance, as years
frequently elapse without one being observed. This bird seems to be guided
in its migration by peculiarities of climate, and is only seen in this particular
locality when the season is very cold. Since the year 1844 it has not been
observed by the lumberers until the present season, and it seems that noth-
ing short of excessive arctic cold will bring it from its more northern abode."

"It is stated by Buffon that the Ptarmigan avoids the solar heat, and pre-
fers the biting frost on the tops of mountains. These peculiarities I have
also observed here. This bird appears to enjoy the soft snow on the hill sides,

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

and frequently makes holes in it and thus shelters itself during the nigh't.
In this position it is occasionally found frozen in by a superficial crust of ice
which formed during the night, caused by the fall of rain, and owing to a
sudden change of temperature, which is not an unusual circumstance even in
these northern localities."

" Owing to their absence in a great measure from the inhabited northern
localities, these birds do not possess that degree of fear which is observed
in other members of the Grouse family, in consequence of which they are
easily shot or caught in snares. They are said to pair at the same time as
the red Grouse. The female lays 10 to 12 eggs, which are white and marked
with brown spots, and which are deposited on the ground, no nest being pro-
vided. Having examined carefully the digestive organs of this bird, I found
the principal contents to be small twigs and buds of the Birch tree, mixed
with small particles of sand. These twigs were nicely divided into pieces,
varying from one-eighth to one-quarter of an inch in length, and in examin-
ing the beak it will be observed that it possesses considerable strength, and
from its peculiar formation is beautifully adapted to the division of these
small shoots or twigs, from which this bird appears to derive the greater part
of its nourishment. I have much pleasure in sending to you specimens of
both sexes for the Academy of Natural Sciences."

April 7 th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The following were offered for publication :

Descriptions of new Squamata. By E. D. Cope.

Descriptions of new species of Vireonidae, &c. By Geo. N. Lawrence.

Descriptions of new species of Pedipalpi. By Dr. H. C Wood, Jr.

April lAth.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.
Twenty-seven members present.

April 21st.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-two members present.

April 28th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Nineteen members present.

On the report of the respective Committees, the following were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings:

1863.]

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

i

Descriptions of new American SQUAMATA, in the Museum of the Smithsonian

Institution, Washington.

BY E. D. COPE.

Tantilla miniator Cope, sp. nov.

Tail one-fifth the total length. Postnasal equal to second superior labial,
and largely in contact with the preocular; which is hexagonal, and as long as
high. Two post-oculars ; seven superior labials, eye over third and fourth ;
fifth very narrow. First inferior labial not separating sympbyseal and genei-
als. Temporals two large, two small. Occipitals rather large ; vertical,
scarcely longer than broad, more acute angled posteriorly, the frontal, super-
ciliary and occipital sutures equal. Muzzle subtruncate. Scales in thirteen
rows. Length of head and body 30", of tail 1".

Above blackish brown, on the nape blackish; a yellow collar two scales
wide, touching tips of occipitals ; head above blackish, except two large yel-
lowish spots on the superior labials, one below the nares, and one behind the
eye. Under surfaces salmon-colored, palest anteriorly.

Habitat. Mirador, near Vera Cruz. From Dr. Charles Sartorius' collection
made for the Smithsonian Institution. (No. 13.)

A species allied to coronataBd. Grd., (which Jan confounds with the
melanocephala), but differing in the broader and more obtuse head, and
darker coloration. The reticulata has a much longer tail.

Tropidodipsas s a r t o r i i Cope, sp. nov.

Rather stout ; tail one-sixth of the total length. Head swollen at the tem-
ples, muzzle broad, thick ; eyes medium. Rostral not prominent, as high as
broad. Nasals two, large; loreal nearly square, in contact with orbit ; one
very small preocular above it, widely separated from vertical ; twopostoculars.
Top of head arched, a little swollen behind. Postfrontals very large ; vertical
broader than long, five-sided; superciliaries small. Occipitals with a concave
outer border. Five temporals, one in contact with postoculars, little longer
than fifth superior labial. Six superior labials, eye over fourth, but touching
third. Nine inferior labials, fifth largest; two pairs of very small geneials
behind the moderate anterior pair. Scales in seventeen longitudinal series, the
three median slightly keeled. Gastrosteges rounded, slightly bent upwards on
the sides. Length of head and body 47", of tail 9".

Black, with fifteen yellowish (? red) rings three scales wide, each scale black
tipped. Last ring including tips of occipitals, last superior labial, and chin,
except inferior labials; five light rings on tail.

Habitat. Mirador, Vera Cruz. Discovered by Dr. Charles Sartorius, (Coll.
No. 20,) to whom the species is dedicated. This gentleman has also obtained
at the same place, among other species, Ninia c o 1 1 a r i s (Streptophorus sebie,
collaris Jan.) Drymobius margaritiferus, Lampropeltis micropholis ,
Boa eques.

Rhadinrea poecilopogon Cope, sp. nov.

Slender; head distinct elongate, convex; muzzle elongate, narrowly
rounded. Scales narrow, in seventeen longitudinal rows. Tail more than one
fourth of the total length. Superior head-plates normal, elongate, especially
the vertical, which has straight outlines. Loreal nearly equilateral, encroach-
ing on the single preocular, which does not reach the vertical. Two postocu-
lars, superior larger ; one temporal between fifth and sixth superior labials and
occipital. Seven superior labials, eye cover third and fourth ; postgeneials
longer than pregeneials ; nine inferior labials, fifth largest. Total length
391", tail 10".

Above olivaceous brown, each scale of the vertebral series with a black
centre. End of gastrosteges and lateral scales to the edge of the fourth row,
dark slate ; a streak across the rostral plate through loreal and temporal re-

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 101

gion, and spreading in the posterior lower labials of the same color,
yellow bordered above. Labials, mental and gular regions yellow, with
blackish spots and vermioulations. A blackish spot on each end of every
gastrostege anteriorly ; posteriorly they become confluent with those of the
sides. Abdomen yellow, immaculate.

Habitat. Paysondu, Uraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, from Mr. H. W, Kennedy.

The genus here called Rhadimea, has afforded me considerable perplexity,
standing as it does in near relationship with Coniophanes, Coronella, Lygophis,
and Diadophis. Its type is the Taeniophis vermiculaticeps, which I
indicated in 18G1* as belonging to an unnamed genus. Coronella decorata
Gthr., is a second species. This I formerly placed provisionally in Diadophis,
partly on account of its two preocular plites. A specimen from Vera Cruz,
has, however, but one, and the dentitition is not isodont, but syncranterian, as
Giinther describes, though of a weak type. The same arrangement is exhibited
by the vermiculaticeps and poecilopogon. The tail of the d e co-
rat u s is relatively much longer than that of the vermiculaticeps; the
p o e c i 1 o p o g o n is rather intermediate in this respect. The dentition dis-
tinguishes this genus from Coniophanes ; the pattern of coloration is the same,
and the scale pores are equally wanting. The general form is rather more
slender. If we ignore the difference in dentition, these serpents might be re-
ferred to Lygophis, where some species are of similar scutellation, proportion,
and coloration. The closest accordance with Coronella in structural charac-
teristics exists, but the species are much more slender, and the head is more dis-
tinct. If we unite them with that genus, Coniophanes, its closest ally (through
C. imperialis) must follow, and if so, then Lygophis and Liophis, whose
connection with Dromicus is well known. Coronella anomalais probably
Lygophis rutilus, with abnormal simtellation, and the dentition described,
as syncranterian ; it seems to be diacranterian in the specimens described
under the last name ; other specimens have or have not the interval anterior
to the last long tooth. Whether this species is a Lygophis or a Rhadinaea, or
whether it renders the two inseparable, must be left at present to future in-
vestigation. Its form is more slender than Coronella.

If Coronella, as Giinther left it in his " Catalogue," could be defined tren-
chantly from genera leading to such distant connections, it would be well to
accept it ; but to me it is a union of natural groups, which, as being the most
definable, may be called genera. They are Coronella proper, Macroprotodonf,
Coniophanes, Rhadinaea, Larapropeltis, and perhaps others.

In the system of the Erpetologie Geoerale, the species of Rhadinaea would
enter the section of Leptophis, characterized by smooth scales.

Rhadinaea ob t u s a, Cope. sp. nov.

Muzzle broadly rounded, rather short. Head small. Tail one-fourth the
total length. Head plates shorter than in the poecilopogon; outlines of ver-
tical slightly concave. Eight superior labials, loreal nearly square, encroach-
ing on the single preocular, which does not reach the vertical. Two postocu-
lars touching one temporal. Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows. Total length
41-25", the tail 8-75."

Above olive brown ; ends of gastrosteges and sides, including border of
fifth row of scales, blackish ; a median dorsal band embracing one and two
half rows of scales, which disappear on the tail. Beneath saffron yellow ; a
blackish dot on the end of each gastrostege anteriorly. Chin and labial regions
immaculate.

Habitat. Paysondu, Uraguay. Dr. Kennedy's collection furnished also that
rare species Tomodon o c e 1 1 a t u s. This serpent looks much like a Tachy-

* Proc. A. N. S., p. 74.

t It would prove interesting if the Coronella b r e v i s Gthr., should be found to possess
the elongate anterior mandibular teeth of Macroprotodon.

1863.]

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

menis, and resembles that figured by Seba, pi 68, no. 6, on which Klein (Ten-
tamen, p. 39.) founded his Coluber exetra, aquaticus. There were also
in the collection Lygophis a n o m a 1 u s, Heterodon d'orbignyi (ground
color of abdomen and tail red !). Philodryas schottii, Oxyrhopus s p a d i-
ceus, plumbeus, Opheomorphus d o 1 i a t u s.

Gonatodes g i 1 1 i i Cope, sp. nov.

Premaxillary teeth eleven. Inferior labials four ; symphyseal thrice as large
as the anterior labial, longer than broad, each of its two posterior sutures
shorter than its lateral, and joining at an obtuse angle. Six scales in the
first transverse mental row, two median in contact with symphyseal; behind
these about four rows of hexagonal scales, becoming smaller and more circu-
lar. Superior labials five. Internasals separated by one row of scales.
Frontal scales larger than gular, much larger than dorsal, which equal occipi-
tal. Scales of abdomen and anterior faces of limbs larger, rounded, imbricate;
of tail large, hexagonal; a row of plates beneath. Length from muzzle to
vent 3".

Lateral regions bluish grey, sides of abdomen much darker. Dorsal region
nearly black, with a median jellow vitta extending from the end of the muzzle.

Habitat. Trinidad. From the collection of the well-known zoologist, Prof.
Theodore Gill, whose name I take much pleasure in attaching to this very
pretty species.

I have employed Fitzinger's name for this genus, instead of Goniodactylus
of Kuhl, which should be applied to that called Cyrtodactylus by Gray.

Gonatodes ferrugineus Cope sp. nov.

Premaxillary teeth eleven. Inferior labials five ; superior six or seven.
Symphyseal as broad as long, twice as large as anterior labial. Two large
scales in first mental row, five in the second, five rows behind these gradually
diminishing in size. About thirteen longitudinal rows of scales on the thorax.
Scales of the upper surfaces very small, those of the front large. Length from
muzzle to vent 3'".

Color cinnamon ; the thorax and abdomen dirty white, the gular region mot-
tled with the same.

Habitat. Trinidad. Prof. Gill's Collection.

The head of this species is rather narrower than that of the g i 1 1 i i, and the
squamation of the superior surfaces more minute.

Diplodactylus u n c t u s Cope, sp. nov.

Scales rounded, flat in about 3G rows on the dorsal region; those of the
muzzle smaller than dorsal, little larger than those on the occiput. Interna-
sals in contact. Seven superior labials, including that under the pupil ; six
inferior, to the same point, the last two very small, the first larger than the
second, extensively in contact with the first pair of mental plates, which bound
the symphyseal posteriorly. Each of the former is bounded by three smaller,
and these are succeeded by a few rows which diminish in size. Terminal discs
with straight outlines. Tail without tubercles. Anal scales similar to the
abdominal. Auricular opening as long as pupil. Premaxillary teeth five.
Length from end of muzzle to auricular meatus 12'", from the same point to
vent 4-5".

Above grey, shining, with five broad, blackish, centrally-pale cross-bands,
from base of tail to interscapular region. A dark band from the muzzle
through the eye, a cross band on occiput, and various irregular spots on the top
of head and labial regions.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Sent to the Smithsonian Insti-
tution by John Xantus, Esq. (No. 5304.)

Phyllodactylus x an ti Cope, sp. nov.

Dorsal tubercles rather small, not trihedral, in very irregular, broken, lon-

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

gitudinal series. Those on the occiput small, numerous, smaller than the
scales of the front and region of the canthus rostralis, which are swollen, and
as large as those of the abdomen. Gular scales minute. Syrnpbyseal acute-
angled posteriorly, bounded by the two oval, large mentals; each of these
bounded by three posteriorly. Five inferior labials opposite the middle ot
the orbit; first and second equal. Seven superior labials to the same point.
Internasals in contact. Preanals like abdominals. Transverse series of keeled
ovate tubercles on the tail, which are in contact or separated by one row of
scales. A row of broad plates beneath.

Length from muzzle to angle of ramus mandibuli 1*4", to vent h". From
vent to end of tail 4".

In spirits gray, with five blackish cross-bands, the median line pale, con-
tinuous. A narrow streak through loreal and temporal regions, a cross streak
on occiput, and a few longitudinal lines on the head. Tail with seven blackish
rings.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Obtained by JohnXantus, Esq.,
to whom it is dedicated.

Pantodactylus bivittatus Cope, sp. nov.

Internasal pentagonal, as broad as long. Anterior supraorbital largest, not
equal to the two others combined ; the latter are as large as the fronto-
parietals. Interoccipital larger than occipital, bounded behind by a small post-
interoccipital and two larger postoccipitals ; one or two large temporals.
Nasal subtriangular, nostril on the middle. Loreal much higher than long ;
6even superior labials, eye over fourth. Four narrow inferior labials. One
postsymphyseal, four infralabials, the two anterior pairs in contact. The
anterior pair of gulars in contact, the four succeeding separated by from one
to three plates, the following six in contact, transverse, the posterior form-
ing the edge of a collar. Four rows of abdominal plates, as broad as long,
two of ovate, smooth laterals, eighteen of elongate sharply-keeled dorsals.
The extended posterior extremity reaches the elbow of the appressed anterior.
Five femoral pores, four large anals, the posterior twice as long as the ante-
rior. Tail more than twice the length of the head and body. Total length
11-7'", tail 8-2.

Above olive brown ; two yellowish brown bands from the temporal region,
bounded with darker above and below; in one specimen a median blackish
line. Below olivaceous yellow, olive spotted under the tail.

Habitat. Paysondu, Uraguay, whence Mr. H. W. Kennedy has sent it to
the Smithsonian Institution, Washington. This species possesses a transparent
inferior palpebra like that of the con col or. (vid. Tschudi, " Die Familie
der Ecpleopoda "), while in the o rb i gny i it is squamous.

Cnemidophorus hyperythrus Cope, sp. nov.

External nares in the nasal plate. Brachium with four series of plates,
three on the antebrachium, the superior largest. Head rather narrow,
muzzle long. Hind foot two-fifths the length of the head and body. Three
rows of scales on the gular fold, the anterior row median, short, scales of the
posterior largest Posterior gular scales small, abruptly separated from the
anterior, which are large the median twice the size of those surrounding.
Supraocular plates four, rarely three. Abdominals in eight series some-
times additional small external plates. Frontoparietals united. Three larger
anals.

From end of muzzle to collar, 1" 8"'; from collar to vent 4"; vent to end
of tail 14".

Above brown or blackish ; two (?) yellow bands on each side, which extend
some distance on the tail, one from the superciliary margin, one from in-
ferior border of orbit; the last bordered with blackish beneath, and extend-
ing on the posterior extremity to the foot ; the caudal portion continued from a

1863.]

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

similar band on the posterior face of the limb. A median light stripe be-
tween these two. Two paler median dorsal bands which diverge on the nape,
and are frequently united for most of their length. Beneath iridescent rose-
color, deeper posteriorly, becoming brownish vermillion on the under surface
of the tail.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. From coll. of Jno. Xantus, Esq., (No. 5290).
A species allied to the d e p p ei Wiegm. in scutellation ; the latter has two
frontoparietals three supraoculars, is stouter, and more numerously banded.

Cnemidophorus rnaximus Cope, sp. nov.

Plates of the collar graduating in the posterior gular, the marginal largest,
the series concave anteriorly in the middle. Anterior gulars abruptly larger,
their median largest. Nostril in naso-rostral ; supraorbitals four, fronto-
parietals separated. Interoccipital (in adult) nearly as broad as long ; oc-
cipitals large. Preanals in four transverse series, the posterior two containing
six. Tibials four, femorals seven, abdominals eight, antebrachials (often an
unreliable character) four, brachials seven rowed. Dorsal scales minute.

Length from end of muzzle to gular fold 4" ; from gular fold to vent 8" ;
from vent to end of tail 22 // .

Above olive brown, with three brown bands on each side, which are as wide
as the intervals between them, and are so broken by spots of the ground-
color as to resemble series of confluent brown variations. Posterior extremities
coarsely reticulate with the same color. Superior surface of tail, and gular
region, blackish, varied ; abdominal shields black tipped. Under surface of
tail and hinder extremities yellow.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. Jno. Xantus. (Smith. Mus., No. 529T).

Differs from the C. grahamii, its nearest ally, in its smaller and more
numerous preanal plates, much smaller dorsal scales, and broader light
bands.

Cnemidophorus melanostethus Cope, sp. nov.

Plates of the collar small, the marginal not the largest ; posterior gulars
graduating into the anterior, not abruptly separated from them; the median
of the latter not abruptly larger than those around them. Nostril in the
frontonasal plate, as in all other North American species. Four supraorbitals,
two frontoparietals ; interparietal elongate. Sides of neck with many folds.
Scales of the back flat, rather large. Five large anals, two of which are mar-
ginal. Hind foot entering length of head and body three times ; extended,
reaching angle of the mouth. Eight series of abdominal scales. Length
from muzzle to collar 3" ; collar to vent 6", 3 /// ; vent to end of tail 27".

Above olive brown, with numerous whitish spots arranged closely in
irregular transverse series, producing a reticulate aspect. Thorax and ter-
minal two-thirds of tail, black ; abdomen slightly, gular region strongly
shaded with the same.

Habitat. Region of the Colorado of California. Mus. Smithsonian,
(3064 a) ; obtained by Mr. H. B. Mollhausen, of Lieut. J. C. Ives' expedition
which explored that river.

This species has a shorter hind foot than the gracilis, (where it enters
the length of the head and body two and a half times,) and does not exhibit
that abrupt transition from the small posterior to the large anterior gular
plates. The latter character separates it from tesselatus and tigris.
In the former of these the dorsal scales are larger ; in the last, the coloration
is very different.

Uta thalassina Cope, sp. nov.

Form much depressed. Median dorsal scales larger, smooth, graduating
into the lateral, smaller than those of the abdomen, not separated by median
smaller ones. Abdominal scales nearly rectangular, in transverse series.
Brachial scales a little larger, more imbricate, keeled. Occipital plate large,

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

longer than broad, triangular, with rounded angles, separated by two plates
from those bounding supraorbital region. One series of interorbitals. Su-
praoculars in three series, five in the interior largest. Internasals, two series
of four, each followed by two pairs. Scales of the collar but little larger than
those anterior ; gular scales equal. A narrow entire suborbital. Eight supe-
rior labials, bounded above by two series of similar plates. Eight oblong
inferior labials. Symphyseal larger, followed by two trapezoid infralabials.
A scapuloinguinal dermal fold on each side. Extended posterior extremity
reaching anterior border of ear orifice. Tail broad and depressed at base,
slender and slightly compressed, less than twice the length of the head and
body. Total length, 21" 4'"; tail 13" 6'"; body 5" 5'"; from collar to
end of muzzle, 2" 3'".

Color above sea-green ; a narrow black cross-band separates the nuchal
from the dorsal region ; a broader black band, which presents a convexity
anteriorly, crosses the latter anterior to its middle. Between these, some in-
distinct undulatory bands, three similar on the posterior dorsal region, fol-
lowed by numerous caudal annuli, which become very broad. Beneath,
bluish green, darkest on the gular region ; tail and femora beneath yellow.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. From Mr. Xantus' valuable collections. Smith-
sonian, No. 6302.

Sceloporus zosteromus Cope, sp. nov.

Scales large, strongly keeled, slightly denticulate, in ten longitudinal rows
on rump and nape, and eighteen to twenty transverse between those points.
Lateral scales larger than abdominal, not granular above and before shoul-
der. Auricular scales much longer than those adjacent. Cephalic shields
smooth ; prefrontal longer than broad, single ; supraoculars in one series,
transverse, posteriorly in immediate contact with superciliary series. Ab-
dominal scales emarginate, accumulated on the posterior gular region, where
many are tricuspid. Hind limb extended, reaching orbit.

Length from muzzle to vent, 9" 7 /// ; from muzzle to axilla, 4" 3'" ; hind
foot, 3".

(J 1 Above bright olivaceous, with a reddish longitudinal dorsolateral band
on each side, crossed medially by numerous indistinct brown bars, often
obsolete. Under surface and sides of tail yellowish. Anterior face of femur,
groin, a large spot anterior to brachium, a broad band connecting the latter
with the former, and the latter of each side, across posterior gular region,
black, which shade into blue on the sides and throat. Chin light-green.
Brachium black in front. In younger specimens the prebrachial spot often
does not connect with the lateral abdominal band.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. From the collection of Jno. Xantus, Esq.

A species to be compared with the S. c 1 a r k i i , which is found in Texas
and Arizona. The latter has a shorter prefrontal plate, greater size, and dif-
ferent coloration.

Cyclura (Ctenosaura) hemilopha Cope, sp. nov.
Ctenosaura sp., Baird, Proc. A. N. S., 1859, p. 300.
Breadth just anterior to orbits <yjual to length from line connecting those
points to end of muzzle. Rostral plate twice as broad as high, upper outline
an arc. Seven premaxillary teeth ; maxillaries (in one specimen) 21, of which
six are conic, the third longest, and very few of the remainder more than tri-
cuspid. Crest highest on the nape, where it is composed of high compressed
processes ; on the anterior fourth of the back they become reduced to a me-
dian series of compressed scales, which are undistinguishable behind the
middle of the back. Dorsal scales flat ; tibials and antebrachials slightly
keeled. Tail cylindrical, the whorls with very strong spines, separated by
one series of scales. Foot short, sole not spinous. Length from end of
muzzle to gular fold, 6" 5'" ; from mastoid to mastoid, 3" ; from edge of

1863.]

106 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

fold to vent, \V & /// vent to end of tail, 33" ; posterior extremity, 13" 4'".
Above, light-greyish olive, with or without some transverse yellowish
shades. Three or four black blotches cross the crest, the anterior smallest,
the second also only a spot, but larger, the third transverse, the last largest,
extending behind the axillar round the thorax, which, with the gular region
and anterior extremities, is also black. A black line on each side the nape.
Posteriorly pale, vermiculated and speckled with black, the hinder extremi-
ties coarsely. Abdomen olivaceous grey or yellow, sparsely speckled. Tail
yellowish-browu, with broad brown annuli posteriorly.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. One of the most interesting discoveries of Mr.
Xantus, (Xantus Col., No. 789.) This very distinct species belongs to the
same section as C. teres and C. pectinata. Its remarkably short crest
and peculiar coloration are distinguishing features which immediately strike
the eye.

Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families YIRE0NID2E and

RALLIDiE.

BY GEO. N. LAWRENCE.

Fam. VIREONIDiE.

1. VlREOSYLVIA ATRIPENNIS.

First primary absent, third and fourth equal and longest, fifth nearly as
long, second and sixth shorter and equal.

Upper plumage olive-green, brownish on the crown of the head ; a broad
line of greyish-olive runs from the bill over and beyond the eye ; under this
line is a blackish mark, occupying the lores and a space behind the eye, in-
cluding the eyelids ; cheeks greyish-olive, bordered by a well-defined blackish
line, running from the lower mandible down the side of the neck ; tail greyish-
black, broadly margined on the outer webs above with olive-green, and with
the inner webs underneath edged with pale yellowish-white ; quills black,
edged with olive-green ; under wing coverts pale yellowish white, inner mar-
gins of quills greyish-white ; throat greyish-white ; breast and abdomen pale
yellowish-white, olivaceous on the sides ; under tail coverts pale yellowish-
white ; upper mandible dark horn-color, the under paler ; tarsi and feet black.
Length of skin 6| in. ; wing 3 3 ; tail 2 ; bill $ ; tarsi f .

Habitat. Sombrero Island, W. I.

It somewhat resembles V. altiloqua, but is apparently a stouter species, the
bill is rather larger and stronger, although not so broad at the base, the throat
is grey instead of white, but the most distinguishing character is the black
quill feathers.

This species was the only land bird in a small collection put in my hands
for examination by Prof. C. A. Joy, of Columbia College, N. Y. These birds
were collected by Mr. Alexis A. Julien, on the Guano Island of Sombrero, one
of the easternmost of the group, known as. the Virgin Isles. I expect to re-
ceive from him a more extended series of the birds inhabiting that island, and
to give a catalogue of them, should they prove of sufficient interest.

Fam. RALLIDiE.

2. CORETHRURA GaUTEMALENSIS.

Adult. Upper plumage brownish-rufous, brighter on the wings, and more
brown on the head ; tail dark rufous-brown ; quills dark liver-brown, with
faint edgings of rufous ; the under plumage is of a deeper and brighter brown-
ish-rufous, lighter on the chin ; sides dusky ; under wing coverts dusky-brown ;
bill dark horn-color, pale at the end ; the legs appear to have been flesh-color.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 107

A younger specimen has the plumage above not quite so bright, and the
under of a lighter brown, ashy on the middle of the abdomen and on the throat.
Length to end of tail about 8 in. ; wing 4f ; tail 2 ; bill 1 ; tarsi If.
Habitat. Guatemala.

3. Aramides axillaris.

Chin and throat white, entire head besides, neck, breast and abdomen, of a
bright chestnut-red, lighter on the sides of the head ; lower part of abdomen
and thighs dark greyish-cinereous ; upper part of back bluish-cinereous, mid-
dle of back olive-green ; rump deep chocolate-brown, deepening to brownish
black on the tail coverts ; tail deep brownish-black ; primaries bright cinnamon-
red, slightly dusky at their ends ; the secondaries are liver-brown on their
inner webs, and on the outer greenish olive-brown ; the tertials and wing
coverts are of the same color as the back ; under wing coverts and axillaries
black, narrowly banded with white ; sides under the wings and under tail
coverts brownish-black ; bill dusky-olive on the sides for two-thirds its length,
the remainder yellowish white ; legs and feet clear vermilion, of a rather light
color, and in the specimen before me translucent.

Length about 13 in. ; wing 6 ; tail 2| ; bill If; tarsi 2 J.

Habitat. Barranquilla, New Granada, collected by Geo. Crowther, Esq.

The toes of this species are short, and together with the tarsi, quite slender.
It does not appear to resemble any of the described species that I have exa-
mined.

Description of New Species of NORTH AMERICAN FEDIFALFI.
BY DR. H. C. WOOD, JR.

SCOKPUTS ALLENII.

S. saturate brunneo-castaneus, laevis, venuste politus; cephalothorace antico
distincte emarginato ; palpi modicis ; manibus magnis, subquadrangulatis,
latis, vix creuatis, sparse punctatis ; digitis robustis, modice brevibus, fere
rude punctatis, curvatis ; oculis lateralibus fere sequalibus ; cauda breve, valde
crenulata ; spiculo brevissimo, subuncinato, sine spinulo basali ; pectinis
dentibus fere 7.

The dorsum is beautifully polished, and not at all tuberculate. The palpi
are of medium size. The second joint has all of its borders, except the postero-
inferior, crenulate. The third has only its supero-anterior crenate. Its anterior
face is complanate ; its posterior convex. The hands are rather thin, some-
what cordate, subquadrangular, and faintly marked with divisions between
eight facets. The anterior border is thin and convex. The fingers are very
robust, almost rudely punctate, rather short, and ornamented with a few long
hairs. Their opposing margins are minutely denticulate. The tail is short ; in
the female not so long as the body. The first joint is broader than long. It has
both the superior and the supero-lateral crests crenulate. The third and fourth
have also the infero-lateral distinctly crenate. The inferior crests are crenulate
on the fourth. The penultimate joint is elongate ; its lower surface is tuber-
culate ; its single median inferior and infero-lateral crests strongly dentate.
The terminal joint is elongate ; its superior surface is complanate and triangu-
lar ; its inferior convex, and marked with a dark median stripe. The sternal
plate is pentangular. It affords me great pleasure to dedicate this species to
my friend and co-laborer, Dr. H. Allen, U. S. A.

Length of body, tf 6 lines, 9 9 li nes : of tail, tf 8 lines, $ 8 lines.
Hab. Lower California. Smithsonian Museum. J. Xantus de Vesey.

BUTHUS EXILICAUDA.

B. dilute aurantiaco-brunneus, interdum obscure maculatus ; dorso tuber-
culis parvis asperato ; cephalothorace antico late sed baud profunde emargi-
1863.]

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

nato ; palpi nonnihil gracilibus, subelongatis ; manibus parvissiniis ; digi-
tis valde elongatis, gracilibus, curvatis ; cauda gracile, nonnihil elongata ;
spiculo modice longo, valde curvato, sine spinulo basili ; pectinis dentibus
fere 18.

The cephalothorax is medianly canaliculate, and anteriorly broadly but
very shallowly emarginate. The lateral eyes are arranged in a straight or
nearly straight series. The palpi have their surface quite rough, and are
somewhat elongate and slender. The second article has four minutely crenu-
late crests, besides minute tubercles on its anterior face. The third has five
ridges, besides larger tubercles on its front surface. The anterior aspect of the
hand is very convex. The posterior border is ornamented by an obsoletely
crenulate ridge. The opposing margins of the fingers are armed with obliquely
longitudinal imbricated rows of minute teeth, with a series of distant larger
ones on either side. The caudal surface is rough. The first joint has very
minutely denticulate superior, supero-, median, infero-lateral, and inferior
ridges. The next three articles have the same crests, excepting the median
lateral. There are generally no distinct ridges on the penultimate segment.
The last joint is short, and very narrow, but quite thick. Its superior aspect
is not complanate ; its inferior is strongly convex. The lower surface of the
tail is generally marked with a median longitudinal stripe. The sternal plate
is triangular, with its apex truncate.

Length of body, J> 7 lines, $ 8 lines : of tail, ^ 13 lines, $ 12 lines.

Hab. Lower California. Smithsonian Museum.

B. HIRSUTUS.

B. brunneus ; palpi, pedibus caudaque dilute aurantiacis, longe pilosis ;
cephalothorace lato, margine antico non solum baud emarginato sed etiam
convexo ; oculis lateralibus in serie valde curvata dispositis ; palpibus crassi-
bus, marginibus nonnihil crenulatis ; manibus modice tumidis, obsolete sep-
templicatis, marginibus posticis anticisque tuberculatis ; digitis valde elongatis,
robustis, curvatis, obsoletissime plicatis ; pectinis dentibus 25 30 ; abdomine
nonnihil laeve, haud carinato ; spiculo sine spinulo basali.

The common tint of the dorsum is a very dark reddish-brown, but it varies
greatly, in some specimens being as light as the legs, in others even olive. In
the typical pattern, whilst the penultimate caudal segment is of the same
reddish-brown as the body, the terminal is very light. The cephalothorax is
broad, and has its surface minutely granulate. The median furrow is strongly
pronounced, and is intersected by three transverse crosses. The most anterior of
these crosses is at the position of the median ocelli ; the most posterior just in
front of the hinder margin. Rarely these are somewhat obsolete, and some-
times tbey are slightly oblique. The opposing edges of the fingers are armed
with obliquely longitudinal imbricated rows of small teeth, with a series of
larger distant ones on each side. The surfaces of the abdominal scuta are
quite smooth, but their posterior borders are tuberculate. Anteriorly they
are impressed with two crescentic linear furrows. The legs are compressed and
hairy ; their edges are more or less crenulate. The tail is long, massive,
rough and very hairy. At the proximal end of each of the first four joints,
there is a pair of broad, thin, minutely denticulate articular processes. On
the distal extremity of the fourth there is a nondenticulate pair. The su-
perior, supero and median lateral crests of the first four articles are strongly
but irregularly crenate. The median is evanescent, on each, anteriorly. The
inferior and infero-lateral ridges are smooth on the two anterior joints, on the
third they are slightly, on the fourth distinctly crenate. The supero and me-
dian lateral crests of the penultimate segment are strongly crenulate ; the
infero lateral and median inferior strongly denticulate. The last joint is short,
swollen and very hairy. Its articular processes are large, but not dentate.
Its superior surface is triangular, smooth and complanate, or even depressed ;
its inferior is tuberculate, and traversed by two grooves on each side.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

Length of body, 1 5-8 inches : of tail, 2 5-S inches.

Hab. Lower California. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum.

B. EJIARGINATICEPS.

B. olivaceo-fulvus ; palpi, pedibus caudaque longe pilosis ; cephalo-
tborace antico late et profundissime emarginato, sed alibi, B. hirsuti illo
simillimo ; palpibus crassibus ; marginibus nonnihil crenulatis ; manibus
modice tumidis, obsolete septemplicatis, marginibus anticis posticisque tuber-
culatis ; pectinis dentibus 30 ; abiomiue nonuib.il lcevi, medio baud carinato ;
spiculo sine spinulo basali.

Tbe color of our single specimen is an olive-yellow tint, witb a very dark
crescentic blotcb at the position of the median eyes. But in this pattern it
does not differ from some individuals of the preceding species. The cephala-
thorax differs from that of B. hirmtus only in one character : In its anterior
border is a very large emargination, which reaches about one-third of the dis-
tance to the melian eyes. The abdomen is precisely like the preceding
species. The tail is perhaps a little less massive. But it also so closely re-
sembles that of B. hirsutus the description of one will answer for the other.

Length of body, 1 5-8 inches : of tail, 2 5-8 inches.

Lower California. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum.

B. EtTSTHEXURA.

B. aurantiaco-brunneus ; dorso tuberculis minimis asperato ; cepbalotho-
race hand emarginato, medio canaliculato ; oculis lateralibus utrinque in serie
curvata dispositis ; palpi gracilibus longis, longe sparse pilosis ; manibus
parvis, baud tumidis, subcylindraceis ; cauda modice longa, percrassa ; spi-
culo brevissimo, valde curvato, sine spinulo basali ; pectinis dentibus fere 17.

The surface of the cephalothorax is rough and uneven. The hands are
very small and smooth, with some traces of the eight facets so distinct in E.
punctipalpi. The fingers are about as long as the hand, rather slender, with
their opposing margins armed with a row of very sharp, minute teeth, and
much larger ones placed at intervals on one side of their distal portion. The
legs are somewhat compressed ; very long and slender. The tail, when com-
pared with the boly, is very heavy. On the first four joints the superior and
supero lateral crests are alone serrulate. The superior terminates in a spine,
feebly pronounced on the fourth article. The inferior and infero lateral crests
are distinct, but not crenulate. The penultimate segment has well-marked,
but not crenate, supero and infero lateral ridges, besides a single median infe-
rior and median lateral on their proximal portion. The terminal joint resembles
that of B. punctipalpi, but is much larger and thicker, and not so prolonged
posteriorly. Sternal plate pentangular.

Length of body, $ 7 lines : of tail, tf 13 lines.

Hob. Cape St. Lucas. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum.

B. PUNCTIPALPI.

B. aurantiaco-brunneus ; dorso tuberculis minimis asperato ; cephalothorace
medio canaliculato, antico nonnihil emarginato ; palpi dense minutissime
punctatis, nonnihil robustis ; manibus magnis, tumidis, octo faciebus indis-
tincte instructis ? cauda modice longa et crasse ; articulo penultimo longo,
ultimo parvo, supra complanato ; spiculo gracillimo, valde elongato, gradatim
curvato, sine spinulo basali ; pectinis dentibus fere 20.

All of our specimens are immaculate ; some of them shade off in color to-
wards an olive. The lateral eyes, three in number, are generally arranged in
a slightly, but occasionally in a strongly curved line. The cephalothorax,
and, indeed, the whole dorsum is roughened by very numerous minute tuber-
cles. The scuta are more or less distinctly medianly keeled. The joints of
the palpi are irregularly parallelopipedal, with their margins mostly well-

1863.]

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

defined and crenulate. The second joint has on its anterior face one or two
crenate ridges ; its posterior margin is rounded off. The hands are large, and
have only their superior and inferior edges distinctly crenate. The fingers are
robust and moderately long, with their opposing margins armed with a single
row of teeth, with larger ones at regular intervals on one side of their distal
portion. The feet are compressed. The tail is rather robust. The first
three joints have their superior and supero lateral ridges sharply serrate, and
terminating posteriorly in a spine. In the fourth they are the same, except
that the terminal spinule of the supero-lateral crest is wanting. The first
four joints have infero lateral and inferior crests, the former mostly distinctly,
the latter indistinctly (excepting on the posterior segment) serrulate. The
penultimate articulation is long, and armed with distinctly serrulate supero-
lateral, infero-lateral crests, as well as a single median inferior; and on its an-
terior half, central lateral ridges. Its form is that of a parallelopipedon
thinned at its two extremities. The superior surface of the last joint is trian-
gular and complanate ; the inferior is convex. The sting is very long, slender,
and gracefully curved. The sternal plate is pentangular.

Length of body, tf 10 lines, $> 12 lines: of tail, tf 16 lines, $ 14 lines.

Hah. Cape St. Lucas. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum.

B. SPIMGERtrS.

B. dilute olivaceo-fulvus, fusco vitatus ; cephalothorace antico hand emargi-
nato, medio canaliculato ; oculis lateralibus in serie curvata positis ; palpi
modice robustis, marginibus valde crenulatis ; manibus nonnihil tumidis,
lineis elevatis obsoletis ; digitis nonnihil elongatis, modice curvatis, margini-
bus opponentibus et dentatis et crenulatis ; abdominibus mediis nonnihil
carinatis ; cauda modice breve, robustissima, lineis elevatis denticulatis ; spi-
culo sine spinulo basali ; pectinis dentibus 20 25.

The color of this species varies ; generally each abdominal plate has a dark
brown v or w shaped marking, forming a continuous stripe on each side. This
is obsolete on the cephalothorax. But this distinctness of pattern is often
lost, and the whole body involved in an olive-brown tint. The palpi closely
resemble those of B. boteus, but have the hand not so large, and the facets
and elevated lines not so strongly pronounced. The opposing margins of the
fingers resemble those of that species in their armature, but want the wavy
outline. On each side of the abdominal median line are numerous small black
tubercles, so arranged as to form more or less prominent ridges. There is
also a series of these on the posterior border of each of the abdominal scuta.
The legs and tail are of a dirty yellow color. The anterior four caudal joints
are short and very robust, the breadth of the first three often equalling their
length. These four joints are provided with denticulate superior and supero-
lateral crests. In the anterior three these are of nearly the same length, and
terminate distally in a small spine. In the fourth, the dorsal is only two-
thirds the length of the other raised line, and the joint is then scooped out to
the level of the latter, which does not end in a spine. On the first four
articulations the middle lateral crests are almost entirely obsolete. On the
fifth they are more strongly pronounced. This joint is much more elongate
than the others. Its supero-lateral crests are not so strongly denticulate
as those of the others, and have no spine at their distal extremity. The in-
fero-lateral and inferior crest exist on the first four joints as four black, oc-
casionally somewhat obsolete, ridges, but are not crenulate. On the fifth
both the inferior-lateral and the single median-inferior crests are denticulate.
The sixth caudal joint is somewhat ovate, flattened above, and without ridges.
On the lower surface there exists a faint mesial groove. The sting is slender
and strongly curved.

Length of body, tf 9 one i ncn > f * a ^> ? one inch, two lines ; $ one
inch, four lines.

Hab. Texas. Smithsonian Museum.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill

CENTRURUS PnAIODACTYLUS.

C. brunneo-fulvus; cephalothorace sparse puactato, medio leviter canaliculato,
antico et abbreviate et rotundato et nonnihil emarginato, postico transversa
sulcato ; manibus caudaque venuste politis et pedibus nonnihil pilosis;
palpi robustis, angulis vel valde crenulatis vel denticulatis, articuli tertii
superficie antica spinulo unico (interdum duobus) ; manibus valdissime
tumidis, longis, indistincte octoplicatis ; digitis latis, robustissimis, modice
brevibus, curvatis, marginibus opponentibm acute denticulatis ; pedibus flavis ;
abdomine laeve ; cauda breve, cristis superioribus obsoletis, superficie superi-
ore nonnihil minute granulata ; articulo quarto baud carinato ; articulo
ultimo maxinio, spiculo parvo sine spinulo basali ; pectinis dentibus 7-9.

The cephalothorax is not produced as far anteriorly as is commonly the
case. It is impressed with a faint transverse groove at the position of the
median ocelli, and with another, more distinctly defined, on its posterior
third. These channels separate three pairs of slightly pronounced elevations,
which successively decrease in size from the first. The first joint of the palpi
has all of its margins armed with distinct obtuse denticules, excepting only
the postero-inferior, which is rounded and concave, and crenate only on its
proximal third. The third article is much larger than the second, and has
only its anterior margins crenate. Its posterior surface, as well as that of the
hand, is sparsely and irregularly punctate. The anterior aspect of the hand
is minutely tuberculate. The first joint of the mandibles is very long, almost
always extending as far forward as the cephalothorax, and often much beyond
it. The distal portion of these organs, with the "pincers," is black. The
median eyes are placed upon a single black elevation in the middle third of
the cephalothorax. The first two lateral ocelli are somewhat smaller
than the median ; the third is much smaller ; the fourth is at right angles to
the third, and is still less. The three anterior joints of the tail are short and
rather broad. Their superior crests are entirely, and their supero-lateral al-
most, obsolete ; their inferior and infero-lateral are well-marked and broadly
crenate. All of the ridges of the fourth segment are obsolete. The penulti-
mate joint is elongate and slender. Its lower surface is rough, and has two
strongly, but obtusely denticulate infero-lateral, and a single, median-inferior
crest. The last segment is immensely swollen. Its distal portion is sud-
denly and very strongly contracted, and then inflated slightly again, so as
to form a knob, as it were, on the base of the sting.

Length of body, 1 inches ; of tail, 1 inches.

Hub. Utah Territory. Smithsonian Museum. M. McCarthy, Esq.

Phrtnps asperatipes.

P. dilute aurantiacus saturate rubido-brunneo maculatus ; cephalothorace
lato, reniforme, abdomineque tuberculis parvis sparsis et granulatis minutis
numerosis asperatis ; palpi magnis latis, nonnihil semi-cylindriaceis ; arti-
culi secundi superficie antica et spinulis parvis numerosis et uno vel duobus
majoribus armata ; articuli tertii margine superiore spinis 4, inferiore spinia
5 ; articuli tertio quartique superficiebus posticis tuberculis parvis spinosis in
seriebus rectis dispositis armatis ; illius margine superiore ulterius spinis
maximis 3 et 2-3 modicis instructo ; margine inferiore spinis magnis 2 et
2-3 parvis armato ; articulo quinto spina maxima unica et spinulis modicia
duobus instructo ; femoribus tuberculis spinosis numerosis asperatis.

The color of our single specimen is a very light orange. The cephalothorax
has a median longitudinal sulcus distinct anteriorly, but evanescent posteri-
orly. A short distance behind the centre of the cephalothorax is a well-defined
transverse groove, extending nearly across one-third of its breadth. Posterior
to this, and connected with it by the median sulcus (here very well marked),
is a transverse furrow similar to the other, but only about one-third its length.

1863.]

112 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

The three sulci are of a dark-brown tint. Besides these, there are on each side
of the cephalathorax four dark, but more or less obsolete grooves. At the posi-
tion of the lateral eyes on each side there exists a dark-brown spot, and between
them and the anterior transverse groove is a pair of similarly colored round de-
pressions. The maxillary palpi are of a more decided orange than the body. The
second joint has its anterior face armed with eight or ten very small spines or
spinous tubercles, and one or two larger ones. The spines on the lower margin of
the third joint are longer than those on the upper. On each, the two nearest the
body are much larger and more closely approximated than the others. Between
the margins are a few very small spinules. The spinous tubercles on the upper
portion of the posterior surface are more numerous than those on the lower.
The fourth joint is dilated superiorly in its distal portion : where on the upper
margin are placed three very long acute spines, with two or three much
smaller ones. The lower margin has five spines, three of them being much
smaller than the other two. The moveable finger is very long and acute. The
upper surface of the abdomen has along the mesial line a double row of dark-
brown spots, and on either side a series of blotches of the same color, one on
each scutum. The legs and sides of the abdomen are very rough. The under
surface of the abdomen is smooth.

Huh. Lower California. Smithsonian Museum. J. Xantus de Vesv.

May bth.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

On the Lestris Richardsoni, etc. By Elliott Coues, M. D.

May 12th.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Sixteen members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata collected by the late Arctic
Expedition under Dr. 1. 1. Hayes. By Win. Stimpson.

Descriptions of the soft parts and embryonic forms of one hundred
and forty-three species of Unionidse of the United States. By
Isaac Lea.

New Exotic Unionidae. By Isaac Lea.

May 19 th.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The Secretary announced the death on the 3d inst., of Col.
Mark W. Ccllet, M. D., aged 36, late a member of the Academy.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Contributions towards a Monography of the Pholadacea, etc., No. 2
By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

Descriptions of new species of Fresh Water Mollusca, from Panama.
By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Description of a new Exotic Melania. By G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Descriptions of new species of fresh water Mollusca, &c. By Geo.
W. Tryon, Jr.

Notes on the Birds of Jamaica. By W. T. March, with remarks,
by S. F. Baird.

On a third kingdom of organized bodies. By T. B. Wilson, M. D.,
and John Cassin.

Descriptions of fourteen new species of Melanidoe and one Paludina.
By Isaac Lea.

May 2Qth.
The President, Mr Lea, in the Chair.

Nineteen members present.

On Report of the respective committees, the two papers of Mr. Lea,
read May 12th, were ordered to be published in the Journal, and the
following were ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

On a Third Kingdom of Organized Beings.
BY THOMAS B. WILSON, M. D., AND JOHN CASSIN.

The classification of the lower forms of organized beings, on the assumption
that they ought to be assigned to either the animal or the vegetable kingdom,
has presented difficulties to naturalists which have proved insurmountable.
The position of entire groups remains, apparently, as uncertain and undeter-
mined in this respect as it ever was, and the conclusions and opinions of
authors are so various that it is palpable that no considerable approach has
been made to the solution of the questions involved, notwithstanding much
very careful and accurate investigation and patient research. The difficulty
probably originates in the first assumption, that all organized or living beings
are referable to two great groups only, an assumption and presupposition of
almost universal prevalence, but in which men of science seem to have been
contented to adopt popular belief and to accept the usual and popular appli-
cation of language. There are, very probably, three kingdoms or great pri-
mary groups of organized beings, as distinct from each other as any subordi-
nate groups and as readily defined by valid and recognizable characters.

Whatever may be the solution, ultimately, of the very important questions
relating to the primary, and at present unknown, principles under which the
normal and inherent forces of Nature first assume that mysterious tension or
condition, of which life is the immediate result, it is evident and unmistaka-
ble that this extraordinary tension manifests itself and operates under such
controlling laws that its results are determinate and uniform. Taking on
themselves isolation from the great mass of inorganic Nature, though tempo-
rarily only, these forces assume developments which are circumscribed and
specific, though evidently progressive and modified under circumstances coin-
cident with and dependent upon the laws or conditions of existence of organic
life in any geologic period. It has hitherto been assumed, apparently, that
from a point of the first manifestation of life, its progress of evolution or de-
velopment is into two series or great classes of existences, animal and vege-
table, or perhaps into one series only, according to the hypotheses of the
older authors, regarded as the chain of being, from the lowest vegetable to

1863.] 9

114: PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

the highest animal. In our opinion it may be demonstrable, that the first
assumption of life manifests itself in objects constituting a primary great
class or kingdom of more simple organization than either the animal or vege-
table kingdom, and possessing also an equally characteristic specialization in
its structure and functions.

The consideration of the question of determinable characters on the assump-
tion of the existence of two primary divisions or kingdoms only may now
safely be regarded as exhausted, without conclusive result or an approxima-
tion to such, sufficient even to obtain general adoption temporarily as a pro-
bable antecedent hypothesis, awaiting demonstration. Much has been at-
tempted and numerous propositions and theoretical definitions have been
thoroughly canvassed, to the end only of showing their insufficiency. Volun-
tary motion and permanent fixedness, the presence or absence of nitrogen,
internal or external stimuli, the differences in the method and substances of
nutrition, and many other problems have, in their attempted solution, failed
to give the desired formula, and there are those who may be presumed to be
well acquainted with all the researches touching questions here alluded to,
who infer summarily that there is no difference radically, or in the lowest
forms of organization in the two kingdoms Animalia and Vegetabilia, as al-
most universally supposed to be constituted. As an example, we cite the
distinguished botanist Professor Lindley, of London, who says, in the Intro-
duction to his standard and well known work on the Natural System of Bo-
tany, " Plants are not separable from animals by any absolute character, the
simplest individuals of either kingdom not being distinguishable by our
senses," (p. 15, New York, 1S31). Of a somewhat similar tenor, but with
an implication more in accordance with our views on this hitherto intricate
subject, is an observation by Professor Owen, of the British Museum : " No-
thing seems easier than to distinguish a plant from an animal, and in common
practice, as regards the more obvious members of both kingdoms, no distinc-
tion is easier ; yet, as the knowledge of their nature has advanced, the diffi-
culty of defining them has increased, and seems now to be insuperable."
(Hunterian Lectures, p. 2, London, 1855.)

Inthe higher developments of the animal and vegetable kingdoms there is
truly the utmost possible readiness of distinction, and this great facility seems
to have led to an inference that the same readiness and facility ought to pre-
vail throughout the two supposed kingdoms. "At first sight," says Professor
Van der Hoeven, "it seems easy to distinguish an animal from a plant, and
even the most unskilled person thinks he has a clear notion of the difference.
Yet it is just his want of knowledge that causes the difference to appear so
prominent, whilst he overlooks the intermediate links, and thinks, for in-
stance, of a dog and a pear tree," (Handbook of Zoology, i. p. 4, Cambridge,
1856). We do by no means admit, however, that the principle here implied
and apparently involved, which seems to be that the higher groups of any
grade, whether kingdoms or other, are more easily recognizable and definable
than the lower, is correct. The truth is, very probably, that the lower forms
in all groups, are, at least, as readily to be assigned to their proper positions
in the natural system as the higher ; possibly more so, in some instances.
In the two kingdoms, Animalia and Vegetabilia, there is no difficulty with
forms properly belonging to either of them, and of either high or low grade
of development. The difficulty and, in fact, impossibility hitherto has
been with organizations inferior to both, and properly belonging to neither.
Though in an early zoological epoch the corals and other groups may have
been regarded as of doubtful status, there is at present no group in either the
animal or vegetable kingdom, rightly defined, which, in our opinion, presents
any doubt or difficulty in its being assigned to either one or the other, and,
probably, very generally, nearly correctly according to its actual or relative
rharacters and its affinities.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

There are clearly recognizable characters distinguishing the two primary
divisions, or first duality of natural productions, organic and inorganic bodies,
or, as Linnaeus judiciously terms them, corpora organisata and corpora con-
pesta, and all the subordinate groups and species of either, necessarily possess
characters in common, though exhibiting themselves in degrees of modifica-
tions vastly diversified and numerous. In the former, or great organic di-
vision, the definition of the common characters are of course implied in the
term organic, and on the degrees and modifications of organization, whether
indicating what may be termed higher or lower development ; whether clearly
marking or only obscurely indicating inferior groups of whatever grade or
value ; or whether presenting very prominent or very obscure modifications,
with or without apparent object or relations on these degrees or modifica-
tions of organization or structure rest all classification, and all the great pri-
mary facts of independent existences, as presented to the human faculties,
whether of observation or reason. We hold it to be altogether probable, and
perhaps demonstrable, that all groups, of whatever grade or position, possess
positive or relative characters dependent on, and exponating their degree of
organization, and which characters absolutely establish and advertise then-
status in Nature. We hold, too, that all such groups admit of description,
and equally absolute or relative definition in language. Such is, and has
always been, the practical faith of naturalists, whatever their theories, the
accuracy of their observations, the extent and precision of their knowledge,
or their deficiencies in either, and this faith is very probably quite truthful,
and immutably founded on one important aspect of the relations of the ex-
ternal universe to the human mind, mutually questioning and responding,
calling to each other and answering gladly, as it were, like an echo. All the
processes of naturalists, systematic or descriptive, are based on the assump-
tion of the practicability of definition, and of groups, and of species alike.
Any other course, or any other assumption, would be assuredly unreasonable
and illogical, and destructive to the advancement of knowledge and of science.
" We must trust the perfection of the Creation so far," says a distinguished
author, " as to believe that whatever curiosity the order of things has awak-
ened in our minds, the order of things can satisfy." (Nature, an Essay, by
R. W. Emerson.)

The organization of all beings, of which life is the essential character, seems to
present three very distinct grades or specializations of development, and ap-
parently indicates a classification based on such specialized development or
the characteristic organs and functions of each grade. In our opinion the
specialized organs and functions in each of these grades of development
present sufficient and exclusive characters, admitting of being defined
and applied readily as the real characteristics of three great primary di-
visions or kingdoms of Nature. The term, specialized, has been used by
Professor Owen with reference to the two kingdoms, Animal and Vegetable,
and in nearly the same sense that it is used by us. He says, most truly :
''But the two divisions of organisms, called 'plants' and 'animals,' are
specialized members of the great natural group of living things." (Palaeon-
tology, p. 4.) The three great groups which we hold to be the primary di-
visions or kingdoms of organic life, present, essentially as characters or spe-
cializations of development, the prominence, or dominant prevalence of the
Reproductive System, the Nutritive System and the Nervous System and their
functions.

The organs and corresponding functions which seem to characterize these
three kingdoms, and to become specialized and dominant in the organization
of each, are as follows :

1. Organs for the continuation of the species, the function of which is Re-
production.

1863.]

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

2. Organs for the preservation of the individual, the function of which is
Nutrition.

3. Organs for external relations and self-consciousness, the function of
which is Sensation.

The Reproductive and Nutritive functions are common to all organized
beings, and so, probably, also is the Sentient function, though manifesting
itself only in an incipient or rudimentary manner. The Reproductive func-
tion, however, beginning with mere cellular conjugation, becomes specialized
first in a great group of organized beings of more simple structure than either
Vegetables or Animals, which we regard as eminently and demonstrably a
primary division or kingdom, and apply to it the name Primalia. In this
kingdom organs of Reproduction are temporarily formed, and no other. In
the Vegetabilia, those organs become of greatly increased importance, though
not permanent, and in the Animalia they present a still higher organization ,
and in the higher sub-kingdoms attain permanency of structure.

The Nutritive function, beginning also in the cellular structure of our king-
dom Primalia, is in that group quite rudimentary, so far as relates to spe-
cialization of organs, but in the kingdom Vegetabilia, this function and the
organs performing it, especially the organs of respiration and circulation, be-
come specialized and assume an extraordinary degree of development. As-
cending to the kingdom Animalia, the organs of Nutrition become more
numerous and more highly organized in their structure, but the organs of
Respiration are not developed to such extent as in the Vegetabilia.

That the Sentient function is also common to all organized bodies is pre-
sumable, or to be inferred only, from the fact that it is manifested in greater
or less degree in the two first kingdoms, Primalia and Vegetabilia, in sensi-
bility to light, to thermal or to meteorological influences, and occasionally to
other external influences. It i9, however, generally held by Anatomists, but
not without exception, that no organs of sensation are demonstrable in either
our group, Primalia, or in the Vegetabilia. In the kingdom Animalia, and in
that kingdom only, these organs are palpably most highly developed and
specialized in the Nervous System. We recapitulate our views in the form
of a corollary :

1. The Reproductive organs are first specialized in the kingdom Primalia.

2. The Nutritive organs are first specialized in the kingdom Vegetabilia.

3. The Sentient organs are first specialized in the kingdom Animalia.

The possession of an organization exclusively providing for Nutrition and
Reproduction characterizes the first and most simple forms of life. This or-
ganization for Nutrition and Reproduction, and these functions only, is the
especial character of the first of the three primary divisions or kingdoms of
organized beings, the kingdom which we have named Primalia. In that
group there are no other organs than those performing the function of Re-
production, and the structure is exclusively cellular without vascularity ; or,
perhaps it may be more properly stated to consist of mere unicellular ag-
gregation. The possession of organs for, and the first development of the
function of Reproduction is the specialization of this kingdom.

The next great division or kingdom is marked by the high development of
the organs performing the functions of Nutrition and the superposition or
superaddition of organs providing for the co-operative or identical functions
of Respiration and Circulation. The possession of organs providing for Nu-
trition and Reproduction, Respiration and Circulation, and these only, char-
acterizes the great group of Vegetables or kingdom Vegetabilia. In this group
the vascular structure appears for the first time and continues to characterize
it in all its modifications. The possession of organs for performance of the
function of Nutrition in its highest development is the specialization of the
kingdom Vegetabilia.

The last or most highly organized kingdom presents an exclusive and pecu-

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 117

Mar character in the nervous system and its sphere of functions, embracing all
the operations and relations of the senses and of the muscular system, super-
added to the organs and the functions of the two preceding groups. The pos-
session of organs for Nutrition and Reproduction, Circulation and Respiration,
and for Sentiency, Voluntary motion, and all other functions and relations of the
Nervous System, characterizes the great kingdom Animalia, Its specializa-
tions is the possession of and the high development of the Nervous System.

In imitation of the Liunaean formula these three kingdoms may be charac-
terized as follows :
Animalia, corpora organisita, generantia, spirantia et sentientia.
Vegetabilia, corpora organisita, generantia, spirantia, non sentientia,
Primalia, corpora organisita, generantia, non spirantia, nee sentientia.
As above intimated, the difficulty in the hitherto attempted definitions and
in the systematic arrangement of the kingdoms Animalia and Vegetabilia, on
the antecedent supposition that these two kingdoms ought to include all or-
ganisms that now exist, or have ever existed, has arisen from the impossibility
of incorporating indisputably into either, many of those belonging to our
third kingdom, Primalia. It is composed of orders and classes of existences,
of which some have been very generally assigned to the Animal, and others
to the Vegetable kingdom ; and others again which have been variously and
doubtfully regarded as belonging to one or the other. All organisms included
in this kingdom are of cellular structure only, and possess the functions of
Nutrition and Reproduction, as above defined, and no other; and all the groups
properly of this kingdom are, in our opinion, readily demonstrable, as having
a greater degree of relationship to each other than to any groups whatever
in the other two kingdoms. This circumstance is held, very properly, as of
the first importance in all classifications. With this first, but quite inde-
pendent great group recognized and understood, there is, very probably, no
difficulty whatever in readily defining not only the three great groups of or-
ganized beings, existing in Nature, but all subordinate groups belonging to
either. We regard our third group as a Kingdom, and of the same rank or
grade in classification as the two great groups which are universally admitted
by naturalists under that designation.

It is now a matter of common information to men of science that all organ-
ized existences are composed of, and resolvable ultimately, by anatomical and
microscopical analysis, into cells, and that the cellular structure prevails as a
primary form or basis of organization alike in the most simple and in the
most complicated organisms. Those cells seem to be the very first forms of
organization and life, and possess a singularly independent vitality and
power of increase or reproduction, whether isolated, or nearly so, or existing
in any amount or form of aggregation in the higher vegetables or animals.
They seem to be even capable of assuming, or re-assuming, individual and inde-
pendent existence after having been previously and originally merged or ag-
gregated in the vascular structure of the two higher kingdoms, Vegetabilia
and Animalia, as well as in the lower non-vascular kingdom, Primalia. This
seems to be the case in what are termed animal and vegetable infusions.

The organisms constituting the kingdom Primalia are essentially to be re-
garded as aggregations of cells entirely capable of nutrition and propagation,
or increase, but without any part of their structure being traceable as vascu-
lar in any degree. These organisms are the primary forms of life and organ-
ization, and have not the distinctive characters or "super-additions," as termed
by Professor Owen, of London, of either plants or animals. " When a certain
number of characters concur in tLe same organism," says that learned gen-
tleman, " its title to be regarded as a ' plant,' or an ' animal,' may be readily
and indubitably recognized ; but there are very numerous living beings, es-
pecially those that retain the form of nucleated cells, which manifest the
common organic characters, but without the distinctive superadditions of either

1863.]

113 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

kingdom. Such organisms are the Diatomacece, Desmidea, Protococci, Volvo-
cince, Vibriones, Astasias, Thalassicolce and Sponr/ice, all of which retain the
character of the organized fundamental cell, with comparatively little change
or superaddition." (Hunterian Lectures, p. 8, London, 1855.)

It is, in our opinion, quite expedient and reasonable to inquire whether
either of the groups here mentioned, or any other, can possibly belong to the
Animal or Vegetable Kingdom, without possessing " the distinctive superad-
ditions of either." The indication in our opinion, is quite clear that these
groups really do not belong to either, but t a third kingdom, not possessing,
and definable without, those superadditions, and which we have above desig-
nated. In his "Palaeontology," a work of later date than that just quoted,
Professor Owen seems to have finally conclnded that the forms mentioned
in the above citation do not belong to either of the kingdoms Animalia or
Vegetabilia, and consequently he groups them into a kingdom for which he
adopts the name Protozoa, (from Professor Goldfuss, Handbuch der Zool-
ogie I. p xi. Nurnberg, 1820,) and says, "But the two divisions of organisms
called ' plants,' and ' animals,' are specialized members of the great natural
group of living things, and there are numerous beings, mostly of minute size,
and retaining the forms of nucleated cells, which manifest the common or-
ganic character, but without the distinctive superadditions of true plants or
auimals. Such organisms are called ' Protozoa,' and include the Sponges
or Amorphozoa, the Foraminifera or Rhizopods, Polycystineae, the Diatomace \
Desmidiee, GregarincB, and most of the so-called Poh/gastria, of Ehrenberg, or
infusorial animalcules of older authors." (Palaeontology, p. 4, and Index, p. v.)

The very appropriate term Protozoa is admissible for the group designated
by Professor Owen, though the group or kingdom is very much restricted by
him, and different from the group defined by Professor Goldfuss, and of en-
tirely different grade or value. The latter learned naturalist divides all or-
ganized beings into two sections, which he does not name, but which are the
same as the divisions now well known as the Vertebrata and Invertebrata of
Cuvier. He arranges the whole into eleven classes, of which Protozoa is the
first, and Mammalia the eleventh class. The division of the class Protozoa
is into four orders, Infusoria, Pkytozoa, Lithozoa and Medusince, which embrace
sixteen families, or four families each, and include in the aggregate what
must now be regarded as a very heterogeneous group, properly to be dis-
tributed into all three of the organized kingdoms. The Protozoa are regarded
by Professor Goldfuss as true animals. Professor Owen adopts the name for
his group as restricted, quite properly, acccording to the usages of naturalists,
the whole of it having been previously included in his class Protozoa by Pro-
fessor Goldfuss.

We have been thus particular in alluding to the term Protozoa, admitting
its excellence, and willing to express freely our regret that we do not consider
it proper to adopt it as the name of our first kingdom, on account of its having
been applied originally to a group very different in all particulars. The king-
dom now proposed by us, and which, in our opinion, is a natural and primary
division, is composed of the following inferior groups :
1. Kingdom Primalia.

1. Sub Kingdom Algae.

2. ' ' Lichenes.

3. " Fungi.

4. " Spongiae.

5. " Conjugata.

All of these groups are composed of organisms which are non-vascular and
without organs of Respiration or Circulation ; and the kingdom Primalia con-
tains all such organisms known to exist in Nature. But a comparatively small
number of those belonging to our group Primalia are arranged by Professor
Goldfuss in his Class Protozoa, but we regard it as containing the whole of the

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 110

Kingdom Protozoa of Professor Owen, and other large groups, as above desig-
nated.

The evident and insurmountable difficulty in arranging well known groups of
inferior organization on the preconceived idea of the existence of two king-
doms only, and that tho-e inferior groups must belong to one or the other,
has led several naturalists into suggestions and propositions relating to a
third kingdom, or other group of high grade. Usually, and, in fact, in nearly
all instances, those suggestions take the form of mere intimations, or rather
doubtfully expressed opinions that a third group is possible, and in the large
majority of cases the intimation relates to the supposed existence of forms
and groups intermediate between animals and vegetables. Occasionally doubts
are clearly stated as to the propriety of regarding some specified forms as be-
longing to either of the two great groups commonly received, and in a few
cases the division of organized nature into three great primary groups, or
kingdoms, has been proposed and presented in detail.

The proposition of M. Bory de Saint Vincent is one of the most clearly de-
fined. That distinguished naturalist, in " Dictionnaire Classique D'Histoire
Naturelle," (vol. viii. p. 2-16,)* establishes an additional intermediate king-
dom which he denominates " Regne Psychodiaire," and gives his conclusions
on the existence of this third, but intermediate, kingdom in a very lucid and
satisfactory manner, and with entirely judicious and proper minuteness of detail
on such an important proposition. His views are mainly based on the fact that
some organisms assume, at periods or stages of their existence, characters of
both animals and vegetables, or, as he expresses himself, even of animals
and minerals. He says : " Tous ces etres qui sont a la fois, des Animaux,
des Plantes ou des Mineraux, et qui ne peuvent consequemment rentrer d'une
maniere exclusive dans l'uu des trois regnes adoptes jusqu'ici, ne doivent-ils
pas former un regne nouveau dont plusieurs naturalistes out deja reclame
l'etablissement, et que nous avons le premier propose de fonder sous le nom
de Psychodiaire." In volume xiv. of the same work, (Dictionnaire Clas-
sique,) M. de Saint Vincent fully defines and expresses his conclusions in re-
lation to his proposed new kingdom, (p. 329). He divides it into three classes,
to which he applies the names " les Ichnozoaires, les Phytozoaires et les Litho-
zoaries," the first of which groups embraces "les Polypes nus de Cuvier,"
and the second and third, the groups of organisms previously known as
Zoophytes and Lithophytes as his proposed names indicate. Mainly the king-
dom Psychodiaire of M. de Saint Vincent is identical with the Class Protozoa,
of Prof. Goldfuss and subsequent authors, the difference being essentially that
the former regards his proposed kingdom as a great group, equal in grade to
the kingdoms Animalia and Vegetabilia, and intermediate between the two,
while 'the latter regards his group only as a class of the Animal kingdom, and
the first and least complex in organization of his eleven divisions of the
grade of classes.

This is, so far as our knowledge extends, the first arrangement or classifi-
casion in Natural History in which three primary groups of organized beings
are distinctly proposed. M. de Saint Vincent also proposes an additional in-
organic kingdom, which he names the " Regne Ethere."

In an article in the "Edinburgh New PhilosophicalJournal," vol. xii. new
series (p. 216,) "On the distinctions of a Plant and an Animal, and on a
fourth kingdom of Nature," by Mr. John Hogg, a British Naturalist, who has
devoted much attention to the lower organisms, that gentleman proposes the
name " Primi<jenum' n for the group established by Professor Owen, under the
name " Protozoa." He does not, however, propose any change in the classes,

*The date on the title page of this volume is 1S25, but it is quoted and referred to by M. de Saint
Vincent himself in Encyclopedia Methodique, supplementary volume on ' Hist. Nat. des
Zoophytes," which is dated 1S24 (p. 057). His views are niu.it fully expressed, subsequently, in
Diet. Class., vol. xiv. p. 329 (1828).

1863.] '

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

or other constituent groups of the "Kingdom Protozoa,'''' as defined by Pro-
fessor Owen. He says: "The word Protozoa, i. e. first or early animals,
which was formed by a foreign naturalist, can alone include those that are ad-
mitted by all to be animals, or zoa, which are already members of and in-
cluded in the kingdom Animalia, and not those concerning which it is doubtful
whether they be not rather plants, or phyta." The " Reguum Primigenum,"
according to Mr. Hogg, contains "all the lower creatures, or the primary or-
ganic beings ' Protoctista' both Protophyta, or those considered now by
many as lower or primary beings, having more the nature of plants, and Pro-
tozoa, or such as are esteemed as lower or primary beings, having rather the
nature of animals " He alludes, however, exclusively to the groups men-
tioned by Professor Owen, previously cited in this paper as constituting his
"Kingdom Protozoa."

The idea of intermediate groups partaking of the nature of both animals
and plants has been very extensively entertained, and from it seems to have
originated such terms as Zoophyta, Phytozoa, and others of similar meaning,
adopted from ancient authors. Generally, however, in the older authors the
allusion is mainly to forma only as intermediate, but there are numerous ex-
pressions in the works of naturalists of all times, which show a suspicion that
organisms exist which are not to be regarded properly as either animal or
vegetable in their structure and nature. The well known expression of Pliny
is to this purpose: " Equidem et his inesse sensum abitror, qua? neque ani-
malium, neque fructicum, sed tertium quamdam ex utroqne naturam habent :
urticis dico etspongiis." (Nat. Hist., Book ix. chap. 68.) This paragraph
has attracted much attention.

The great descriptive and literary naturalist, Buffon, frequently expresses
opinions on this subjeet, from which are the following :

"Mais, comme nous l'avons deja dis plus d'une fois, ces lignes de separa-
tion n'existent point dans la Nature, il y a des etres qui ne sont ni animaux,
ni vegetaux, ni mineraux, et qu'on tenteroit vainement de rapporter aux
uns ou aux autres ;"...." comme on veut absolument que toutetre
vivant soit un animal ou une plante, on croiroit n'avoir pas bien connu un
etre organise si on ne le rapportoit pas a Tun ou a l'autre de ces noms gener-
aux, tandis qu'il doit y avoir, et qu'en effet il y a une grande quantite d'etres
organises qui ne sont ni Pun ni l'autre." (Vol. iv. p. 252, Paris, 1776.)

This celebrated author previously had expressed himself in a manner gen-
erally coinciding and consistent with the preceding paragraph. We cite ear-
lier passages from the same volume, not only for our present purpose, but in-
cidentally, as singularly illustrative of the very small progress on this subject
from that time to the present :

" Cet examen nous conduit a reconnoitre evidemment qu'il n'y aaucune dif-
ference absolument essentielle & generale entre les animaux & les vegetaux,
mais que la Nature descend par degres & par nuances imperceptibles d'un qui
nous paroit le plus parfait a celui qui Pestle moins, & de celui-ciau vegetal."
(Vol. iv. p. 8.)

" On peut done assurer avee plus de fondement encore, que les animaux &
les vegetaux sont des etres du meme ordre, & que la Nature semble avoir
passe des tins aux autres par des nuances insensibles, puisqu'ils ont entr'eux
des ressemblancesessentielles & generales, & qu'ils n'ont aucune difference
qu'on puisse regarder comme telle." (Vol. iv. p. 9.)

The learned Daubenton also has occasional or incidental observations of a
similar purport, the following of which is one of the most remarkable :

" Les polypes, l'acetabule, les animaux des infusions n'ont-ils pas une or-
ganisation assez diflvrente de celle de la plupart des animaux pour avoir un
autre nom ? Les conserves, les champignons, les moisissures, les lichens
sont-ils de vraies plantes ? Je pourrois rapporter ici beaucoup d'autres obser-
vations qui tendent a prouver qu'il y a une tres-grande quantite d'etres organ-

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

ises que ne sont ni de vraies plantes, ni de vrais anitnaux. Ce n'est qu'a.
force d'observations et de meditations que l'on pourra distinguer clairement
les vraies plantes et les vrais animaux des autres etres organises qui en different
assez pour avoir une autre determination et uu autre rang dans la division
methodique des productions de la nature." (Seances des Ecoles Normales,
tome v. p. 277.)

We cite these authors only for the general purpose of illustrating the usual
style of the suggestions and opinions frequently to be met with. Purposely,
at present, we do not extend extracts of this description, nor give any such
from living authors.

On the LESTRIS RICHARDSON/I of Swainson ; with a Critical Review of the

Subfamily LESTRIDINJE.

BY ELLIOTT COUES, M.D., U.S.A.

In the year 1831, a Jager was described and figured in the Fauna Boreali-
Americana, under the name of " Lestris Richardsoni Swains." This bird has
been generally supposed to be the true parasitica of Briinnich, in the now
well known fusco-unicolor state of plumage which all the species of Stercora-
rius pass through in arriving at maturity. Consequently, the name "Richard-
soni " has been employed for the common Jager, especially by American
writers, to the exclusion of the prior name "parasitica," of Briinnich.

Examination of the works of Temminck, who, at the time in which he
wrote, probably knew more about Jagers than almost any author, will show
how this misapplication of a name became general.

In his edition of 1820, he is acquainted with but a single species of Lestris,
(besides catarractes and pomarinus,) which he calls "parasitica Briinn." His
description of the latter is made up of a mixture of the characters of parasitica
and Buffoni ; and the synonyms of the two are indiscriminately adduced.

In his edition of 1840, he recognizes the distinctions between the two
species parasitica and Buffoni; but, unfortunately, he calls the true parasitica
"Richardsoni," adducing the proper synonyms of the species under that
name ; while he describes the true Buffoni under the name of "parasitica.'"
He is thus fully aware of his mistake of 1820 ; for (page 498) he makes the
following "Remarque : Comme notre article du stercoraire parasite oulabbe
du manuel p. 796, renferme, ainsi qu'il vient d'etre dit, les synonymes de deux
especes distiuctes, (le stercoraire a filets subules courts, et le stercoraire a
longs filets,) il est necessaire de refaire en totalite toutes les indications sur ces
deux especes."

But, believing Swainson's bird to be the same as the parasitica, he says
(page 492), in defence of the nomenclature adopted: "Shortly after the
publication of the second edition of the Manual, of 1820, we became aware of
the error in our article on Lestris parasitica, where the description and
synonymy of two distinct species are confounded. Guided by Boie's observa-
tions, we had applied the name parasitica to the small Jager with short tail
feathers, proposing to adopt for the one with long tail feathers (the labbe a
longe queue of Buffon,) the name Buffoni ; but since some English authors,*
led into error by our article, have thought that they have discovered in our
parasitica & new species, which they call " Richardsoni," we are obliged to
adopt their mistake, sanctioned as it is by several naturalists, and in many
collections. Being, then, confident that Lestris Richardsoni is really the same
with our L. parasitica, with short tail feathers, . . . we adopt here the
first of these names for the short-tailed Jager, leaving to the long-tailed species

* i. e., Swainson, and others.

1863.]

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the appellation of parasitica : for we take it, names and priority of discovery
are not of the last importance ; all that is necessary is to be understood when
we talk of species ; and for this purpose, a name sanctioned by usage, and
which does not cause confusion, is far better than one which has nothing to
recommend it but its priority of date."

It was by this somewhat heterodox reasoning on the subject of nomenclature,
that Temminck adopted for the common Jager the name of " Pdchardsoni,"
and turned over the name "parasitica" to the long-tailed species. His ex-
ample has been very generally followed, as will be seen by consulting the
synonyms given in this paper. I am inclined to the opinion, however, that
Swainson's bird may be a distinct species from the old parasitica of Brtinnich,
upon the following grounds :

In the very extensive series of Jagers in the Museum of the Smithsonian
Institution, there are several specimens which agree among themselves in the
possession of some characters which differ considerably from those of the
typical parasitica. The whole bird is considerably larger, the difference in
the wing from the flexure amounting to nearly or quite an inch, and propor-
tionate discrepancies existing in the tarsi and toes. The bill is longer, (though
not stouter;) its nail longer compared with the ceral portion, and its convex-
ity more gradual. The most marked features, however, lie in the tail. While
the relative proportions of the lateral feathers to the central pair are much as
in parasitica, the whole tail is longer, more graduated, and the individual
feathers somewhat broader. From the insertion to the tips of the pair of
feathers next the central, measures in parasitica about 5^ inches ; in " Rich-
ardsoni " about 6 J. A proportionate difference exists in the absolute total
length of the central pair ; though their relative lengths do not differ appre-
ciably. The tail of the specimens under consideration is more graduated,
the amount of graduation being nearly an inch, instead of about half an inch,
as in parasitica. The central pair seem broader than in parasitica, and
somewhat of a different shape ; and the same may be said, though less mark-
edly, of the lateral feathers. Comparing some of these specimens which are
in the dusky stage with the corresponding state of plumage of parasitica, I
find the dusky to be much darker, in fact, quite of a blackish rather than of
a fuliginous hue. No other differences are appreciable.

These specimens agree minutely with the plate and description of what
Swainson called " Richardsoni," so that there cannot be the slightest doubt
of the propriety of referring them to that species. The only question is, are
the differences above detailed sufficient to constitute specific distinctions ?

Bonaparte, in his Conspectus, ii. page 209, gives a form or variety of
parasitica thus : " a. L. coprotheres Briinn. ; Rkhardsoni Swains. . . ex
bor. Eur. et Am. Omni tempore et setate obscure unicolor." Swainson's figure
also represents the bird in this /wsco-j/ni'co/or stage ; he perhaps thinking that
this feature formed a distinctive character. This, however, cannot be the
case ; and I wish to be distinctly understood as throwing this out of considera-
tion altogether in discussing the claims of the bird to specific distinction,
since it is now certain that this dusky stage is merely an evidence of immatur-
ity ; and that the bird, when adult, will have the white neck all round, and
white underparts, exactly as in parasitica. If it is to be separated at all, this
is to be done upon the grounds of the differences in size and proportion above
detailed, without the least reference to the dusky stage of plumage in which
it is figured by Swainson.

"While I am not thoroughly satisfied of the entire propriety of so doing, I
shall, in the following Review of the subfamily, separate it specifically from
the parasitica; desiring to call attention to it, as at least a well-marked form,
not a dist inct species.

[M

a y>

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

General Considerations.

Before proceeding to speak in detail of the individual species of the Lestri-
dinm, I desire to make a few remarks on the points which at the present day
must be taken more especially into consideration, in carrying on an investi-
gation of this subfamily of birds.

Although the contrary was formerly the case, yet at the present time the
species of Jiigers are pretty definitely ascertained, being better known, in
fact, than the species either of Larince or Sternince. This arises partly from
the fact of the small number of existing species, and partly because most of
the species present really very marked differences, which can hardly be over-
looked by any one examining specimens with an ordinary degree of mental
acumen. With the amount of knowledge which we possess at present, it
would be quite impossible to mistake Buffoni for parasiticus, etc., in
whatever stages of plumage they may be found ; and therefore, except
in one or two instances, I have thought it quite unnecessary to present
any lengthy description or specific characters, for the purpose of separat-
ing one species from another. In a paper like the present, such points seem
quite uncalled for.

At the same time, there is a point concerning which authors are even now
at variance, and which seems to have need of all the light that can be thrown
upon it. I refer to the remarkable changes of plumage which the species of
one of the genera of this subfamily, Stercorarius, undergo in arriving at
maturity, and more particularly that perplexing state in which the bird is
uniformly dusky. From the time when Briinnich, in 1764, institutes a
Catharacta " coprotheres, corpore toto fusco," etc., and then adds: "An a
prsecedenti sexu vel specie diversa ? A quibusdam hsec pro foemina, ilia 127
(parasitica) pro mare habetur, " the question has been an open one. Some
authors have made a distinct species of this stage ; others have given it as a
variety ; others still have considered this plumage indicative of age, or of
season, or of sex. Modern opinions have generally agreed in considering it
as simply an evidence of immaturity, and not a variety, much less a distinct
species. I hope I shall be able to show in the following pages, that this latter
opinion is the correct one, even if I cannot prove exactly what age the dusky
stage is characteristic of, or whether more than one sex participates in it. To
this end, I have gone into detail regarding the various ages of two of the
species, pomarinns and parasiticus.

But there is still another point in the study of the Jiigers, which, being a
matter of more than ordinary difficulty, demands our most patient and
careful investigation. This is the bibliography of the subfamily. Many of the
species were known to the very earliest, even pre-Linnsean, writers on
ornithology ; and, as a natural consequence, the synonymy of the various
species is as intricate, and in as puzzling a state of complication, as perhaps
that of any other group of birds, rendering it a peculiarly difficult task to
unravel the various knotty points which present themselves for our considera-
tion. Fortunately, however, the synonymy of most of the species is rather
intricate, than doubtful ; rendering it possible, perhaps, to present a tolerably
accurate list of references, by careful and patient study. To this part of the
subject in hand I have paid special attention, and it is believed that the lists
of synonyms given are pretty full, and include all the important references.
Others must judge of the accuracy of the citations, each according to his own
views of the subject.

If I seem to have made any uncalled for innovations in nomenclature, I
can only offer as an apology, that it is impossible to conduct an investigation
into the bibliography of the subfamily without seeing that many of the names
in common employ must be superseded, provided we are to pay any attention
to recognized laws of nomenclature.

1863.]

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Family LAR1DM.

Subfamily LESTRIDINJ3.
Of this, the first subfamily of the Laridce, there are at present known to
exist eight species, belonging to two genera. Of these, five v inhabit the
northern, and three the southern hemisphere. The five northern species are
all represented in North America. The following analytical table Will represent
the characters of the species and genera sufficiently well for our present
purposes. The diagnoses are purposely made as brief as possible, only the
most prominent features being noticed.

Analytical Table of the Genera and Species of the Lestridince.

I. Statura maximi, et forma robustissimi. Pedes et rostrum
validi. Tarsus brevior quam digitus medius cum ungue.
Rectrices mediae lata? vix ultra caeteras porrectae Genus Bpphagps.

a. Rostri longitudo poll. 2, et ultra ; altitudo *75. Ad
anguli oris 3-00 poll. Ex maria arctica B. skua.

b. Rostrum brevius, crassius. Ex maria antarctica B. antarcticus.

II. Statura minores, et forma, graciliores. Pedes et rostrum
graciles. Tarsus non brevior quam digitus medius cum
ungue. Cauda iongior, et rectrices mediae valde ultra caeteras

porrectae .' Genus Stekcoeaeius.

1. Tarsi postice asperrimi. Rectrices mediae latae in
apices ipsas.

a. Rectrices mediae caeteris 4 pollices longiores S. pomarinus.

2. Tarsi postice subasperi. Rectrices mediae longae, rigi-
dae, acuminatae.

a. Rectrices mediae caeteris 4 poll, longiores S. parasiticus.

b. Similis S. parasitico ; sed major, Cauda tota longiore,

plus rotundata S.Richardsoni.

c. Similis S. pirasitico ; sed minor, rostro magis com-
presso, rectricibus mediis elongatis, apidb.is rotun-

datis (Bp.) S. Hardi/i.

d. Similis 5. parasitico. Sed etiam minor S. Buffono ;
rectricibus mediis lineari-acutis, rachide denudata

rigida, pollice et ultra caeteras superantibus (Bp.) &. spinicauda.

3. Tarsi postice subasperis. Rectrices mediae longissimae,
flexibiles, filiformes.

a. Rectrices mediae caeteris 8 ad 10 pollices longiores.... 5. Buffoni.

Genus BUPHAGUS Moehring.

Buphagus, Moehring, Genera Avium, 1752, page 66, No. 71. Typus Larus
catarractes, Linn.

Stercorarius, "Brisson," Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., 1817, 153. Typus
idem. (Sed non verus Stercorarius, Briss. cujus typus Larus parasi-
ticus, L. est.) Gray, Genera of Birds, 1849, 651. Degland, Ornith.
Europ. 1849, ii. 287. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, 1856, 206. Law-
rence, Gen. Rep. Birds N. A. 1858, 838 ; et aliorum auctorum.

Catharacta, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, 32. Typus Cath. skua Briinn. Bona-
parte, Comparative List, 1838.

Larus, (partim) Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, 1766. Gmelin, Systema, Natu-
rae, 1788. Latham, Index Ornithologicus, 1790. Meyer et Wolf, Tassch-
enbuch deutsch. 1810.

Catarractes, Pallas, Zoog. Rosso-As. 1811, ii. 308. Typus C. skua. Steph-
ens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii. 1825, 214.

Lestris, "Illiger," Temminck, Man. Orn. 1S20 40. Typus L. catarractes.
(Sed non verus Lestris 111. cujus typus L. parasitica L. est.) Faber,

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

Prodromus Isl. Orn. 1822. Lesson, Traite d'Ornith. 1831. Keyserling
et Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ. 1840 ; et auctorum aliorurn.
Megalestris, Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, 1856, p. 206. Typus Larus catar-
ractes, Linn.

1. Buphagus skua Coues ex Briinnich.

"Skua Hojcri, Ray, Synopsis Avium, 128."

Larus fuscus, Brisson, Ornithologie, vi. 1760, p. 165. "Scopoli, Bemerk. Natur-

Gesch. 1770, 90."
Catharacta skua, Briinnich, Ornithologia Borealis, 1764, 33. No. 125.
Catarracta skua, Retzius, Fauna Suecica, 1800, 161, No. 123. Bonaparte,

Cat. Met. Ucc. Europ. 1842, 79. Bonaparte, Rev. Crit. Degland's

Ornith. Europ. 1850, 202.
Catarractes skua, Pallas, Zoographia Rosso-Asia?, ii. 1811, 309. Stephens,

Shaw's Gen. Zool. 1825, xiii. 215.
Cataractes skua, Macgillivray, Man. Orn. ii. 1S42, 255.
Catarractes vulgaris, Fleming. (fideBp.)
Catarractes fusca, Leach, (fide Bp.)
Lcstris skua, Brehm. (fide Bp.)

Larus catarractes, Linna?us, Systema Naturse, i. 1776. Gmelin, Systema Na-
ture, i. 1788, 603. Latham, Index Ornithologicus, ii. 1790, 818.
Larus keeask, Latham, Index Ornithologicus, ii, 1790, 818.
Lestris catarractes, Illiger, Prodromus, 1811, 273. Faber. Prodromus Island.

Ornith. 1822, 102. Temmimk, Manuel d'Ornith. ii. 1820, 792. Tem-

minck, Manuel d'Ornith. iv. 1840, 494. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1826, No.

304. Nuttall, Man. Ornith. ii. 1834, 312. Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Ois. Eur.

1844, 84.
Lestris catharactes, Brehm, Naturg. Europ. Vog. 1S23, 739.
Lestris catharractes, Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 387.
Lestris catarrhactes, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Europ. Thierw. 1829, 64. Keyserling et

Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ. 1840, i. 239.
Stercorarius catarrhactes, Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'H. N. 1817, xxxii. 154.

Vieillot, Fauna Frang. 1828, 385. Degland, Orn. Europ. 1849, ii.

289. Gray, Genera Avium, iii. 1849, 652.
Stercorarius catarractes, Bonaparte, Consp. Avium, 1836, ii. 206. Lawrence,

General Report Birds N. A. 185S, 838.
Stercorarius cataractes, Selys-Longchamps. Fauna Belg. 1842, 155.
Stercorarius catharractes, Des Murs, Traite d'Ool. Ornith. 1860, 551.
Stercorarius pomarinus, Vieillot, Galerie d'Ois. ii. 1834, 220 ; sed non Temm.

nee auctorum !
Sp. ch. Above blackish brown, more or less variegated with chestnut and
whitish ; each feather being dark-colored, with a spot of chestnut towards its ex-
tremity, which in turn fades into whitish along the shaft towards the tip of
each feather. On the latero-nuchal region, and across the throat, the chest-
nut lightens into a decided reddish yellow, the white being as a well-defined,
narrow, longitudinal streak on each feather. The crown, post-ocular and
mental region have but little whitish. Inferiorly, the plumage is of a blended
fusco-rufous, lighter than on the dorsum, with a peculiar indefinite plumbeous
nuance. The wings and tail are blackish ; their rhachides white, except towards
the apices ; the remiges and rectrices white for some distance from the bases.
This white on the tail is entirely concealed by the long tail-coverts, but ap-
pears on the outer primaries as a conspicuous spot. The bill and claws are
blackish horn ; the feet pure black.

Bill from base to tip 2-10 ; to end of cere 1*20 ; gape 3-00 ; height at base
75 ; width a little less ; rami 1-60 ; gonys *50 ; wingl6'00 ; tail 6*00 ; tarsus
2-70 ; middle toe and claw 3*10.

1863.]

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Habitat. Seas and sea coasts of the northern hemisphere ; more particularly
in higher latitudes.

It is quite unnecessary here to go into any details regarding the specific
characters of so long and well known a species, and one which is so very dis-
tinct both in form and colors from any other of our continent.

I am well aware that the adoption of the name under which I present this
species, may be looked upon by many ornithologists as an unnecessary, or at
least as an uncalled for innovation. In defence of the nomenclature adopted,
I beg leave to offer the following considerations, which, it is hoped, will ex-
onerate me from the charge of needlessly changing names, by proving that if
we are to pay any attention to recognized rules of nomenclature, such a pro-
cedure is unavoidable in the present instance, and that no other name than
the one adopted cau be used :

In the first place, Moehring's genus Buphagus is certainly based upon a bird
which was afterwards the Lams catarractes of Linnaeus. His diagnosis (vide in-
fra*) unmistakably refers to one of the Lestridiiuc, while the species is fortu-
nately exactly fixed by his reference to " Hojeri" and " cataractes." Perhaps
no one of his diagnoses is more definite than this one. This being the case,
the only question is, are his genera to be adopted and used in ornithology 1

I believe that the rule generally followed regarding Moehring's genera, is
that they are to be adopted when they can be certainly identified, provided
that they do not conflict with subsequent Linnaean appellations. Upon this
principle, many of Moehring's old genera have been revived and adopted by
Gray, and his example has been followed by Baird, and other ornithological
writers. It is thus that such genera as Philomachus, Cullyrio, Trogon, Uria,
Catarract.es, etc., have taken the precedence over more modern appellations,
to which their priority entitles them. The rule, however, does not appear to
have been so strictly carried out as it should be, if adhered to at all. Gray,
for example, adopts Stercorarius of Brisson for the Jiiger, remarking ''that it
is supposed to be Buphagus of Moehring." His procedure in this case is a
little remarkable, since Bupliagus is certainly identifiable ; and there is no
Linnaean genus with which it can conflict, Linnaeus ranging all the Jagers
known to him with the gulls, under Larus. With this restriction, which, it
must be confessed, is rather a compliment to Linnaeus, than strict justice to
other writers, the genera of Moehring are to be adopted when identifiable.
The fact of that author not being a binomalist, in fact, not dealing at all
with species, does not appear to be a valid reason why his genera should be
neglected any more than those of Brisson for example. I am decidedly in
favor of the adoption for any genus of the first appellation that is proposed for it
after the date of the first published works of Linnaeus, provided there be no
conflict between them : considering the introduction of a definite form of
nomenclature as beginning with that illustrious writer.

Now, supposing that we do reject Moehring's Buphagus, let us see what will
be the consequence. " Stercorarius Brisson 1760" is the name which of late
has been most generally applied to the genus in question. But the type of
Brisson's genus is not the catarrhactes,\ but the true parasitica, as is evident
by his elaborate description, although no specific name is given ; and hence,
if it is to be used at all, it must be for the genus of which parasitica is typical.
But Brisson was a polynomalist ; and if we refuse to adopt Moehring's names
on this score, Brisson's genera must also be rejected : to which procedure, of
course, no naturalist would assent.

Catharacta of Briinnich of 1764 comes next in order, and has as its type

* Moehring. Genera Avium, 1752, page 66, No. 71. " Rostrum postice rectum, membrana callosa
ad nares usque tectum, versus apicem incurvum, lateribus compressis. Femora extra abdomen.
Digiti autici ties membrana intermedia toti cohaerentes, posticus liber."

f Brisson. on page 165 of vol. vi. of his Ornithologie, ranges this species under Larus, calling it
" Le Goelaud brun, Larus fuscus."

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

C. skua, which is the true catarrhactes. But here he is anticipated by
Moehring, who had previously applied the name Cataractes* to a genus of
Guillemots, of which Uria troile is the type. This genus has been adopted
for the latter birds, by Cassin, Bryant, and others ; and, unless we admit the
different spellings of the same word as distinct genera, which would seem
quite unwarrantable, Briinnich's name must be superseded.

Lestris of Illiger (1811) being based upon the parasitica, I am aware of no
other genera than the above, which were founded on the Larus catarrhactes
down to 1S56, when Bonaparte, in his Conspectus, proposed the name
Megalestris. The choice then lies between Moehring's Buphagus and Bona-
parte's Megalestris ; and of the two, I prefer to take the former, especially as
by so doing we shall be enabled to retain Stercorarius of Brisson for the other
species of the subfamily.

Regarding the adoption of the specific name skua, I will merely remark that
as Briinnich was as strict a binomalist as Linnaeus himself, there is no reason
why his specific names should not be employed in all cases when they are
identifiable. The date of Briinnich's "skua" is 1764; that of Linnaeus'
" catarractes " is 1766.

It is a little surprising that Brisson, after instituting the genus Stercorarius
for the Jiigers, should be so far at fault regarding the proper affinities of the
present species as to place it among the Gulls, under the name of Larus fuscus.
His descriptions of all the Jagers are remarkably accurate, and so full and
complete as to admit of the positive identification of all his names. In this
case, and in numberless other instances, there is cause for exceeding regret
that he was a polynomalist ; for, had he been a strict binomalist, so that we
could adopt his specific names, we should be saved a vast deal of uncertainty
and profitless discussion as to the proper specific appellations to be employed.

The Larus keeask of Latham is certainly the present species. That author
gives 22 inches as the total length, and 3 inches as the length of the bill,
dimensions which will apply to no species of Stercorarius; and there is no
other Buphagus than the present inhabiting the northern hemisphere. His
bird "habitat in America ad sinum Hudsonis."

The plate which Vieillot gives in his Galerie des Oiseaux, (1854) of his
Stercorarius pomarinus, represents undoubtedly the present species ; and is, so
far as I am aware, the only instance of the application of the name pomarinus
to any other species than that to which it rightfully belongs. This error seems
the more surprising, since Vieillot, in 1817 and in 1828 (vide synon.), gives
the species as Stercorarius catarrhactes.

The other synonyms' of the species do not require special notice. I have
endeavored to preserve the various spellings of the word catarrhactes by the
different authors cited. I quote Catarractes fusca Leach, and vulgaris Fleming,
and Lestris skua Brehm, on the authority of Bonaparte.

2. Buphagus antarcticus Coues ex Lesson.

Lestris catarractes, Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. TJranie, Ois. p. 38. Nee auct.
Lestris antarcticus, Lesson, Traite d'Orn. 1831, p. 606.
Sterco7-arius antarcticus, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. 1856, p. 207.

Diag. B. Buph. skua, similis ; sed rostro crassiore et breviore.
Habitat. Antarctic Ocean.

* This word affords a good illustration of the very various oncography we often find in the
names of the old authors. Thus, we have cataracta, cataractes, catharacta, catarracta, catarracU s,
catarrhactes, &c. The orthography of the word will be evident if we regard its etymology. It is
from KiTst, and QH-yvvjui, whence x-'Ta/yaxTJic, "a robber or despoiler;" the latinization of
which is catarrhactes, the ftbeingderived fiom the rough aspirate over the second />. Jirunnictrs
spelling of the word might perhaps lead us to suppose it derived from Kiftiipce, "to cleanse or
purify ; : ' but this isevidently not the case, the latinization of the word formed from the latter
root giving us cathartes, Illigei 's genus of American vultures.

1863.]

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

This species is very closely related to the preceding, if it be really distinct
from it. The fine series in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, pro-
cured by the United States Exploring Expedition under Com. Wilkes, all
differ from the skua of Europe and America in the possession of shorter, and
comparatively stouter and deeper bills, with more obtuse tips. These are the
only points of discrepancy I have been able to detect in the examination of
the series ; but they appear to be quite constant.

Among the series is a specimen much larger than the rest, and than the
slcua from Europe. The bill is nearly two and a third inches long, and very
stout ; the wings an inch, and the tarsus a third of an inch longer than the
average of European skins. It is evidently a very old individual, and the
chestnut and whitish have almost entirely disappeared from both the upper
and under parts, leaving the whole bird deep blackish-brown above, and a
somewhat lighter brown, or fuliginous, below. The specimen is referred to

in Cassin's List of the Birds of the Exploring Expedition, as " Lestris ?"

Although the general appearance of the bird is really different from that of
the rest of the series, I do not think that the differences presented are any-
thing more than indicative of the great age of the specimen. A collection of
American and European Jiigers, obligingly furnished by Mr. D. G. Elliott for
examination, contains a specimen of the true skua from the Atlantic Ocean,
which presents a very similar condition of things. The size is greater than
that of any other of the series of specimens, and the colors are nearly as
uniform as in the antarctic specimen referred to. I think it more than probable
that the birds of this genus continue to grow in size and proportions with
increasing age, and that the colors have a tendency to become darker and
more uniform under the same circumstances.

Genus STERCORARIUS Brisson.

Sterc'orarius, Brisson, Ornithologia, 1760, vi. (Typus Larus parasiticus, Linn.)

et auctorum pleriq.
Catharacta (partim), Briinnich, Ornith. Borealis, 1764.
Larus (partim), Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, 1766. Gmelin, Systema Natune,

1788. Latham, Index Ornithologicus, 1790. Meyer et Wolf, Taschenb.

Deutsch, 1810.
Lestris, Illiger, Prodromus, 1811, p. 272. (Typus Larus parasiticus, Linn.)

Et auctoram.
P)-mdatrix, Vieillot, Analyse, 1816, p. 62.
Labbus, Rafinesque, 1816, fide Bp.
Coprothcres, Reichenbach, 1850.

A single genus cannot, without great latitude and looseness of definition, be
made to include all the species of this subfamily. The differences between
Buphagus skua (with its southern representative antarcticus) and the other
known species, are very great, and strongly pronounced, if we regard stature,
proportions, character of central tail feathers, changes of plumage, &c. The
differences fully warrant the distribution of the species of the subfamily into
two genera, which may be thus defined :

Buphagus. Bill shorter than the middle toe without the claw ; exceedingly
robust ; width at base about equal to the height, which is a third of the length
of culmen. Stria? and sulci numerous and well marked. Encroachment of
feathers on bill moderate ; and nearly the same on both mandibles. Occiput
scarcely crested. Wings only moderately long for this subfamily, the pri-
maries very broad, and rounded at their tips. Tail very short, broad, nearly
even, the feathers truncated ; central pair projecting but little, and broad to
their very tips, which are also truncated. Feet large and stout ; tarsi shorter than
the middle toe and claw. Size large ; form robust and heavy ; general
organization very powerful. Colors much the same over the whole body ;

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

not subject to any great variations with age, sex, or season. Species, B. skua
(type) and B. antarcticus.

Stercorarius. Bill equal to middle toe without the claw, moderately robust,
height at base more than a third of culmen ; striae and sulci fewer and more
slightly marked. Encroachment of feathers on bill very great, especially on
the upper mandible, where it greatly exceeds that on the lower, and is of a
different outline from that of Buphagus. Occiput decidedly subcrested. Wings
exceedingly long, the primaries narrow, tapering, with quite acute tips. Tail
long ; the lateral feathers more or less graduated ; the central pair considera-
bly, sometimes excessively, elongated, tapering and filamentous. Feet rather
slender, the tarsi equal to, or slightly longer than the middle toe and claw.
Size moderate or small. Form less robust, general organization much less
powerful. Nearly bicolor when adult ; passing through very various states
of plumage before arriving at maturity. Species, S. pomarinus, parasiticus,
(type) Richardsoni, Hardi/i, spinicauda, Buffoni.

Of these, the five last are very strictly congeneric in every particular.
Pomarinus, by its larger size, somewhat more powerful form, shorter and
broader central tail feathers, &c, shows a slight aberration towards Buphagus.
But in all other features the essential characters of Stercorarius are so strongly
pronounced, that it cannot afford a link by which the two genera may be
united.

? Stercorarics pomarinus Vieill. ex Temm.

Larus parasiticus, Meyer et Wolf, Tasch. Deutsch. ii. 1810, 490. (Sed non

Linn, nee auct.)
Larus crepidatus, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, i. 1788, 602. Latham, Index Or-

nithologicus, 1790, ii. 819. (Citat Sterc. striatum, Briss.)
Stercorarius striatus, Brisson, Ornith. vi. 1760, 152, pi. 13, fig. 2. (Juvenis.)
Lestris striatus, Eyton, British Birds, 18 , 53.
Lestris pomarinus, Temminck, Man. Orn. ii. 1820, 793. Temminck, Man.

Orn. iv. 1840, 495. Faber, Prodromus Island. Ornith. 1822, 104.

Brehm, Naturg. Europ. Vogel, 1823, 741. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1826,

No. 305. Lesson, Manuel Ornith. 1828, ii. 388. Kaup, Sk. Ent. Europ.

Theirw. 1829, 64. Swainson et Richardson, F. B. A. 1831, ii. 429.

Nuttall, Manual Ornith. ii. 1834, 315. Audubon, Ornith. Biograph.

1839, hi. p. 396. Audubon, Synopsis, 1839, 332. Audubon, Birds

America, 1844, vii. 186, pi. 451. Keyserling et Blasius, Wirbelth.

Europ. 1840, i. 240. Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 388. Schlegel,

Rev. Crit. Ois. Europ. 1844, 84. Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Ucc. Eur. 1842,

80. Bonaparte, Rev. Crit. Degland's Orn. Eur. 1850, 202. Thompson,

Nat. Hist. Ireland, iii. 1851, 392. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, ii.

1856. 207. Des Murs, Traite d'Oologie Ornith. 1860, 551.
Stercorarius pomarinus, Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'H. N. xxxii. 1819, 158. Vieillot,

Fauna Franq. 1828, 387. Selys-longchamps, Fauna Belg. 1842, 155.

Degland, Ornith. Europ. 1849, ii 291. Gray, Genera Birds, 1849, iii.

652. Lawrence, General Report Birds N. A. 1858, 838. Coues, Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sc, Philada., 1861, p. 243.
Cataractes pomarinus, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. 1825, xiii. 216, pi. 24.
* Macgillivray, Man. Brit. Orn., ii. 1842, 256.
Coprotheres pomarinus, Reichenbach, Syst. Av. 1850, 52, pi. 328-9.
Catarractes parasita, var. camtschatica, Pallas, Zoograph. Rosso-Asiae, 1811,

ii. 312.
Habitat. Seas and sea coasts of Europe, Asia and North America. Interior
of Arctic America.

I will notice the stages of plumage of this species, from that of the fully
adult to that of the young of the year. Having a very extensive series at
command, I have endeavored to trace one stage from another, and point out

1863.] 10

130 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

exactly how the great changes of plumage to which the hird is subject, are
produced.

Adult. Bill horn, deepening into black ; feet black. Pileum and occipital
crest brownish-black ; this color extending much below the eyes, and occupy-
ing the feathers on the ramus of the inferior maxilla. Acuminate feathers of
the neck light yellow. Back, wings, tail, upper wing coverts, under tail
coverts as far as the flanks, deep blackish-brown. Under parts, from chin to
abdomen, and neck all round, (except the yellow acuminate feathers,) pure
white.

The above is the plumage of the fully adult bird, and is comparatively not
often met with. A more usual state of plumage (described by Lawrence and
figured by Audubon* as " fully adult, : ') is as follows :

Nearly adult. Generally as in the preceding, but with a row of brown spots
across the breast ; the sides under the wings transversely barred with white
and brown ; the purity of the dark color of the abdomen interrupted by some
touches of white. The legs still wholly black, and the tail feathers projecting
as much as in the fully adult.

Now, as a somewhat younger stage than the preceding, we have the fol-
lowing

Intermediate stage, (No. 1275.) The band of dark spots across the breast
has widened and enlarged, so that the whole breast appears brown, mottled
with white ; the sides under the wings are conspicuously barred with white
and brown ; the white of the under parts is continued down over the abdomen
to the under tail coverts ; the pure brown of these parts which obtains in the
adult, now only appearing as transverse bars among the white. The upper
tail coverts and some of the wing coverts are barred with white. The bases
of the primaries are inferiorly white. The central tail feathers now only
project an inch. The tarsi are quite changed in color ; they are now irregularly
blotched with chrome yellow, the hind toe and nail being of this color.

The above changes are very gradual, and readily identifiable ; the quo modo
of their production may be thus summed up : In the adult the white and
brown occupy distinct and well-marked regions ; and the two colors are
separated by trenchant lines of division. The younger the bird, the more
this distinctness of definition of colors is lost, the white invading and barring
the brown, and the brown invading and mottling the white, wherever the
two join. Then also the feet lose their black, and are variegated with yellow.

Besides the above, we find a state characterizable thus :

Dusky stage. The bird is very nearly unicolor : blackish-brown all over;
this color deepening into quite black on the pileum ; lightening into fuliginous
brown on the abdomen, with a slight gilding of the black on the sides of the
neck. The whitish bases of the primaries exist. The feet are in the chromo-
variegated condition. The central tail feathers scarcely project half an inch.

In the last edition of the Manuel d'Ornithologie, Temminck corrects various
errors committed in previous editions, and gives, as his mature opinion, four
" varieties" of this species. By examining his diagnoses, it will be seen at a
glance that his "variety C" is the fully adult plumage above characterized ;
of which he says truly that it is " assez rare." His " B " is our second stage ;
his " A " is about our third stage ; while his " D " is the fusco-unicolor stage
just given. In his earlier editions he maintains that this dusky stage is%
absolutely independent of sex ; but latterly he says that it is possible that the
dusky birds are females ; the white-bellied ones males. Ornithologists main-
tain very diverse views on this subject ; but I believe it is generally supposed
that this state of plumage is not indicative of either sex, but simply of imma-
turity.

Now I think that the four' plumages which Temminck describes as adults

* I have Audubon's original specimen before me. It agrees minutely with his plate; ami is also
the specimen from which Lawrence's description in the General Report was taken.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

(varieties A, &c. ) are really the progressive stages of the same individuals.
I do not think that even the dusky stage constitutes a distinct "variety,"
(i.e., the birds remaining in that state all through their lives ;) much less the
other stages. I am of opinion that every Jiiger, before arriving at full maturity,
passes through each of these states : beginning with a rufo-rayed plumage
to be presently described passing from that next into the dusky ; and then
assuming successively the other stages above characterized. The only ques-
tion is this : What age, sex, or season is this dusky stage characteristic of 1
I think that it comes in next after the very young rufo-rayed plumage, for
this reason. We find these dusky birds to be generally less robust than the
others; with weaker bills, less elongated central tail feathers, and parti-
colored tarsi. Now it is well known, that the younger the bird, the smaller
it is, the shorter are the central tail feathers, and the more yellow the tarsi.
Another argument, by analogy, is that the S. parasiticus is found in exactly
the same unicolor state ; and from a great number of species it can be proved,
I think, that in that species it supervenes directly from the rufo-rayed plu-
mage. [See remarks under L. parasitica.'}

The following is the plumage of birds of the year :

Young of Year. Bill much smaller and weaker than in the adult, light
colored to beyond the nostrils, when it becomes brownish-black. Feet and
toes mostly bright yellow, the terminal portions of the latter black. The
whole body is everywhere transversely waved with dull rufous. On the head,
neck and under parts this rufous forms the predominating color; and the
bands are exceedingly numerous, of about the same width as the intervening
dark color. On the flanks and under tail coverts the bars become wider, and
almost white in color. On the back and wing coverts the brownish black is
the predominating color ; and if any rufous is present, it is merely as a nar-
row edging to the feathers. The under wing coverts have irregularly-angular
transverse waves of brownish black and white. The remiges and rectrices are
brownish black, darker at their tips ; fading into whitish towards the bases of
their inner vanes. On the head and neck the light rufous decidedly predomi-
nates, and seems indistinctly but thickly nebulated with dusky ; this dusky
forming a conspicuous spot just at the anterior canthus of the eye. (In this
plumage the bird is the Stercorarius striatus of Brisson and the Larus crepi-
datus of Gmelin and Latham.)

There can be no doubt that the Stercorarius striatus of Brisson. and the
Larus crepidatus of Gmelin and Latham, refer to this species in the very im-
mature state of plumage just described ; when the bird is considerably
smaller than when adult, and is wholly rayed with rufous and dusky, with
white spaces at the bases of the wing and tail feathers. The Stercorarius
crepidatus of Vieillot, (1817,) however, is the true parasitica, as is also the
Lestris crepidata, of Degland, 1838, and of Schinz, 18-10. The Lestris crepi-
data of Brehm (1823) is the young of the Buffoni. (Vide synonyms of
these species.)

Latham in his Index, page 819, gives a "Larus crepidatus var. /?," which
is of course also to be referred to the young pomarinus.

The Larus parasiticus of Meyer and Wolf is, I believe, the only instance of
the application of that specific name to this species. The other synonyms of
the species do not require any special notice, as they are quite plain and
uncomplicated.

By most authors the Catharacta cepphus of Briinnich is considered as refer-
ring to the long-tailed species. I must confess, however, that I can hardly
discover grounds for &uch an identification of this name ; and am rather
inclined to the opinion that his cepphus is based upon the young pomarinus ;
as are the crepidata of Gmelin and Latham, and the striatus of Brisson. Let
us look at the description for a moment. It is evident, from almost every
paragraph of it, that he had in view a young bird of the year, in the state

1863.]

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

when they are transversely rayed with dusky and rufous, paler on the ab-
domen, and have the bases of the quills and rectrices white. The only point is
to determine of what species it is the young. Regarding its size, Briinnich
compares it with his Catharacta skua, saying, that it is much smaller than
that species, and " Magnitudo parasitica^.' " The young of the year of poma-
rinus is more nearly of the size of an adult of parasitica, than is the young
of the year of the long-tailed species. The description of the colors, form,
&c, which follows, agrees precisely with those of the young pomarinus; and
when we remember that at that date the differences between the common
and long-tailed Jiigers were not recognized, the two species being confounded
together by authors generally, (except Brisson ;) it does not appear by any
means certain that Briinnich had the long-tailed species in view in drawing
up the description of lt cepphus." Had that been the case, he would pro-
bably have compared it with parasitica rather than with skua. Moreover,
Latham, in his description of his Larus crepidatus, which is the young poma-
rinus, gives " cepphus, Briinn." as a synonym of that species.

Upon the whole, therefore, while I by no means insist upon the reference
of the name under consideration to the pomarinus, I merely wish to show
that it very possibly belongs to it : and that [the description is too vague
and uncertain to justify the use of the name for either of the species. It is
for this reason that I have adopted Boie's name " Buffo i" for the long-tailed
Jager.

Having always professed a rigid adherence to the great law of priority in
questions of nomenclature, I am, perhaps, in the present instance, rendering
myself liable to be taken to task for not employing the name " crepidatus"
of Gmelin and Latham (1788-90) for this species instead of pomarinus of
Temminck, since the former name is in all probability based upon this
species. The description is, however, short and unsatisfactory, and is,
moreover, based upon the young bird of the year ; and, though there cannot
really be much doubt as to the species which these authors had in their
minds in preparing their descriptions, still I think in view of the above
considerations, that it will hardly be expedient to supersede so definite, long-
known and universally employed a name as pomarinus. At the same time,
should any one else see fit to do so, I would in future writings unhesitatingly
follow his example.

4. Stercorarius parasiticus Gray ex Briinn.

? Sterna rectricibus duabus internis longissimis, Linn., Fn. Suec, No. 129.

f Larus rectricibus duabus internis longissimis, Linn., S. N., 1748.

Catharacta parasitica, Briinnich, Ornith. Borealis, 1764, 37.

Larus parasiticus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 1766, i. 226. Gmelin, Syst. Nat.,
1788, i. 601. (Num Lath.? qui me judice potius ad longicaudatum
Briss spectat.)

Cataracta parasitica, Retzius,* Fauna Suecica, 1800, 160.

Catarractes parasita, Pallas, Zoog. Rosso- Asise, ii. 1811, 310.

Lestris parasita, Keyserling jet Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ., 1840, i. 240.
Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Ois. Eur., 1844, 85. Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Ucc.
Europ., 1S42, 80. Des Murs, Traite d'Oologie Ornith., 1860, 551. Bona-
parte, Rev. Crit. Degland's Orn. Eur., 1850, 202.

* It is difficult, perhaps impossible, to say whether the citations of the authors before 1800
really refer to this species, or to the long-tailed Jager. I have, however, placed them under the
head of parasitica, for this reason: Retzius in his edition of the Fauna Suecica (of 1800) gives
them as synonyms of his jyarasitica, of which his description is, " Rectrices 6, 6, (i.e., the central
pair) caeteris 4 poll, longiores;" thus clearly referring to the true parasitica. Descriptions of
previous authors had mostly been merely " Rectricibus mediis longissimis," whence the uncer-
tainty. Retzius, however, is in error in adducing Stercorarius longicaudatus, Briss., as a synonym
of parasitica.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

Lestris parasitica, Illiger, Prodromus, 1811, 273. Tetmninck,* Man. Ornith.,
1820, ii. 796, (duse species confusae sunt.) Faber, Prodromus Island.
Orn., 1822, 105, (Nonne duse species confusae ?) Brehm, Naturg. Europ.
Vog., 1823, 744. Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 47. Lesson,
Traite d'Ornith., 1831. 61(3. Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 390. Bona-
parte, Conspectus Avium., 1856, ii. 208.

Lestris Richardsonii, ("Swains.") Temminck, Man. Orn., iv. 1840, 499.
(Sed non Swains, quae potius species distincta.) Nuttall, Man. Ornith.,
ii. 1834, 319. Audubon, Ornith. Biograph., iii. p. 503 ; Audubon,
Synopsis, 1839, 332. Audubon, Birds America, 1844, vii. 190, pi. 452.
Giraud, Birds L. I., 1844, 367. Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 392.
Thompson, Nat. Hist. Ireland, 1851, iii. 394.

Cataractes Richardsoni, Macgillivray, Man. Orn., ii. 1842, 257.

Catharacta coprotheres, Briinnich, Orn. Borealis, 1764, 38, No. 138. In setate
fusco-unicolore.)

Lestris coprotheres, Des Murs, Traite d'Oologie Ornith., 1860, 551.

Lestris parasitica var. coprotheres, Bonaparte, Consp. Av., 1856, ii. 209.

Stercorarius , Brisson, Ornith., vi. 1760, (nomen specificum nullum.)

Stercorarius crepidatus, Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'H. N., xxxii. 1819, 155. (Sed
non Larus crepidatus, Gmel., Lath., qui potius juvenis Lestris pomarinus,
Temm.)

Stercorarius cepphus, ("Leach,") Swains, et Richardson, F. B. A., ii. 1831,
p. 432. Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool., 1825, xiii. 211, pi. 23. Degland,
Ornith. Europ., 1849, ii. 295, (nee auct)

Stercorarius parasiticus, Selys-Longchamps, Fauna Belg., 1842, 155. Gray,
Genera Birds, iii. 1849, 652. Lawrence, Gen. Rep. Birds N. A., 1858,
839. Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1861, p. 243.

Lestris crepidata, Degland, "Mem. Soc. Roy. de Lille, 1838, 108." Juvenis.
Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 390, Juvenis.

Habitat. Coast of America and Europe, more particularly in higher lati-
tudes. Interior of Arctic America.

Pursuing the question of the general "theory of variation" in this genus,
it may be well to examine closely the various stages of this its typical spe-
cies. The exceedingly rich series in the Smithsonian collection enables me
to trace it through all its variations.

Young of the Year in August. Size considerably less than that of the
adult, form every way more delicate. Wings more than an inch shorter ;
bill and feet much slenderer and weaker. Bill in some specimens light bluish
horn, in others greenish olive, the terminal portion brownish black. Tarsi
and greater part of the toes yellow. The bird is every where rayed and
barred with rufous and brownish black. On the head and neck the rufous is
of a very light ochraceous tinge, and is by far the predominating color ; the
dark only appearing as a delicate line along the shaft of each feather. There
is an aggregation of the brown into a spot at the anterior canthus of the eye.
Proceeding down the neck to the back, the longitudinal lines become larger,
and gradually spread wider and wider, until between the shoulders they
occupy the whole of each feather, except a narrow border of rufous ; which
latter is of a deeper tint than on the head. Passing down the throat to the
breast, the rufous becomes decidedly lighter, almost whitish, while the
brown, which on the throat exists only as a light longitudinal line, change s
on each feather to transverse bars of about equal width with the light rufou s
bars with which it alternates. This pattern prevails over the whole unde r

* This is a combination of parasitica and Buffoni, as shown by the description and indescrimi-
nate citation of synonyms. This error Temminck corrects in his edition of 1S40, (pp. 493, 499,
500,) where he recognizes the two species and describes them accurately: but unfortunately tall*)
the parasitica, " Jiichardsoni," and the Buffoni, " parasitica."

1863.]

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

parts, the transverse bands being broadest on the flanks and under tail and
wing coverts, narrowest in the middle of the belly. The primaries are
brownish black, narrowly tipped with rufous, their shafts yellowish, their
inner webs fading basally into white. The tail has the same coloration as
the wings. The central feathers project about three-fourths of an inch.

As the bird above described grows older, the bill and feet become stouter,
the cere better developed ; while the rufous everywhere gives way to the
darker color. No special stage can be characterized, however, until the
rufous is far outweighed by the dusky. Then we have

(No. 18652). Size and general proportions nearly those of the adult. Bill
and cere perfectly formed ; feet mostly black, but with some yellow blotches.
The upper parts are unadulterated with any rufous bars ; the deep brownish -
black pileum has appeared, and the sides of the neck have obtained their
yellow nuance, which contrasts conspicuously with the fuliginous background.
Evidences of immaturity, however, are found on the under parts, where the
dark color is mixed with illy-defined transverse bars of ochraceous. Rufous
is also found at the bend of the wing, and on the under wing and tail coverts.
The primaries are still whitish baso-externally, as are also the rectrices. The
central rectrices project 2^ inches, and have the tapering form of those of the
adults.

By the disappearance of the little rufous mentioned above, we have arrived
at a very marked and decided stage, viz :

(No. 20362). With the size and proportions of the adult. Wholly deep
dusky ; darker and more plumbeous superiorly ; lighter, and with a fuliginous
tinge inferiorly ; the pileum quite black ; the latero-nuchal yellow, well
pronounced ; the remiges and rectrices quite black ; feet black.

Having reached this perfect dusky stage, we will go back again to the
young plumage first characterized, and show how specimens occasionally
seem to proceed at once towards the adult condition with the white under
parts. For example

(No. 2754). The juvenility of the specimen is attested by its small size,
delicate bill and feet, little projection of the central rectrices, general molli-
pilose condition of plumage, &c. The rufous of the very young bird, instead
of giving way everywhere to dusky, yields to this color only on the upper
parts and crown ; on the sides of the head, neck, and the whole under parts,
whitish being the predominating color. the continuity of this last being
interrupted by indistinctly marked dusky bars. The yellow of the sides of
the neck has not yet appeared. There is the same white space on the bases
of the wings and tail as exists on the very young. The central tail feathers
only project about li inches.

By an attentive consideration of the preceding facts, it will be evident that
we have found the same very young plumage to change gradually through
one series of specimens into the fusco-unicolor state ; through another serie3
into a stage which tends to pass directly into the normal plumage of the fully
adult bird, without going through this dusky epoch. What can we deduce
from this perplexing fact? Does one a assume this dusky plumage at a-
certain age, and the other not? Does this dusky state constitute the normal
adult plumage of one sex ? Is it a seasonal feature, which both sexes return
to at certain periods in each year? or, finally, does it constitute a purely
accidental, but constant variety? Authors of weight are divided on each of
these points.

I reject entirely the last hypothesis, viz : that some birds attain to this
dusky stage and retain it during their lives, though they may have sprung
from normally colored parents, and have normally colored progeny. What-
ever age or season, or whichever sex this state of plumage indicates, I think
there can be no reasonable doubt that it is a normal and constant stage which
every individual of one (or both?) sexes 'passes through or attains to, in its

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

progress towards maturity. The only question 13, what age is to be assigned
to this dusky state, and whether one or both sexes participate in it.

Leaving now speculation for facts, we have yet to notice the mature bird.
Taking either the dusky state (No. 20302,) or No. 2754, we find that both tend
to produce the following plumage :

Nearly mature, (No. 20144.) Size and form of the adult. Pileum and
latero-nuchal region, and whole upper parts, as in the adult. The under parts
white (as in the adult), but clouded everywhere with dusky patches, most
marked across the breast, on the sides, the flanks, and under tail coverts, and
lea.ving the middle of the belly and throat nearly pure. Varying degrees of
this dusky nubilation approach in some specimens nearly to the uniform dusky
above characterized ; in others fade almost into the pure white of the adult,
connecting the two ages perfectly and uninterruptedly. The tarsi of those
specimens most dusky have small yellow blotches ; the others not.

Now, by the complete obliteration of these dusky cloudings on the throat,
breast and belly, and its increased intensity on the under tail coverts and
abdomen as far as the flanks, we arrive at last at the

Adult, perfect plumage, (No. 16802). Bill a little shorter than the head or
tarsus, about equal to middle toe without the claw; stout, about as high as
broad at the base. Cere longer than the nail. Culmen broad and flattened,
with a longitudinal groove on each side. Nostrils as in the other species.
Curvature of culmen and tomia very gradual. Gonys short, about straight ;
rami very long, a little concave ; eminentia symphysis little marked. Strias
and sulci as in the other species. Tarsi about as long as the middle toe and
claw, moderately stout, somewhat roughened supero-posteriorly, but not
nearly as much so as in pomarinus. Scutellation and reticulation of tarsi, toes,
and interdigital membranes as in the other species. Tail moderately long,
slightly graduated, the lateral feathers broad quite to their apices, which are
somewhat truncated, the shaft slightly protruding as a small mucro ; the central
pair projecting three to four inches ; rigid ; not losing much of their breadth
until about four inches from their ends, when they commence to converge
regularly to a quite acute apex. They have nothing of the filamentous char-
acter of those of Buffoni. Wings long, powerful, their rhachides rigid, their
apices somewhat acute. Pileum, occipital crest, whole upper parts, deep
brownish black, with a somewhat slaty tinge, and a slight but appreciable
metallic nuance; this color deepening into quite black on the wings and tail.
Rhachides of primaries and rectrices whitish, except at their tips ; the inner
vanes albescent baso-internally. Chin, throat, sides of head, neck all round
and under parts to the vent, pure white ; the feathers of the latero-nuchal
region rigid, acuminate, with disconnected fibrillar, light yellow. Under tail
coverts like the upper parts, but somewhat of a fuliginous tint ; the line of
demarcation from the white of the abdomen very trenchant.

Dimensions of fully adult. Bill above 1-40 inches ; height or width at base,
about -50. Wing, from flexure, 13-00 : tarsus, or middle toe and claw, 1-80 ;
tail 5J, its centre feathers nearly 9-00.

Dimensions of young of year. Bill above 1-30 ; height or width at base -40;
wing 12-00; tarsi, or middle toe and claw, l-TO; tail 5-00; central tail
feathers not quite 6-00.

Stercorarius Richardsoxi Coues ex Swainson.

Lestris Richardsoni, Swainson, Fauna Boreali-America, 1831, ii. p. 433, pi.
lxxiii. sed non auctorum.

Habitat. Interior of Arctic America.

Diag. S. Stercorario parasitico similis ; sed major, rostro, tarsis, alisque
longioribus ; cauda magis producta et rotundata, rectricibus latioribus.
This species is treated of at length in the beginning of the present paper.

1863.]

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

6. Stercorarius Hardyi Coues ex Bonap.

Lesiris Hardyi, Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sciences, 1856, p. 20. Tab.
Longip. species 5. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium., ii. 1856, 210.

Diag. " Similis Lestrido parasitica ; sed minor, et rostro magis compresso ;
rectricibus elongatis mediis apice rotundatis." (Bp.)

Habitat. Southern oceans, between Philippine and Sandwich islands.

I am only acquainted with this species through the notices of Bonaparte,
above cited. The diagnosis is copied from the Conspectus Avium. The
species is evidently very closely related to the parasitica, if it be really dis-
tinct from it.

7. Stercorarius spinicauda Coues ex Hardy.
Lestris spinicauda, "Hardy." Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus Ac. Sciences, 1855.
Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, 1856, ii. 210.

Diag. " Similis L. Hardyi et parasitica ; sed etiam minor Lestrido ceppho ;
cauda truncata ; rectricibus mediis lineari-acutis, rachide denudata, rigida ,
pollice et ultra caeteras superantibus ; rostro brevi, robusto." (Bp.)

Habitat. Coast of Africa, near St. Helena.

A species with which, like the S. Hardyi, I am autoptically unacquainted.
If, however, the above characters really obtain, they would seem abundantly
sufficient to distinguish it. The diagnosis is copied from Bonaparte.

8. Stercorarius Buffoni Coues ex Boie.

Stercorarius longicaudatus, Brisson, Ornith., 1760, vi. 155. Vieillot, Nouv.
Diet. d'H. N. 1819, xxxii. 157. Degland, Ornith. Europ., 1849, ii. 298.
Selys-Longchamps, Fauna Belg., 1842, 156.

Lesiris longicaudatus, Thompson, N. H. Ireland, iii. 1851, 399.

Cataractes longecauda, Macgillivray, Man. Orn., ii. 1842, 258.

?? ' Catharacta cepphus, Brunnich, Orn. Bor., 1764, 36.

Cataractes parasitica, Macgillivray, Brit. Birds, v.

Lestris cephus, Keyserling et Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ., i. 1840, 240. Bona-
parte, Cat. Met. Ucc. Eur., 1842, 80. Bonaparte, Rev. Crit. Degland's
Orn. Eur., 1850, 202. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium., 1856, ii. 209.
Des Murs, Traite d'Oologie Ornith., 1860, 551.

Stercorarius cepphus, Gray, Genera Birds, iii. 1849, 652. Lawrence, Gen.
Rep. Birds N. A., 1858, 840. Coues, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada.,
1861, p. 243.

PLarus parasiticus, Latham, Index Ornithologicus, ii. 1790, 819.

Lestris parasitica, Temminck, Man. Orn., iv. 1840, 501. (Sed non Larus para-
siticus, Linn., Gmel. et auct.) Lesson, Man. Orn., 1828, ii. 388. Swain-
son and Richardson, F. B. A. 1831, ii. 430. Nuttall, Man. Orn., 1834,
ii. Audubon, Orn. Biog., 1839, iii. 470. Audubon, Synopsis, 1839, 333.
Audubon, Birds Amer., 1844, vii. 192, pi. 452. Giraud, Birds Long Island,
1844, 364.

Lestris Buffoni, "Boie, in Meyers' Taschenb., 1810, iii. 212." Boie, Isis, 1822,
562 et 576. Bonaparte, Synop. Birds N. A. 1826, Ne. 306. Lesson,
Traite d'Ornith., 1831, 616. Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 47.
Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 391. Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Ois. Eur.,
1844,85.

Lestris L,essoni, Degland, " Mem. Acad. Roy. de Lille, 1838." Juvenis. Schinz,
Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 392. Juvenis.

Lesiris crepidata, Brehm, Naturg. Eur. Vog., 1823, 747. Nee Gm., nee Lath.,
nee Vieillot.
Adult, breeding plumage. Bill dusky, its nail almost black. Tarsi deep

leaden blue ; tibia?, phalanges, interdigital membranes and claws black.

Occiput subcrested, more decidedly than in any other species, forming a

calotte of brownish black ; which color extends downwards on the cheeks,

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

the feathers'before and below the eye, and on the sides of the bill, being of
this color. Neck all round, but especially the sides of the head and the
peculiarly formed feathers on the latero-nuchal region, light straw yellow.
Whole upper parts, with upper wing and tail coverts deep slate ; which, on
the primaries, secondaries, lateral tail feathers and distal half of central
pair, deepens into a pure lustrous brownish black. Under surface of wings
and tail deeper slate than the back, but not so deep as the upper surfaces.
Chin, throat and upper breast white ; gradually becoming obscured with
dusky plumbeous, which (feepens posteriorly, so that the abdomen and under
tail coverts are nearly as dark as the back. Rhachides of first two or three
primaries pure white, deepening into brownish black at their extreme apices;
of the other primaries, and of the tail feathers (including the central pair}
brown, except just at the base, deepening into quite black terminally. The in-
ferior surfaces of all the rhachides are white for nearly their whole length.

Length of culmen 1*15 inches; gape 1-70; cere -60; unguis about the
same; gonys -30 ; from feathers on sides of bill to tip -90; wing 12-50 ; tail
6-25 ; central pair 14-00 to 16-00 ; the projection 8-00 to 10-00 inches ; tibiae
bare -75 ; tarsus 1-60; middle toe without claw 1-40.

Habitat. Sea coasts of America and Europe, particularly in the higher
latitudes. Interior of Arctic America. (Kennicott.)

The changes of plumage of this species are strictly homologous with those
of S. parasiticus ; and it is therefore quite unnecessary to present them in this
connexion.

As before remarked under head of parasitica, it is exceedingly difficult, if
not quite impossible, to determine positively to what species the u parasitica"
and ' cepphus" of the older authors refer. This confusion is occasioned
partly by the brief and vague diagnoses given, and partly by the fact that the
two species were really confounded by authors (except Brisson) until com-
paratively quite a late period. Even so late as 1820 Temminck does not
separate the two : his description applies to either, and the synonyms of both
are indiscriminately adduced. From which state of things it results that
nearly all the older names and citations may be without difficulty referred to
either species. This in effect has been really done ; some authors, for ex-
ample, considering Brunnich's or Linnaeus' parasitica to be the long-tailed
species, and others holding a contrary opinion, until the identification of
these names has become almost a matter of choice, or rather of tacit agree-
ment among ornithologists. This is the more to be regretted since on it de-
pends the question whether the common or the long-tailed Jager is to be called
parasiticus. A glance at the synonymy of the species will show that authors
have been about equally divided on these points. Before the introduction of
11 Richardson?' by Swainson, the common Jager was usually called "para-
sitica;" but after the adoption of this name " Richardson? 1 by Temminck, for
the common Jager, the name parasitica was for some years almost univer-
sally applied to the long-tailed species. In the year 1819, or thereabouts,
the name of Buffoni was proposed by Boie for the long-tailed species, and
was adopted by many writers ; while others had recourse to Brisson's old
name " longicaudatus." Within the last few years, however, the name "para-
sitica" has again reverted to the common Jager, while the other species has
been usually called " cepphus" after Brunnich. This identification of Brun-
nich's name is adopted by Gray, Bonaparte, and other writers. Our reasons
for rather referring it to the Stercorarius pomarinus will be found under the
head of the latter.

Granting, as it is undoubtedly wisest to do, that th.z parasitica of Brilnnich,
Linnaeus and Gmelin, is really the common short-tailed^ Jager, it still remains
an open question to which species we are to refer the Larus parasiticus of
Latham. I incline to the opinion that it is based upon the long-tailed spe-
cies, for the following reason : Although the diagnosis is brief and unsatis-

1863.]

138 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

factory, and although the synonyms of the two species are indiscriminately
adduced, (thus, e.g., Lotus parasitica, Linn, and Catharaela parasitica, Brunn.,
with Stercorarius longicaudatus, Briss., &c.,) yet in his further description he
says of it, " 21 pollices longus." The common Jager never attains to this
dimension.

Latham commits the error of giving Stercorarius longicaudatus, Briss., as

the male," and Stercorarius , Briss., (without a specific name,) as the

female of his species ; whereas, these two citatio* really refer to the two
distinct species.

The specific name " longicaudata , ' > of Brisson (1760) being untenable for
obvious reasons, " cepphus" of Brunnich (1764) being too indefinite to
warrant its employment, "parasitica" of Brunnich (1764) being used for
the common Jager, the first definite distinctive name for the long-tailed
species appears to be " Buffoni" of Boie, (1819.) This specific appellation
we accordingly adopt.

Note. The present paper completes a series of brief reviews of the
three most important of the four subfamilies of the Laridae, viz. : the La-
rinse, Sterninag and Lestridinae. In conducting an investigation into the
characters and the bibliography of these groups, with special reference to
North American forms, it has been thought expedient to issue in advance a
brief prodromus, so to speak, of each subfamily as soon as its examination
was completed. Combining the results arrived at in the investigation of each
of these groups, and making whatever additions or modifications future re-
search may dictate, the writer hopes before long to present a more complete
and elaborate Monograph of the North American forms of the Laridae. It is
contemplated to present the anatomical as well as the external characters,
both of the higher groups and of the more marked species ; the changes of
plumage, dependent upon either age, season, sex, or pure accident, which
examination of very extensive series may show ; together with the biblio-
graphy of each species, and a discussion of doubtful points of nomencla-
ture and relationship. The Monograph will be illustrated by colored plates
of the bills, wings, feet, &c. of most of the species, showing exactly wherein
one differs from another ; and no pains will be spared to render it a complete
exposition of the present state of our knowledge of this family of birds.

Synopsis of the MARINE INVERTEBRATA collected by the late Arctic
Expedition, under Dr. 1. 1. Hayes.

BY WM. STIMPSON, M. D.

The collections of Dr. Hayes, as might be expected from the thorough search
to which the Arctic regions have lately been subjected, and the characteristic
paucity of forms existing there, embrace few novelties. They possess, however,
great interest, from having been found in great part at localities much nearer
the Pole thau any previous expeditions have succeeded in reaching on the
American side of the Arctic circle. They include some species hitherto
found only on the European side. And, we may add, the number of species
collected by Dr. Hayes is greater thau that brought back by any siDgle ex-
pedition which has yet visited those seas, as far as can be judged by published
accounts.

Of the localities mentioned below, Port Foulke and Littleton L. are on the
eastern or Greenland shore of Smith's Straits, in lat. 78. Cape Faraday is on
the west shore of the same Straits, in lat. 79 45'. Godhavn is at the southern
end of Disco Island, in lat. 69 nearly.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

CRUSTACEA.
1. Eupagueus pubescens Brandt. Pagurus pubescens Kroyer, Naturhist.
Tidsskrift, ii., 251 ; Voy. de la Recherche, Crust, pi. ii., f. 1. Godhavn.

2. Crangon boreas J. C. Fabr. Cancer boreas Phipps, Voy. towards the North
Pole, 190, pi. xii., f. 1; 1T73. Cancer homaroides 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenlandica,
p. 241. Godhavn; Port Foulke ; Littleton I.

3. Hippolyte Gaimardii M. Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust, ii., 378. Kroyer, Moa-
ografisk Fremstilling af Slaegten Hippolytes Nordiske Arter, p. 74, pi. i. f. 21-29.
Port Foulke.

4. Hippolyte gibba Kroyer, Monog. 80, pi. i., f. 30, 31, et pi. ii. f. 32, 37.
II. Belchcri Bell, in Belcher's Arctic Voyage, ii., 402, pi. xxiv. f. 1. Port
Foulke.

5. Hippolyte turgida Kroyer, Monog. 100, pi. ii., f. 57, 58, et pi. iii., f. 59-
63. Godhavn ; Port Foulke.

G. Hippolyte Phippsii Kroyer, Monog. 106, pi. iii., f. 64-68. Port Foulke.

7. Hippolyte polaris Owen, Appendix to Ross' Voyage, p. 85. Kroyer,
Monog. 116, pi. iii., f. 78-81, et pi. iv. , f. 82. Alpheus polaris Sabine, App. to
Parry's Voyage, p. 238; pi. ii., f. 5-7. Port Foulke; Littleton I.

8. Hippolyte borealis Owen, Appendix to Ross' Voyage, p. 84, pi. i., f. 3.
Kroyer, Monog. pi. 122, pi. iii., f. 74-77. Littleton I.

9. Hippolyte aculeata M. Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust., ii.. 380. Kroyer, Monog.,
126, pi. iv., f. 83-98, et pi. v., f. 99-104. Cancer aculeatus O. Fabr., Fauna
Groenl. p. 239. Alpheus aculeatus Sabine, Appendix to Parry's Voyage, p. 237,
pi. ii., f. 9. Godhavn.

10. Mysis oculata Kroyer, Groenlands Amfipoder, p. 88. Cancer oculatus O.
Fabr., Fauna Groenl., p. 245. Port Foulke.

11. Anonyx ampulla Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, Anden Raekke, i., 578.
Voyage de la Recherche, pi. xiii., f. 2. Cancer ampulla Phipp's Voyage towards
the North Pole, 1773, p. 191, pi. xii., f. 2. Gammarus ampulla Sabine. Anonyx
lajena et A. appendiculosus Kroyer, Groenl. Amph., pi. 1. Dr. Hayes' speci-
mens were obtained at " Gale Point," which I am unable to find on the chart.
They differ somewhat from authentic specimens of the species, received from
the Scandinavian Naturalists, in being larger, and in having the upper lobe of
the eye broader.

12. Pherusa tricuspis nov. sp. Near P. bicuspis (Amphitoe bicuspis Kroyer,
Greenland's Amfipoder, p. 45, pi. ii., f. 10) but has a dorsal spine, of lesser size,
on the last thoracic segment, as well as on the first and second abdominal ones.
The gnathopoda are slender and weak, the hands being no broader than the
preceding joints. The antennae are very slender and nearly as long as the
body. The latero-posterior margin of the third abdominal segment is armed
with two small teeth, one situated at the inferior angle, (which is a right angle,)
the other at some little distance above and hook-shaped, the point curving up-
ward. The upper pair of uropoda or caudal stylets is shorter than the other
two pairs. Length nearly one inch. Littleton Island.

13 Gammarus locusta J. C. Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii., 516. Kroyer, Groenl.
Amfip., 27. Bate and Westwood, Hist, of British sessile-eyed Crustacea, i. 378,
wood-cut. Cancer locusta Linn. Fauna Suecica, 2d ed. 497. Oniscus pulez O.
Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 254. Gammarus pulez Stimpson, Mar. Invert, of Grand
Manan, p. 55. Port Foulke.

14. Tiiemisto arctica Kroyer, Groenland's Amfipoder, p. 63, pi. iv. f. 16, (?)
In stomach of seal taken at Cape Faraday.

1862.]

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

15. Bopyrus hippolytes Kroyer, Groenl. Amfip. p. 78, pi. iv. f. 22. Voy. de
la Recherche, pi. xxviii. f. 2. Port Foulke.

16. Apus glacialis Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, 2 R. ii. 431. Fresh
waters of Greenland.

17. Branchipus paludosos Mull. Cancer stagnalis 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p.
247. With the last.

18. Lernjeopoda elongata Grant, Edinburg Journal of Science, 1827, No.12.
Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, i. p. 259. Steenstrup and LUtken, D.mske Vid.
Selsk. Skrifter, 5te Raekke, Nat. Math. Afd. 5te Bind, 1861, p. 422, pi. xv. f. 37.
Port Foulke.

19. ILemobaphes cyclopterina, Steenstrup & Lutken,Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrif-
ter, etc., 5te Bind, 1861, p. 405, pi. xiii., f. 30. Lernsea cyclopterina 0. Fabr., Fauna
Groenl. p. 337. This very curious Lernaean, which has its ovigerous tubes
arranged in two regular and closely-twisted spires, was found attached to the
gills of a Gymnelis viridis taken at Littleton Island.

20. Balanus porcatus Costa. Lepas balanus 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 423.
West coast of Greenland.

21. Balanus balanoides Darwin. Lepas balanoides 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p.
422. Port Foulke.

22. Coronula diadema Blainville, Diet, des Sc. Nat. 1824, tab. 117, f. 4. Le-
pas diadema Lin. Lepas balsenaris 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 425. On Whales,
Baffin's Bay.

ANNELIDA.

23. Lepidonote cirrata Oersted, Groenland's Annulata Dorsibranchiata, p.
14, figs. 1, 5, 6, 11, 14, 15. Aphrodita cirrata 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 308.
Port Foulke.

24. Lepidonote punctata Oersted, 1. c. p. 16. Aphrodita punctata 0. Fabr.,
Fauna Groenl. p. 312. Port Foulke and Littleton Island.

25. Onuphis conchilega Sars, Beskr. og Jagttagelser, etc., p. 61. 0. E